Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

TWI621035B - Touch sensitive processing apparatus and controlling method thereof and touch sensitive system - Google Patents

Touch sensitive processing apparatus and controlling method thereof and touch sensitive system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI621035B
TWI621035B TW104144639A TW104144639A TWI621035B TW I621035 B TWI621035 B TW I621035B TW 104144639 A TW104144639 A TW 104144639A TW 104144639 A TW104144639 A TW 104144639A TW I621035 B TWI621035 B TW I621035B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
signal
electrodes
electrical signal
transmitter
electrode
Prior art date
Application number
TW104144639A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201614436A (en
Inventor
張欽富
葉尚泰
Original Assignee
禾瑞亞科技股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US14/537,082 external-priority patent/US9851816B2/en
Application filed by 禾瑞亞科技股份有限公司 filed Critical 禾瑞亞科技股份有限公司
Publication of TW201614436A publication Critical patent/TW201614436A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI621035B publication Critical patent/TWI621035B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Position Input By Displaying (AREA)
  • Force Measurement Appropriate To Specific Purposes (AREA)
  • Electric Vacuum Cleaner (AREA)
  • Electronic Switches (AREA)
  • Switches That Are Operated By Magnetic Or Electric Fields (AREA)

Abstract

本申請提供一種觸控處理裝置,用於連接至一觸控面板的多條第一電極與多條第二電極,根據該多條第一電極與多條第二電極所接收的一發信器所發出的電信號的信號強度,選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極的至少一條電極所接收的電信號;以及根據該至少一條電極所接收的電信號,計算該電信號內含的一比例值。 The present invention provides a touch processing device for connecting to a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes of a touch panel, and a transmitter received according to the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes a signal strength of the emitted electrical signal, selecting an electrical signal received by the plurality of first electrodes and at least one electrode of the plurality of second electrodes; and calculating an electrical signal according to the electrical signal received by the at least one electrode A ratio value included.

Description

觸控處理裝置及其控制方法與觸控系統 Touch processing device, control method thereof and touch system

本發明係關於發信器的觸控處理裝置,特別係關於主動傳送壓力相關感測資訊的發信器的觸控處理裝置。 The present invention relates to a touch processing device for a transmitter, and more particularly to a touch processing device for a transmitter that actively transmits pressure related sensing information.

觸控面板或觸控螢幕是現代重要的人機介面,除了用於偵測靠近或接觸(合稱為近接)人體之外,觸控面板也用於偵測近接的筆狀物或稱觸控筆之筆尖,以利使用者較精確地控制筆尖觸控的軌跡。 The touch panel or touch screen is a modern and important human-machine interface. In addition to detecting proximity or contact (collectively referred to as proximity), the touch panel is also used to detect a close pen or touch. The tip of the pen is used to facilitate the user to precisely control the trajectory of the tip touch.

筆狀物可以利用筆尖來主動發出電信號,在本文中稱之為主動觸控筆。當筆尖近接觸控面板之時,觸控面板上的電極受到電信號的影響而有電磁響應,可以藉由偵測上述電信號相應的電磁響應,而偵測到有筆狀物近接該感測電極,並且得知筆尖和觸控面板的相對位置。 The pen can use the pen tip to actively emit an electrical signal, which is referred to herein as an active stylus. When the tip of the pen is in contact with the control panel, the electrode on the touch panel is affected by the electrical signal and has an electromagnetic response, and the corresponding electromagnetic response of the electrical signal can be detected to detect that the pen is closely connected to the sensing. Electrode, and know the relative position of the pen tip and the touch panel.

習知的主動觸控筆包括有線主動觸控筆與無線主動觸控筆。有線主動觸控筆可直接由連接到觸控面板的連接線獲得來自觸控面板的電力,也可以由連接線將信號傳送到觸控面板,例如傳送表示筆尖受到的壓力的信號。有線主動觸控筆最大的缺點在於連接線的妨礙造成使用上的不方便。然而,無線主動觸控筆則必需解決有線主動觸控筆與偵測主動觸控筆的控制器間的同步問題,在有線主動觸控筆與控制器間並不存在此 問題。 The conventional active stylus includes a wired active stylus and a wireless active stylus. The wired active stylus can obtain power from the touch panel directly from the connection line connected to the touch panel, or can transmit signals to the touch panel by the connection line, for example, transmitting a signal indicating the pressure received by the pen tip. The biggest disadvantage of the wired active stylus is that the obstruction of the connecting line causes inconvenience in use. However, the wireless active stylus must solve the synchronization problem between the wired active stylus and the controller that detects the active stylus. This does not exist between the wired active stylus and the controller. problem.

此外,主動觸控筆相對於被動觸控筆的一個差異在於主動觸控筆可以加入壓力感測,由主動觸控筆內的受壓裝置傳達筆尖受力的程度,偵測主動觸控筆的控制器或主機能夠獲得主動觸控筆的筆尖受力的資訊。然而,如何將筆尖受力的資訊提供給偵測主動觸控筆的控制器則是本技術領域必需要解決的另一個問題。例如可以是透過無線通訊的方式,但是會增加無線通訊的成本以及功耗,偵測主動觸控筆的控制器或主機也必需具備該等無線通訊的能力,增加系統複雜度。此外,可以是將筆尖受力的資訊以類比信號大小來表示,然而可能因為溫度或濕度的改變、筆與觸控面板的遠近及雜訊的干擾而誤判。 In addition, one difference of the active stylus relative to the passive stylus is that the active stylus can be added to the pressure sensing, and the pressure receiving device in the active stylus conveys the degree of the force of the pen tip, and detects the active stylus. The controller or host can obtain information on the force of the tip of the active stylus. However, how to provide the information of the pen tip force to the controller for detecting the active stylus is another problem that must be solved in the technical field. For example, it may be through wireless communication, but it will increase the cost and power consumption of wireless communication. The controller or host that detects the active stylus must also have the capability of such wireless communication to increase system complexity. In addition, the information on the force of the pen tip may be expressed by the analog signal size, but may be misjudged due to changes in temperature or humidity, the distance between the pen and the touch panel, and interference of noise.

據此,亟需一種能夠主動將所受壓力準確地發出電信號的主動觸控筆。 Accordingly, there is a need for an active stylus that can actively emit an electrical signal from the pressure it receives.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種觸控處理裝置,用於連接至一觸控面板的多條第一電極與多條第二電極,根據該多條第一電極與多條第二電極所接收的一發信器所發出的電信號的信號強度,選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極的至少一條電極所接收的電信號;以及根據該至少一條電極所接收的電信號,計算該電信號內含的一比例值。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for connecting to a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes of a touch panel, according to the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes Receiving a signal strength of an electrical signal emitted by a transmitter, selecting an electrical signal received by the plurality of first electrodes and at least one electrode of the plurality of second electrodes; and receiving an electrical signal according to the at least one electrode Calculate a proportional value contained in the electrical signal.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種觸控處理裝置的控制方法,該觸控處理裝置用於連接至一觸控面板的多條第一電極與多條第二電極,該控制方法包含:根據該多條第一電極與多條第二電極所接收的一發信器所發出的電信號的信號強度,選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極 的至少一條電極所接收的電信號;以及根據該至少一條電極所接收的電信號,計算該電信號內含的一比例值。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch control device for controlling a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes of a touch panel. The control method includes: Selecting the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes by using signal strengths of electrical signals emitted by the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes And receiving an electrical signal from the at least one electrode; and calculating a proportional value included in the electrical signal based on the electrical signal received by the at least one electrode.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種觸控系統,包含:一觸控面板以及一觸控處理裝置,用於連接至該觸控面板的多條第一電極與多條第二電極,根據該多條第一電極與多條第二電極所接收的一發信器所發出的電信號的信號強度,選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極的至少一條電極所接收的電信號;以及根據該至少一條電極所接收的電信號,計算該電信號內含的一比例值。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch control system including: a touch panel and a touch processing device, configured to be connected to the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes of the touch panel, according to the Signal strength of an electrical signal emitted by a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes received by the plurality of second electrodes, and selecting electrical signals received by the plurality of first electrodes and at least one of the plurality of second electrodes And calculating a ratio value included in the electrical signal based on the electrical signal received by the at least one electrode.

本發明的精神之一,在於選擇較佳的接收電極之電信號,用於判讀發信器所發出之電信號內含的一比例值。 One of the spirits of the present invention is to select an electrical signal of a preferred receiving electrode for use in interpreting a proportional value contained in the electrical signal emitted by the transmitter.

100‧‧‧觸控系統 100‧‧‧ touch system

110‧‧‧發信器 110‧‧‧ sender

120‧‧‧觸控面板 120‧‧‧Touch panel

121,121a,121b‧‧‧第一電極 121, 121a, 121b‧‧‧ first electrode

122,122a,122b‧‧‧第二電極 122,122a, 122b‧‧‧second electrode

130‧‧‧觸控處理裝置 130‧‧‧Touch processing device

140‧‧‧主機 140‧‧‧Host

211‧‧‧第一信號源 211‧‧‧ first source

212‧‧‧第二信號源 212‧‧‧second source

221‧‧‧第一元件 221‧‧‧ first component

222‧‧‧第二元件 222‧‧‧ second component

230‧‧‧筆尖段 230‧‧‧ pen tip

321‧‧‧第一電容 321‧‧‧first capacitor

322‧‧‧第二電容 322‧‧‧second capacitor

441‧‧‧橡皮擦電容 441‧‧‧Eraser Capacitor

442‧‧‧筆桿電容 442‧‧‧ pen capacitor

523‧‧‧環狀電容 523‧‧‧Ring capacitor

550‧‧‧環狀電極 550‧‧‧Ring electrode

551‧‧‧環狀電極導線 551‧‧‧Ring electrode wire

610~660‧‧‧步驟 610~660‧‧‧Steps

714‧‧‧單一信號源 714‧‧‧ single source

760‧‧‧控制單元 760‧‧‧Control unit

770‧‧‧發信器無線通訊單元 770‧‧‧transmitter wireless communication unit

771‧‧‧發信器有線通訊單元 771‧‧‧transmitter wired communication unit

780‧‧‧主機無線通訊單元 780‧‧‧Host wireless communication unit

781‧‧‧主機有線通訊單元 781‧‧‧Host wired communication unit

810~860‧‧‧步驟 810~860‧‧‧Steps

1110‧‧‧第一金屬板 1110‧‧‧First metal plate

1110A‧‧‧第一金屬板A 1110A‧‧‧First Metal Plate A

1110B‧‧‧第一金屬板B 1110B‧‧‧First metal plate B

1120‧‧‧第二金屬板 1120‧‧‧Second metal plate

1120A‧‧‧第二金屬板A 1120A‧‧‧Second metal plate A

1120B‧‧‧第二金屬板B 1120B‧‧‧Second metal plate B

1130‧‧‧第三金屬板 1130‧‧‧ Third metal plate

1130A‧‧‧第三金屬板A 1130A‧‧‧ Third Metal Plate A

1130B‧‧‧第三金屬板B 1130B‧‧‧ Third metal plate B

1140‧‧‧抬升元件或斜面裝置 1140‧‧‧Uplifting elements or beveling devices

1150‧‧‧支撐元件 1150‧‧‧Support elements

1970‧‧‧可動元件 1970‧‧‧ movable components

1971‧‧‧前端可動元件 1971‧‧‧ front movable element

1972‧‧‧後端可動元件 1972‧‧‧Back end movable element

1973‧‧‧絕緣膜 1973‧‧‧Insulation film

1974‧‧‧可壓縮導體 1974‧‧‧Compressible conductor

1975‧‧‧導體基底 1975‧‧‧Conductor base

1976‧‧‧基座導線 1976‧‧‧Base wire

1977‧‧‧可動元件導線 1977‧‧‧ movable component wire

1978‧‧‧彈性元件 1978‧‧‧Flexible components

1979‧‧‧可壓縮絕緣材料 1979‧‧‧Compressible insulation

1980‧‧‧殼體 1980‧‧‧shell

1990‧‧‧印刷電路板 1990‧‧‧Printed circuit board

2110‧‧‧壓力感測器 2110‧‧‧ Pressure sensor

2120‧‧‧控制單元 2120‧‧‧Control unit

2210‧‧‧壓力感測器 2210‧‧‧ Pressure Sensor

2220‧‧‧控制單元 2220‧‧‧Control unit

2610~2650‧‧‧步驟 2610~2650‧‧‧Steps

2900‧‧‧偵測燈塔信號系統 2900‧‧‧Detecting beacon signal system

2910‧‧‧接收電極 2910‧‧‧ receiving electrode

2920‧‧‧偵測模組 2920‧‧‧Detection module

2921‧‧‧類比前端 2921‧‧‧ analog front end

2922‧‧‧比較器 2922‧‧‧ Comparator

2930‧‧‧解調變器 2930‧‧‧Demodulation Transducer

3010‧‧‧第一感測器 3010‧‧‧First sensor

3020‧‧‧第二感測器 3020‧‧‧Second sensor

3030‧‧‧第三感測器 3030‧‧‧ third sensor

3090‧‧‧處理模組 3090‧‧‧Processing module

3110~3130‧‧‧步驟 3110~3130‧‧‧Steps

3210‧‧‧信號偵測模組 3210‧‧‧Signal Detection Module

3220‧‧‧處理模組 3220‧‧‧Processing module

3310~3360‧‧‧步驟 3310~3360‧‧‧Steps

3402~3446‧‧‧步驟 3402~3446‧‧‧Steps

3510‧‧‧筆尖段軌跡 3510‧‧‧ pen tip track

3520‧‧‧信號強度 3520‧‧‧Signal strength

3610~3690‧‧‧區域 3610~3690‧‧‧Area

Sw1‧‧‧開關 Sw1‧‧‧ switch

Sw2‧‧‧開關 Sw2‧‧‧ switch

Sw3‧‧‧開關 Sw3‧‧‧ switch

Sw4‧‧‧開關 Sw4‧‧‧ switch

Sw5‧‧‧開關 Sw5‧‧‧ switch

Sw6‧‧‧開關 Sw6‧‧‧ switch

SWB‧‧‧開關 SWB‧‧ switch

SWE‧‧‧開關 SWE‧‧ switch

第一圖為根據本發明一實施例的一觸控系統100的一示意圖。 The first figure is a schematic diagram of a touch system 100 according to an embodiment of the invention.

第二圖為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。 The second figure is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第三圖為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。 The third figure is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第四A圖為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。 Figure 4A is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第四B圖為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。 Figure 4B is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第五圖為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。 The fifth figure is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第六圖為根據本發明一實施例之觸控裝置判斷發信器或主動觸控筆筆尖感測值方法的一流程示意圖。 FIG. 6 is a schematic flow chart of a method for determining a sensor or a touch pen tip sensing value of a touch device according to an embodiment of the invention.

第七A圖為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。 Figure 7A is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第七B圖為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。 Figure 7B is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第七C圖為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。 Figure 7C is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第七D圖為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。 Figure 7D is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第八圖為根據本發明一實施例之觸控裝置判斷發信器筆尖感測值方法的一流程示意圖。 FIG. 8 is a schematic flow chart of a method for determining a sensor tip value of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the invention.

第九A圖為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。 FIG. 9A is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第九B圖為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。 Figure IX is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第九C圖為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。 The ninth C is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第九D圖為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。 The ninth D diagram is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第九E圖為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。 Figure IX is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第九F圖為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。 The ninth F diagram is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第九G圖為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。 The ninth G diagram is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第九H圖為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。 The ninth H is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第九I圖為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。 A ninth I diagram is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第十圖為根據本發明一實施例的噪訊傳播示意圖。 Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of noise propagation in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第十一圖為根據本發明另一實施例的一第一電容221之一結構示意圖。 FIG. 11 is a schematic structural view of a first capacitor 221 according to another embodiment of the present invention.

第十二圖為第十一圖所示實施例的一種減省表示圖。 Fig. 12 is a diagram showing the reduction of the embodiment shown in Fig. 11.

第十三圖為第十二圖所示實施例的一種變形。 Fig. 13 is a modification of the embodiment shown in Fig. 12.

第十四圖為第十三圖所示實施例的一種變形。 Fig. 14 is a modification of the embodiment shown in Fig. 13.

第十五圖為第十四圖所示實施例的一種變形。 The fifteenth figure is a modification of the embodiment shown in Fig. 14.

第十六A圖為根據本發明一實施例的一示意圖。 Figure 16A is a schematic view of an embodiment of the invention.

第十六B圖為第十六A圖所示實施例的一種變形。 Fig. 16B is a modification of the embodiment shown in Fig. 16A.

第十七A圖與第十七B圖為根據本發明的第一電容與第二電容的結構示意 圖。 17A and 17B are schematic diagrams showing the structure of the first capacitor and the second capacitor according to the present invention. Figure.

第十八圖為第十一圖所示實施例的一種變形。 Fig. 18 is a modification of the embodiment shown in Fig. 11.

第十九A圖為發信器110的力感應電容與其結構之中心剖面的分解示意圖。 Figure 19A is an exploded perspective view of the force sensing capacitance of the transmitter 110 and the center profile of its structure.

第十九B圖為第十九A圖所示的結構組合之後的一剖面示意圖。 Figure 19B is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the combination of structures shown in Fig. 19A.

第十九C圖為第十九A圖所示的結構組合之後的另一剖面示意圖。 Figure 19C is another schematic cross-sectional view after the combination of structures shown in Fig. 19A.

第十九D圖為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110的力感應電容與其結構之中心剖面的分解示意圖。 FIG. 19D is an exploded perspective view showing the center of the force sensing capacitance of the transmitter 110 and its structure according to an embodiment of the present invention.

第十九E圖為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110的力感應電容與其結構之中心剖面的分解示意圖。 Figure 19E is an exploded perspective view showing the center of the force sensing capacitance of the transmitter 110 and its structure according to an embodiment of the present invention.

第二十圖為第十九A圖中之可壓縮導體1974與絕緣膜1973之接觸面的剖面示意圖。 Fig. 20 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the contact surface of the compressible conductor 1974 and the insulating film 1973 in Fig. 19A.

第二十一圖為根據本發明一實施例的一壓力感測器的一示意圖。 Figure 21 is a schematic view of a pressure sensor in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第二十二圖為根據本發明一實施例的一壓力感測器的一示意圖。 A twenty-second figure is a schematic view of a pressure sensor according to an embodiment of the invention.

第二十三A與B圖為根據本發明一實施例的簡單開關的結構示意圖。 Twenty-third and A are diagrams showing the structure of a simple switch according to an embodiment of the present invention.

第二十四A與B圖為根據本發明一實施例的簡單開關的結構示意圖。 Twenty-fourth A and B are schematic views of the structure of a simple switch according to an embodiment of the present invention.

第二十五圖為本發明提供一種推斷筆尖位置的示意圖。 The twenty-fifth figure provides a schematic diagram of inferring the position of the nib of the present invention.

第二十六圖為根據本發明一實施例的一計算傾斜角的示意圖。 A twenty-sixth drawing is a schematic diagram of calculating a tilt angle according to an embodiment of the present invention.

第二十七圖為顯示介面反應前述傾斜角與/或壓力之筆觸的實施例。 The twenty-seventh embodiment is an embodiment showing a brush stroke in which the interface reacts to the aforementioned tilt angle and/or pressure.

第二十八圖為在顯示介面反應前述傾角與/或壓力之筆觸的另一實施例。 The twenty-eighthth image is another embodiment of a brush stroke that reflects the aforementioned tilt and/or pressure at the display interface.

第二十九圖為根據本發明一實施例的一偵測燈塔信號系統的一方塊示意圖。 Figure 29 is a block diagram of a detection lighthouse signal system in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第三十圖為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器內部的一方塊示意圖。 Figure 30 is a block diagram showing the inside of a transmitter in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第三十一圖為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器的控制方法的一流程示意圖。 Figure 31 is a flow chart showing a method of controlling a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

第三十二圖為根據本發明一實施例的一觸控處理裝置的一方塊示意圖。 32 is a block diagram of a touch processing device according to an embodiment of the invention.

第三十三圖為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器狀態的偵測方法的一流程示意圖。 A thirty-third figure is a flow chart of a method for detecting a state of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the invention.

第三十四A圖為根據本發明一實施例的觸控系統之干擾處理流程示意圖。 The thirty-fourth A is a schematic diagram of the interference processing flow of the touch system according to an embodiment of the invention.

第三十四B圖為根據本發明一實施例的觸控系統之干擾處理流程示意圖。 FIG. 34B is a schematic diagram of a process of interference processing of a touch system according to an embodiment of the invention.

第三十四C圖為根據本發明一實施例的觸控系統之干擾處理流程示意圖。 The thirty-fourth C is a schematic diagram of the interference processing flow of the touch system according to an embodiment of the invention.

第三十四D圖為根據本發明一實施例的觸控系統之干擾處理流程示意圖。 The thirty-fourth D is a schematic diagram of the interference processing flow of the touch system according to an embodiment of the invention.

第三十五圖為根據本發明一實施例的發信器信號強度的示意圖。 Figure 35 is a schematic diagram of signal strength of a transmitter in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

第三十六圖為根據本發明一實施例的觸控面板120的分區示意圖。 FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram showing the partitioning of the touch panel 120 according to an embodiment of the invention.

本發明將詳細描述一些實施例如下。然而,除了所揭露的實施例外,本發明的範圍並不受該些實施例的限定,乃以其後的申請專利範圍為準。而為了提供更清楚的描述及使該項技藝的普通人員能理解本發明的發明內容,圖示內各部分並沒有依照其相對的尺寸進行繪圖,某些尺寸或其他相關尺度的比例可能被凸顯出來而顯得誇張,且不相關的細節部分並沒有完全繪出,以求圖示的簡潔。 The invention will be described in detail below with some embodiments. However, the scope of the present invention is not limited by the embodiments, except as to the disclosed embodiments, which are subject to the scope of the claims. In order to provide a clearer description and to enable those skilled in the art to understand the present invention, the various parts of the drawings are not drawn according to their relative sizes, and the ratio of certain dimensions or other related scales may be highlighted. It is exaggerated to come out, and the irrelevant details are not completely drawn, in order to simplify the illustration.

請參考第一圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一觸控系統100的一示意圖。觸控系統100包含至少一發信器110、一觸控面板120、一觸控處理裝置130與一主機140。該發信器110在本實施例中以一可主動發出電信號之主動式觸控筆為例,實際實施則不以此為限。本觸控系統100可以 包含複數個發信器110。上述的觸控面板120形成於一基板,該觸控面板120可以為觸控螢幕,本發明並不限定觸控面板120的形式。 Please refer to the first figure, which is a schematic diagram of a touch system 100 according to an embodiment of the invention. The touch system 100 includes at least one transmitter 110, a touch panel 120, a touch processing device 130, and a host 140. In this embodiment, the active stylus capable of actively transmitting an electrical signal is taken as an example, and the actual implementation is not limited thereto. The touch system 100 can A plurality of transmitters 110 are included. The touch panel 120 is formed on a substrate, and the touch panel 120 can be a touch screen. The invention does not limit the form of the touch panel 120.

在一實施例中,該觸控面板120的觸控區內包含複數個第一電極121與複數個第二電極122,兩者重疊處形成複數個電容性耦合感測點。這些第一電極121與第二電極122分別連接到觸控處理裝置130。在互電容的偵測模式下,該第一電極121可以稱為第一導電條或驅動電極,該第二電極122可以稱為第二導電條或感測電極。該觸控處理裝置130可以利用提供驅動電壓(驅動信號的電壓)到該些第一電極121,並量測該些第二電極122的信號變化,得知有外部導電物件靠近或接觸(簡稱近接)該觸控面板120。本領域的普通技術人員可以理解到,上述的觸控處理裝置130可以利用互電容或自電容的方式來偵測近接事件與近接物件,在此不再加以詳述。除了互電容或自電容的偵測方式之外,觸控處理裝置130還可以偵測該發信器110所發出的電信號,進而偵測出該發信器110與該觸控面板120的相對位置。在一實施例中,是分別量測第一電極121與第二電極122的信號變化,以偵測發信器110的信號,藉此偵測出發信器110與觸控面板120的相對位置。由於發信器110的信號與互電容或自電容的驅動信號所發出的頻率不同,也不互為諧振波,因此觸控處理裝置130可分別區分出發信器110所發出的信號與互電容或自電容的信號。在另一實施例中,觸控面板120可以是表面電容觸控面板,在四個角落或四個邊分別具有一個電極,觸控處理裝置130是分別或同時量測四個電極的信號變化來偵測出發信器110與觸控面板120的相對位置。 In one embodiment, the touch panel 120 includes a plurality of first electrodes 121 and a plurality of second electrodes 122, and a plurality of capacitive coupling sensing points are formed at the overlapping portions. The first electrode 121 and the second electrode 122 are respectively connected to the touch processing device 130. In the mutual capacitance detection mode, the first electrode 121 may be referred to as a first conductive strip or a driving electrode, and the second electrode 122 may be referred to as a second conductive strip or a sensing electrode. The touch processing device 130 can use the driving voltage (the voltage of the driving signal) to the first electrodes 121, and measure the signal changes of the second electrodes 122 to know that there is an external conductive object approaching or contacting (referred to as a proximity). The touch panel 120. A person skilled in the art can understand that the touch processing device 130 can detect the proximity event and the proximity object by means of mutual capacitance or self-capacitance, which will not be described in detail herein. In addition to the mutual capacitance or self-capacitance detection method, the touch processing device 130 can also detect the electrical signal emitted by the transmitter 110, thereby detecting the relative relationship between the transmitter 110 and the touch panel 120. position. In one embodiment, the signal changes of the first electrode 121 and the second electrode 122 are respectively measured to detect the signal of the transmitter 110, thereby detecting the relative position of the starter 110 and the touch panel 120. Since the signal of the transmitter 110 is different from the frequency of the mutual capacitance or the self-capacitance driving signal, and is not mutually resonant, the touch processing device 130 can separately distinguish the signal and the mutual capacitance emitted by the signal generator 110 or Self-capacitance signal. In another embodiment, the touch panel 120 can be a surface capacitive touch panel having one electrode at four corners or four sides, and the touch processing device 130 measures the signal changes of the four electrodes separately or simultaneously. The relative position of the starter 110 and the touch panel 120 is detected.

在第一圖中還包含一主機140,其可以是中央處理器,或者 是嵌入式系統內的主處理器,或是其他形式的電腦。在一實施例中,該觸控系統100可以是一平板電腦,該主機140可以是執行平板電腦作業程式的中央處理器。比方說,該平板電腦執行安卓(Android)作業系統,該主機140為執行安卓作業系統的安謀(ARM)處理器。本發明並不限定該主機140與該觸控處理裝置130之間所傳輸的資訊形式,只要所傳輸的資訊跟該觸控面板120上所發生的近接事件相關即可。 Also included in the first figure is a host 140, which may be a central processing unit, or It is the main processor in the embedded system, or other forms of computer. In an embodiment, the touch system 100 can be a tablet computer, and the host computer 140 can be a central processing unit that executes a tablet operating program. For example, the tablet executes an Android operating system, which is an ARM (ARM) processor that executes an Android operating system. The present invention does not limit the form of information transmitted between the host 140 and the touch processing device 130, as long as the transmitted information is related to the proximity event occurring on the touch panel 120.

由於需要主動發出電信號,所以發信器110或主動觸控筆需要電力供應發出電信號所需的能量。在一實施例中,發信器110的電能來源可以是電池,特別是可充電電池。在另一實施例中,筆狀物的電能來源可以是電容,特別是一種超級電容(Ultra-capacitor或Super-capacitor),例如是電雙層電容(EDLC,Electrical Double Layered Capacitor)、虛擬電容(Pseudocapacitor)、與混合電容(hybrid capacitor)三種型態的超級電容。超級電容的充電時間大約是以秒鐘計算的數量級,而在本發明實施例中,超級電容的放電時間大約是以小時計算的數量級。換言之,只需要短時間的充電,就可以長時間地使用主動筆。 Since it is necessary to actively emit an electrical signal, the transmitter 110 or the active stylus requires power to supply the energy required to emit an electrical signal. In an embodiment, the source of electrical energy of the transmitter 110 can be a battery, particularly a rechargeable battery. In another embodiment, the power source of the pen may be a capacitor, in particular a super capacitor (Ultra-capacitor or Super-capacitor), such as an EDLC (Electrical Double Layered Capacitor), a virtual capacitor ( Pseudocapacitor), and hybrid capacitors, three types of super capacitors. The charging time of the supercapacitor is on the order of seconds, while in the embodiment of the invention, the discharge time of the supercapacitor is on the order of an hour. In other words, the active pen can be used for a long time only by charging for a short time.

在一實施例中,觸控面板120會週期性地發出一燈塔信號(beacon signal)。當發信器110或觸控筆筆尖近接到觸控面板120之後,發信器110可以藉由筆尖感應到該燈塔信號,進而開始發出電信號達一段時間,以供觸控面板120偵測之用。如此一來,發信器110或可以在未偵測該燈塔信號的時候,停止發出該電信號,藉由延長發信器110電源的使用時間。 In an embodiment, the touch panel 120 periodically emits a beacon signal. After the transmitter 110 or the stylus tip is connected to the touch panel 120, the transmitter 110 can sense the beacon signal by using the pen tip, and then start to send an electrical signal for a period of time for the touch panel 120 to detect. use. In this way, the transmitter 110 may stop emitting the electrical signal when the beacon signal is not detected, by extending the power usage time of the transmitter 110.

上述的燈塔信號可以利用多條第一電極121與/或第二電極122來發出。在一實施例中,當利用第一電極121來發出互電容觸控偵測的驅 動信號時,該驅動信號與該燈塔信號的頻率是不同的,且不是對方之諧振波。因此,可以在發出驅動信號的期間同時發出該燈塔信號,亦即同時進行互電容觸控偵測與電信號的偵測。在另一實施例中,可以輪流發出該驅動信號與燈塔信號,亦即分時進行互電容觸控偵測與電信號的偵測,該驅動信號與該燈塔信號的頻率可以是相同或不同。 The beacon signal described above can be emitted using a plurality of first electrodes 121 and/or second electrodes 122. In an embodiment, when the first electrode 121 is used to issue a mutual capacitance touch detection drive When the signal is activated, the drive signal is different from the frequency of the beacon signal and is not the resonant wave of the other party. Therefore, the beacon signal can be simultaneously emitted during the issuance of the driving signal, that is, mutual capacitance touch detection and electrical signal detection are simultaneously performed. In another embodiment, the driving signal and the beacon signal may be sent in turn, that is, the mutual capacitance touch detection and the electrical signal detection are performed in a time division manner, and the driving signal and the beacon signal may have the same frequency or different frequencies.

在一實施例中,為使發信器110可在距離觸控面板120較遠處亦可偵測到燈塔信號,可使觸控處理裝置130對觸控面板120上所有的第一電極121與第二電極122在同一時間發出驅動信號,以使觸控面板120所發出的信號強度總和為最大。 In an embodiment, in order to enable the transmitter 110 to detect the beacon signal at a distance from the touch panel 120, the touch processing device 130 can be used with all the first electrodes 121 on the touch panel 120. The second electrode 122 emits a driving signal at the same time to maximize the sum of the signal strengths emitted by the touch panel 120.

請參考第二圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。該發信器110包含一第一信號源211、一第二信號源212、具有一第一阻抗Z1的一第一元件221、具有一第二阻抗Z2的一第二元件222、以及一筆尖段230。其中,該第一信號源211所發出的第一信號,經由該第一元件221與筆尖段230後,傳送到觸控面板120。類似地,該第二信號源212所發出的第二信號,經由該第二元件222與筆尖段230後,傳送到觸控面板120。 Please refer to the second figure, which is a schematic diagram of the inside of a transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. The transmitter 110 includes a first signal source 211, a second signal source 212, a first component 221 having a first impedance Z1, a second component 222 having a second impedance Z2, and a sharp segment 230. The first signal sent by the first signal source 211 is transmitted to the touch panel 120 via the first component 221 and the pen tip segment 230. Similarly, the second signal sent by the second signal source 212 is transmitted to the touch panel 120 via the second component 222 and the pen tip segment 230.

在一實施例中,該第一信號為包含一第一頻率f1的信號,該第二信號為包含一第二頻率f2的信號。該第一頻率f1與第二頻率f2可以是方波信號,也可以是弦波信號,也可以是脈衝寬度調變(Pulse Width Modulation)過後的信號。在一實施例中,該第一頻率f1不同於該燈塔信號的頻率與該驅動信號的頻率,也不同於該燈塔信號的頻率與該驅動信號的頻率的諧振頻率。該第二頻率f2不同於該第一頻率f1、該燈塔信號的頻率與該驅動信號的 頻率,也不同於該第一頻率f1、該燈塔頻率信號的與該驅動頻率的信號的諧振頻率。 In an embodiment, the first signal is a signal including a first frequency f1, and the second signal is a signal including a second frequency f2. The first frequency f1 and the second frequency f2 may be a square wave signal, a sine wave signal, or a pulse width modulation (Pulse Width Modulation) signal. In an embodiment, the first frequency f1 is different from the frequency of the beacon signal and the frequency of the driving signal, and is different from the resonant frequency of the frequency of the beacon signal and the frequency of the driving signal. The second frequency f2 is different from the first frequency f1, the frequency of the beacon signal, and the driving signal The frequency is also different from the first frequency f1, the resonant frequency of the signal of the beacon frequency signal and the signal of the driving frequency.

該兩個頻率的信號各自經過具有第一阻抗Z1的第一元件221與具有第二阻抗Z2的第二元件222之後混頻,並且饋入筆尖段230。上述的第一元件221與第二元件222可以是電阻元件、電感元件、電容元件(如固態電容)或其任意組合所造成的阻抗。在第二圖所示的實施例中,第二阻抗Z2可以是固定不變的,第一阻抗Z1是可變的,而且相應於某一感測器的變化量。 The signals of the two frequencies are each mixed after passing through the first element 221 having the first impedance Z1 and the second element 222 having the second impedance Z2, and are fed into the nib segment 230. The first element 221 and the second element 222 described above may be impedances caused by a resistive element, an inductive element, a capacitive element (such as a solid capacitor), or any combination thereof. In the embodiment shown in the second figure, the second impedance Z2 may be fixed, the first impedance Z1 being variable, and corresponding to the amount of change of a certain sensor.

在另一實施例中,第一阻抗Z1與第二阻抗Z2都是可變的,其兩者的比例值相應於某一感測器的變化量。在一實施例中,該感測器可以是可伸縮的彈性筆尖,上述的第一阻抗Z1可以相應於彈性筆尖的行程或受力程度而變化。在某些範例中,上述的第一阻抗Z1線性地相應於感測器的一物理量之變化。但在另外的範例中,上述的第一阻抗Z1係非線性地相應於感測器的物理量之變化。 In another embodiment, the first impedance Z1 and the second impedance Z2 are both variable, and the ratio of the two corresponds to the amount of change of a certain sensor. In an embodiment, the sensor may be a retractable elastic nib, and the first impedance Z1 may vary according to the stroke or the degree of force of the elastic nib. In some examples, the first impedance Z1 described above linearly corresponds to a change in a physical quantity of the sensor. However, in another example, the first impedance Z1 described above nonlinearly corresponds to a change in the physical quantity of the sensor.

上述的第一元件221與第二元件222可以是不同的電子元件。例如第一元件221是電阻,第二元件222是電容,反之亦然。又例如第一元件221是電阻,第二元件222是電感,反之亦然。再例如第一元件221是電感,第二元件222是電容,反之亦然。上述第一阻抗Z1與第二阻抗Z2中至少一者是可變的,例如阻值可變電阻、容值可變的電容、或電感值可變的電感。當上述第一阻抗Z1與第二阻抗Z2中的一者是不可變時,可以用現有的電子元件來設置,例如一般的固定阻值的電阻元件、固定容值的電容元件或固定電感值的電感元件。 The first element 221 and the second element 222 described above may be different electronic components. For example, the first component 221 is a resistor and the second component 222 is a capacitor, and vice versa. For another example, the first component 221 is a resistor and the second component 222 is an inductor, and vice versa. For another example, the first component 221 is an inductor and the second component 222 is a capacitor, and vice versa. At least one of the first impedance Z1 and the second impedance Z2 is variable, such as a resistance variable resistor, a capacitance variable capacitor, or an inductor having a variable inductance value. When one of the first impedance Z1 and the second impedance Z2 is immutable, it can be set by using existing electronic components, such as a general fixed resistance resistor element, a fixed capacitance capacitor element or a fixed inductance value. Inductive component.

在一實施例中,第一元件221可以是一力感測電阻(FSR,force sensing resistor),其電阻值相應所受到的作用力而產生可預期之變化,而第二元件222可以是一固定電阻。在另一實施例中,第一元件221可以是一可變電阻。因此,在其他條件相同的情況下,筆尖端230所發出之電信號當中,第一頻率f1的信號部分之強度M1與第二頻率f2的信號部分之強度M2的比值,將與第一阻抗Z1與第二阻抗Z2的比值成反比。換言之,亦即M1/M2=k(Z2/Z1)。 In an embodiment, the first component 221 can be a force sensing resistor (FSR, force The sensing resistor has a resistance value corresponding to the applied force to produce a predictable change, and the second component 222 can be a fixed resistor. In another embodiment, the first component 221 can be a variable resistor. Therefore, among other conditions, the ratio of the intensity M1 of the signal portion of the first frequency f1 to the intensity M2 of the signal portion of the second frequency f2 among the electrical signals emitted by the pen tip 230 will be the first impedance Z1. It is inversely proportional to the ratio of the second impedance Z2. In other words, M1/M2=k(Z2/Z1).

因此,當發信器110懸浮在觸控面板120之上方時,筆尖段230尚未有任何位移或受力,所以觸控面板120所偵測到的電信號當中,第一頻率f1的信號部分之強度M1與第二頻率f2的信號部分之強度M2的比值是個固定值或是預設值。或在另一實施例中,(M1-M2)/(M1+M2)或(M2-M1)/(M1+M2)的比值也是個固定值或預設值。除此之外,也可以利用M1/(M1+M2)或是M2/(M1+M2)的比例來表示壓力值。在上述的四種比例以外,熟悉該項技藝的普通技術人員也可以想到以任何牽涉到強度M1與M2的比例值來替換。換言之,當偵測到該比例值為該固定值時,則可以判斷出該感測器並沒有感測到該物理量有任何變化量。在一實施例中,即發信器110並未接觸到觸控面板120。 Therefore, when the transmitter 110 is suspended above the touch panel 120, the nib segment 230 has not been displaced or stressed. Therefore, among the electrical signals detected by the touch panel 120, the signal portion of the first frequency f1 is The ratio of the intensity M1 to the intensity M2 of the signal portion of the second frequency f2 is a fixed value or a preset value. Or in another embodiment, the ratio of (M1-M2)/(M1+M2) or (M2-M1)/(M1+M2) is also a fixed value or a preset value. In addition to this, the pressure value can also be expressed by the ratio of M1/(M1+M2) or M2/(M1+M2). In addition to the four ratios described above, one of ordinary skill in the art will also be able to replace any ratio that involves strengths M1 and M2. In other words, when the ratio is detected as the fixed value, it can be determined that the sensor does not sense any change in the physical quantity. In an embodiment, the transmitter 110 does not touch the touch panel 120.

當發信器110接觸到觸控面板120之後,筆尖段230即因為受力而有位移行程。該第一元件221的第一阻抗Z1即相應於筆尖段230的行程或受力程度而變化,而使得電信號當中第一頻率f1的信號部分之強度M1與第二頻率f2的信號部分之強度M2的比值產生變化,不同於上述的固定值或預設值。觸控面板120即可以利用上述的關係,根據該比值產生相對應的感測值。前述的固定值或預設值並不限於一單一數值,亦可以是在一誤差容忍 內的一範圍。 After the transmitter 110 contacts the touch panel 120, the nib segment 230 has a displacement stroke due to the force. The first impedance Z1 of the first element 221 is changed corresponding to the stroke or the degree of force of the pen tip segment 230, so that the intensity of the signal portion of the signal portion of the first frequency f1 and the signal portion of the second frequency f2 among the electrical signals The ratio of M2 changes, unlike the fixed value or the preset value described above. The touch panel 120 can use the above relationship to generate a corresponding sensing value according to the ratio. The aforementioned fixed value or preset value is not limited to a single value, and may be tolerance in an error. A range within.

需要注意的是,該比值與該感測值未必具有線性的關係。更進一步來說,該感測值與該感測器的位移行程或該感測器的受力程度也未必具有線性的關係。該感測值只是該觸控面板120所感測出的一個值,本發明並不限定其關係。比方說,該觸控面板120可以利用一查找表或複數個計算公式從該比值對應至該感測值。 It should be noted that the ratio does not necessarily have a linear relationship with the sensed value. Furthermore, the sensing value does not necessarily have a linear relationship with the displacement stroke of the sensor or the degree of force of the sensor. The sensed value is only a value sensed by the touch panel 120, and the present invention is not limited to the relationship. For example, the touch panel 120 can use the lookup table or a plurality of calculation formulas to correspond to the sensed value from the ratio.

請參考第三圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。和第二圖的實施例類似,該發信器110包含第一信號源211、第二信號源212、具有一第一電容值C1的一第一電容321、具有一第二電容值C2的一第二電容322、以及筆尖段230。 Please refer to the third figure, which is a schematic diagram of the inside of a transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. Similar to the embodiment of the second figure, the transmitter 110 includes a first signal source 211, a second signal source 212, a first capacitor 321 having a first capacitance value C1, and a second capacitor value C2. A second capacitor 322, and a tip segment 230.

兩個信號源211與212可以分別是脈衝寬度調變第一信號源(PWM1)與脈衝寬度調變第二信號源(PWM2)。這兩個信號源的頻率可以相同,也可以不同。該發信器110包含了一個固定電容值C2的第二電容322與一個可變電容值C1的第一電容321,兩者分別連接到上述的信號源PWM2 212與PWM1 211。由於電容值C1會隨著筆尖段230受到的壓力值而改變,因此第三圖所示的實施例可以包含了一個電容式的力感測器或是力感應電容器(FSC,Force Sensing Capacitor)。在一實施例中,此電容式的力感測器可以利用印刷電路板(PCB)或其他材料來實作。在本申請的稍後將會對力感應電容器的結構進行說明。 The two signal sources 211 and 212 may be a pulse width modulated first signal source (PWM1) and a pulse width modulated second signal source (PWM2), respectively. The frequencies of the two sources can be the same or different. The transmitter 110 includes a second capacitor 322 having a fixed capacitance value C2 and a first capacitor 321 having a variable capacitance value C1, which are respectively connected to the signal sources PWM2 212 and PWM1 211 described above. Since the capacitance value C1 changes with the pressure value received by the pen tip segment 230, the embodiment shown in the third figure may include a capacitive force sensor or a force sensing capacitor (FSC, Force Sensing Capacitor). In an embodiment, the capacitive force sensor can be implemented using a printed circuit board (PCB) or other material. The structure of the force sensing capacitor will be described later in this application.

兩個信號源的強度比例,和兩個電容321與322的阻抗比例成反比。當觸控筆的筆尖段230未接觸到物體,或者說力感測器未偵測到力的時候,第一電容321的阻抗值不變。兩個電容321與322的阻抗比例也就固定 不變。當發信器110懸浮在觸控面板/螢幕120的上方,其發射的電信號能被偵測到的時候,上述兩個信號源的強度比例是固定的。 The intensity ratio of the two sources is inversely proportional to the ratio of the impedances of the two capacitors 321 and 322. When the tip segment 230 of the stylus does not touch the object, or the force sensor does not detect the force, the impedance value of the first capacitor 321 does not change. The impedance ratio of the two capacitors 321 and 322 is also fixed. constant. When the transmitter 110 is suspended above the touch panel/screen 120 and the transmitted electrical signal can be detected, the intensity ratio of the two sources is fixed.

但是當發信器110的筆尖段230接觸到物體,或者說力感測器偵測到力的時候,第一電容321的阻抗隨之改變。兩個電容321與322的阻抗比例也就跟著改變。當發信器110碰觸到觸控面板/螢幕120的表面,其發射的電信號能被偵測到的時候,上述兩個信號源的強度比例是隨著力感測器所受到的力而變化。 However, when the tip portion 230 of the transmitter 110 contacts the object, or the force sensor detects a force, the impedance of the first capacitor 321 changes. The impedance ratio of the two capacitors 321 and 322 also changes. When the transmitter 110 touches the surface of the touch panel/screen 120 and the electrical signal emitted by the transmitter 110 can be detected, the intensity ratio of the two signal sources varies with the force received by the force sensor. .

請參考第四A圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。和第三圖的實施例相似,該發信器110包含第一信號源211、第二信號源212、具有一第一電容值C1的第一電容321、具有一第二電容值C2的第二電容322、以及筆尖段230。該發信器110可以包含多個感測器,用於偵測多種狀態。在一實施例中,筆尖段230包含了一壓力感測器,用於偵測觸控筆的筆尖受力的狀態,並且反映在其所發出的電信號之上。在另一實施例中,發信器110可以包含多個按鈕,例如橡皮擦(Eraser)按鈕與筆桿(Barrel)按鈕。在其他實施例中,發信器110還可以包含一個開關,用於感測筆尖是否接觸了觸控螢幕或其他物體。本領域的普通技術人員可以理解到,發信器110可以包含更多個按鈕或其他形式的感測器,並不限於上述的範例。 Please refer to FIG. 4A, which is a schematic diagram of the inside of a transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. Similar to the embodiment of the third figure, the transmitter 110 includes a first signal source 211, a second signal source 212, a first capacitor 321 having a first capacitance value C1, and a second capacitor having a second capacitance value C2. Capacitor 322, and nib segment 230. The transmitter 110 can include a plurality of sensors for detecting a plurality of states. In one embodiment, the nib segment 230 includes a pressure sensor for detecting the state of the tip of the stylus and is reflected above the electrical signal it emits. In another embodiment, the transmitter 110 can include a plurality of buttons, such as an Eraser button and a Barrel button. In other embodiments, the transmitter 110 can also include a switch for sensing whether the pen tip is in contact with a touch screen or other object. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the transmitter 110 can include more buttons or other forms of sensors and is not limited to the examples described above.

在第四A圖的實施例當中,第一電容321並聯了另外兩個橡皮擦電容441與筆桿電容442,分別連接到上述的橡皮擦(Eraser)按鈕與筆桿(Barrel)按鈕,亦即開關SWE與SWB。當上述的按鈕或開關被按下時,電容441與442就會與第一電容321並聯,使得PWM1信號路徑上的電容值改變, 導致PWM1與PWM2信號路徑上的阻抗比例改變,使得兩個信號的強度比例隨之改變。 In the embodiment of FIG. 4A, the first capacitor 321 is connected in parallel with the other two eraser capacitors 441 and the pen holder capacitor 442, respectively connected to the above-mentioned Eraser button and the Barrel button, that is, the switch SWE. With SWB. When the above button or switch is pressed, the capacitors 441 and 442 are connected in parallel with the first capacitor 321 so that the capacitance value in the PWM1 signal path changes. This causes the ratio of the impedance on the PWM1 and PWM2 signal paths to change, so that the intensity ratio of the two signals changes.

由於第一電容321的電容值C1與阻抗值會改變,因此當與橡皮擦電容441與筆桿電容442並聯之後,其並聯之阻抗值與第二電容322的阻抗值的比例會落在一個範圍之內。在第四A圖所示的實施例中,假設在第一電容321的可變範圍內,PWM1/PWM2的信號強度比例落在一第一範圍。在第一電容321與筆桿電容442並聯之後,亦即筆桿按鈕被按下之後,PWM1/PWM2的信號比例落在一第二範圍。在第一電容321與橡皮擦電容441並聯之後,亦即橡皮擦按鈕被按下之後,PWM1/PWM2的信號比例落在一第三範圍。在第一電容321與筆桿電容442及橡皮擦電容441並聯之後,亦即筆桿按鈕與橡皮擦按鈕同時被按下之後,PWM1/PWM2的信號比例落在一第四範圍。可以調整筆桿電容442及橡皮擦電容441的電容值及阻抗值,使得上述的第一範圍、第二範圍、第三範圍、與/或第四範圍之間皆不相重疊。由於上述的可能範圍之間不相重疊,因此可以從信號強度比例落在哪一個範圍,便可得知有哪一個按鈕被按下。接著,更從信號強度的比例,回推力感測器的受力程度為何。 Since the capacitance value C1 and the impedance value of the first capacitor 321 change, when the eraser capacitor 441 and the sheath capacitor 442 are connected in parallel, the ratio of the parallel impedance value to the impedance value of the second capacitor 322 falls within a range. Inside. In the embodiment shown in FIG. A, it is assumed that within the variable range of the first capacitor 321, the signal strength ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within a first range. After the first capacitor 321 is connected in parallel with the sheath capacitor 442, that is, after the pen button is pressed, the signal ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within a second range. After the first capacitor 321 is connected in parallel with the eraser capacitor 441, that is, after the eraser button is pressed, the signal ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within a third range. After the first capacitor 321 is connected in parallel with the sheath capacitor 442 and the eraser capacitor 441, that is, after the pen button and the eraser button are simultaneously pressed, the signal ratio of the PWM1/PWM2 falls within a fourth range. The capacitance values and impedance values of the pen holder capacitor 442 and the eraser capacitor 441 can be adjusted such that the first range, the second range, the third range, and/or the fourth range do not overlap. Since the above possible ranges do not overlap, it is possible to know which button is pressed from which range the signal strength ratio falls. Then, from the ratio of the signal strength, what is the degree of stress on the thrust sensor?

請參考第四B圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。與第四A圖的實施例相比,在第四B圖的實施例當中,第二電容322並聯了另外兩個橡皮擦電容441與筆桿電容442,分別連接到上述的橡皮擦(Eraser)按鈕與筆桿(Barrel)按鈕,亦即開關SWE與SWB。當上述的按鈕或開關被按下時,筆桿電容442及橡皮擦電容441就會與第二電容322並聯,導致PWM1與PWM2信號路徑上的阻抗比例改變,使得兩個信號的強度 比例隨之改變。 Please refer to FIG. 4B, which is a schematic diagram of the inside of a transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. Compared with the embodiment of FIG. 4A, in the embodiment of FIG. 4B, the second capacitor 322 is connected in parallel with the other two eraser capacitors 441 and the pen holder capacitor 442, respectively connected to the above-mentioned Eraser button. And the Barrel button, that is, the switches SWE and SWB. When the above button or switch is pressed, the pen capacitor 442 and the eraser capacitor 441 are connected in parallel with the second capacitor 322, resulting in a change in the impedance ratio of the PWM1 and PWM2 signal paths, so that the strength of the two signals The proportion changes accordingly.

由於第一電容321的電容值C1與阻抗值會改變,因此當第二電容322與橡皮擦電容441與筆桿電容442並聯之後,第一電容321與其並聯之阻抗值的比例會落在一個範圍之內。在第四B圖所示的實施例中,假設在第一電容321的可變範圍內,PWM1/PWM2的信號強度比例落在一第一範圍。在第二電容322與筆桿電容442並聯之後,亦即筆桿按鈕被按下之後,PWM1/PWM2的信號比例落在一第五範圍。在第二電容322與橡皮擦電容441並聯之後,亦即橡皮擦按鈕被按下之後,PWM1/PWM2的信號比例落在一第六範圍。在第二電容322與筆桿電容442及橡皮擦電容441並聯之後,亦即筆桿按鈕與橡皮擦按鈕同時被按下之後,PWM1/PWM2的信號比例落在一第七範圍。 Since the capacitance value C1 and the impedance value of the first capacitor 321 change, when the second capacitor 322 and the eraser capacitor 441 are connected in parallel with the sheath capacitor 442, the ratio of the impedance value of the first capacitor 321 and its parallel connection falls within a range. Inside. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B, it is assumed that within the variable range of the first capacitor 321, the signal strength ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within a first range. After the second capacitor 322 is connected in parallel with the sheath capacitor 442, that is, after the pen button is pressed, the signal ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within a fifth range. After the second capacitor 322 is connected in parallel with the eraser capacitor 441, that is, after the eraser button is pressed, the signal ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within a sixth range. After the second capacitor 322 is connected in parallel with the sheath capacitor 442 and the eraser capacitor 441, that is, after the pen button and the eraser button are simultaneously pressed, the signal ratio of the PWM1/PWM2 falls within a seventh range.

第四B圖也可以運用第四A圖實施例的精神,經由可以調整筆桿電容442及橡皮擦電容441的電容值及阻抗值,使得上述的第一範圍、第五範圍、第六範圍、與/或第七範圍之間皆不相重疊。進而可以得知有哪一個按鈕被按下,以及回推力感測器的受力程度為何。 The fourth B diagram can also use the spirit of the fourth A embodiment to adjust the capacitance value and the impedance value of the pencil capacitor 442 and the eraser capacitor 441 to make the first range, the fifth range, the sixth range, and / or the seventh range does not overlap. In turn, it can be known which button is pressed and the degree of force applied to the thrust sensor.

請參考第五圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。第五圖實施例可以為第二圖、第三圖、第四A與B圖實施例的變化型,第五圖實施例所作的變化,可以應用到上述各圖的實施例當中。 Please refer to the fifth figure, which is a schematic diagram of the inside of a transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. The fifth embodiment can be a variation of the second, third, and fourth A and B embodiments, and the changes of the fifth embodiment can be applied to the embodiments of the above figures.

與第二圖的實施例相比,第五圖的實施例多出了環狀電極550與環狀電極導線(ring wire)551。第五圖的環狀電極導線551可以透過具有一固定電容Cr的一環狀電容(ring capacitor)523連接到一第三信號源513。環狀 電極550環繞在筆尖段230周圍,其電性耦合到環狀電極導線551,並且連接到後端的印刷電路板。雖然在本申請當中,稱其為環狀電極550,但在某些實施例當中,環狀電極550可以包含複數個電極。本申請並不限定環狀電極550的數量,為了方便起見,將其稱之為環狀電極550。環狀電極550與筆尖之間是電性絕緣的,兩者並不電性耦合。 Compared with the embodiment of the second figure, the embodiment of the fifth figure has an annular electrode 550 and a ring wire 551. The ring-shaped electrode lead 551 of the fifth figure can be connected to a third signal source 513 through a ring capacitor 523 having a fixed capacitance Cr. ring The electrode 550 surrounds the nib section 230, which is electrically coupled to the annular electrode lead 551 and to the printed circuit board at the rear end. Although referred to as ring electrode 550 in the present application, in some embodiments, ring electrode 550 can include a plurality of electrodes. The present application does not limit the number of ring electrodes 550, which is referred to as a ring electrode 550 for convenience. The ring electrode 550 is electrically insulated from the tip of the pen, and the two are not electrically coupled.

在第五圖當中,包含了六個開關Sw1至Sw6。假設要讓筆尖段230輻射第一信號源211,則可以將Sw1短路且將Sw2開路。反之,可以將Sw1開路。或者是將Sw1與Sw2同時短路。同樣地,假設要讓筆尖段230輻射第二信號源212,則可以將Sw3短路且將Sw4開路。反之,可以將Sw3開路。或者是將Sw3與Sw4同時短路。假設要讓環狀電極550輻射第三信號源513,則可以將Sw5短路且將Sw6開路。反之,可以將Sw5開路。或者是將Sw5與Sw6同時短路。 In the fifth figure, six switches Sw1 to Sw6 are included. Assuming that the nib segment 230 is to radiate the first signal source 211, Sw1 can be shorted and Sw2 can be opened. Conversely, you can open Sw1. Or short-circuit Sw1 and Sw2 at the same time. Similarly, assuming that the nib segment 230 is to radiate the second signal source 212, Sw3 can be shorted and Sw4 can be opened. Conversely, you can open Sw3. Or short-circuit Sw3 and Sw4 at the same time. Assuming that the ring electrode 550 is to radiate the third signal source 513, Sw5 can be shorted and Sw6 can be opened. Conversely, you can open Sw5. Or short-circuit Sw5 and Sw6 at the same time.

上述的第一信號源211與第二信號源212可以包含不同頻率的信號,也可以是包含多個不同頻率組的信號。同樣地,第五圖的第三信號源513也可以包含與第一信號源211及第二信號源212不同頻率的信號,也可以包含與第一信號源211及第二信號源212不同頻率組的信號。類似地,上述的第一信號源211及第二信號源212可以包含脈衝寬度調變(PWM)的信號。這兩個信號源211與212的頻率可以相同,也可以不同。類似地,第五圖的第三信號源513也可以包含脈衝寬度調變(PWM)的信號。這三個信號源的頻率可以相同,也可以不同。 The first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 may include signals of different frequencies, or may be signals including a plurality of different frequency groups. Similarly, the third signal source 513 of the fifth figure may also include signals of different frequencies from the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212, and may also include different frequency groups from the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212. signal of. Similarly, the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 may include a pulse width modulation (PWM) signal. The frequencies of the two signal sources 211 and 212 may be the same or different. Similarly, the third source 513 of the fifth diagram may also include a pulse width modulated (PWM) signal. The frequencies of these three sources can be the same or different.

請參考第六圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例之觸控裝置判斷發信器或主動觸控筆筆尖感測值方法的一流程示意圖。該方法可以由第 一圖實施例當中的觸控處理裝置130來執行。該觸控處理裝置130連接觸控面板120上的多個第一電極121與多個第二電極122,用於偵測發信器110的筆尖段230所發出的電信號。該觸控處理裝置130可以根據上述多個第一電極121與多個第二電極122所個別接收的信號強度,判斷該發信器110與該觸控面板120的相對位置。除此之外,第六圖所示的方法可以用於判斷發信器110的力感測值。在一實施例中,該力感測值為筆尖段230所受的壓力值。 Please refer to the sixth figure, which is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a sensor or an active stylus tip sensing value according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method can be made by The touch processing device 130 in the embodiment of the figure is executed. The touch processing device 130 is connected to the plurality of first electrodes 121 and the plurality of second electrodes 122 on the touch panel 120 for detecting electrical signals emitted by the pen tip segment 230 of the transmitter 110. The touch processing device 130 can determine the relative position of the transmitter 110 and the touch panel 120 according to the signal strength received by the plurality of first electrodes 121 and the plurality of second electrodes 122. In addition to this, the method shown in the sixth figure can be used to determine the force sensing value of the transmitter 110. In one embodiment, the force sensing value is the pressure value experienced by the nib segment 230.

第六圖的實施例可以相應於第二圖到第五圖的實施例,前兩個步驟610與620分別是計算出相應於第一信號源211與第二信號源212的信號強度M1與M2。這兩個步驟610與620可以不分先後進行,或是同時進行。當第一信號源211發出的電信號具有第一頻率f1以及第二信號源212發出的電信號具有一第二頻率f2時,上述的信號強度M1相應於第一頻率f1的信號之強度,上述的信號強度M2相應於第二頻率f2的信號之強度。當第一信號源211發出的電信號具有第一頻率群組F1以及第二信號源212發出的電信號具有一第二頻率群組F2時,上述的信號強度M1相應於第一頻率群組F1內各頻率信號之總強度,上述的信號強度M2相應於第二頻率群組F2內各頻率信號之總強度。如前所述,這裡所謂的頻率,也可以是脈衝寬度調變的頻率。 The embodiment of the sixth figure may correspond to the embodiments of the second to fifth figures. The first two steps 610 and 620 respectively calculate the signal strengths M1 and M2 corresponding to the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212. . These two steps 610 and 620 can be performed in either order or simultaneously. When the electrical signal sent by the first signal source 211 has the first frequency f1 and the electrical signal sent by the second signal source 212 has a second frequency f2, the signal strength M1 corresponds to the intensity of the signal of the first frequency f1, The signal strength M2 corresponds to the strength of the signal at the second frequency f2. When the electrical signal sent by the first signal source 211 has the first frequency group F1 and the electrical signal sent by the second signal source 212 has a second frequency group F2, the signal strength M1 corresponds to the first frequency group F1. The total intensity of each of the internal frequency signals, the above-mentioned signal strength M2 corresponds to the total intensity of each frequency signal in the second frequency group F2. As mentioned above, the frequency referred to herein may also be the frequency of the pulse width modulation.

然後,於步驟630當中,根據M1與M2計算一比例值。此比例值已經在上述舉出五個範例,比方說是M1/M2、(M1-M2)/(M1+M2)、(M2-M1)/(M1+M2)、M1/(M1+M2)或是M2/(M1+M2)。在上述的五種比例以外,熟悉該項技藝的普通技術人員也可以想到以任何牽涉到強度M1與M2的比例值來替換。接著執行步驟640,根據此比例值判斷是否為一預設值或落在一預設範圍內。如果判斷結果為真,則執行步驟650,認為發信器110是懸浮 且未接觸觸控面板120。否則,執行步驟660,根據該比例值計算筆尖段230的感測值。該感測值可以和受力程度與/或行程相關,也可以不和受力程度與/或行程相關。計算感測值的步驟可以使用查表法、直線內插法,二次曲線法來計算,端賴比例值與感測值的對應關係如何。 Then, in step 630, a proportional value is calculated based on M1 and M2. This ratio has been given five examples in the above, such as M1/M2, (M1-M2)/(M1+M2), (M2-M1)/(M1+M2), M1/(M1+M2). Or M2/(M1+M2). In addition to the five ratios described above, one of ordinary skill in the art will also be able to replace any ratio that involves the strengths M1 and M2. Then, step 640 is executed to determine whether it is a preset value or falls within a preset range according to the proportional value. If the determination result is true, step 650 is executed, and the sender 110 is considered to be suspended. And the touch panel 120 is not touched. Otherwise, step 660 is performed to calculate the sensed value of the nib segment 230 based on the scale value. The sensed value may or may not be related to the degree of force and/or the stroke, or may be related to the degree of force and/or stroke. The step of calculating the sensing value can be calculated by using the look-up table method, the linear interpolation method, and the quadratic curve method, and the correspondence between the proportional value and the sensed value is determined.

當第六圖的實施例適用於第四A圖與第四B圖的實施例中,可以在步驟660執行額外的步驟。比方說,當適用於第四A圖的實施例時,可以判斷步驟630所計算出的比例值,是落在上述的第一範圍、第二範圍、第三範圍、或第四範圍之內。據此,除了可以得知筆尖段230的感測值外,還可以推知筆桿按鈕與/或橡皮擦按鈕是否被按下。類似的,當用於第四B圖的實施例時,可以判斷步驟630所計算出的比例值,是落在上述的第一範圍、第五範圍、第六範圍、或第七範圍之內。據此,除了可以得知筆尖段230的感測值外,還可以推知筆桿按鈕與/或橡皮擦按鈕是否被按下。 When the embodiment of the sixth figure is applicable to the embodiments of the fourth A and fourth B, additional steps may be performed at step 660. For example, when applied to the embodiment of FIG. 4A, it can be determined that the scale value calculated in step 630 falls within the first range, the second range, the third range, or the fourth range described above. Accordingly, in addition to the sensed value of the nib segment 230, it can be inferred whether the pen button and/or the eraser button are pressed. Similarly, when used in the embodiment of FIG. 4B, it can be determined that the scale value calculated in step 630 falls within the first range, the fifth range, the sixth range, or the seventh range described above. Accordingly, in addition to the sensed value of the nib segment 230, it can be inferred whether the pen button and/or the eraser button are pressed.

在本發明的一實施例中,發信器110內的控制器或電路無需判斷筆尖段230受力的程度,單純地只憑筆尖段230受力而改變上述第一元件221的第一阻抗Z1與第二元件222之第二阻抗Z2中的一者或兩者,使得傳送出去的第一頻率f1或第一頻率群組F1信號強度與第二頻率f2與第二頻率群組F2信號強度的一者或兩者改變。相對地,電信號經由觸控面板120被接收時,依據解調變後的電信號當中第一頻率f1或第一頻率群組F1的信號部分之強度M1與第二頻率f2與第二頻率群組F2的信號部分之強度M2的比值,可判斷出筆尖段230受力的程度。 In an embodiment of the present invention, the controller or circuit in the transmitter 110 does not need to determine the degree of force of the pen tip segment 230, and simply changes the first impedance Z1 of the first component 221 by the force of the pen tip segment 230 alone. And one or both of the second impedance Z2 of the second component 222, such that the transmitted first frequency f1 or the first frequency group F1 signal strength and the second frequency f2 and the second frequency group F2 signal strength One or both change. In contrast, when the electrical signal is received via the touch panel 120, the first frequency f1 of the demodulated electrical signal or the intensity M1 of the signal portion of the first frequency group F1 and the second frequency f2 and the second frequency group are used. The ratio of the intensity M2 of the signal portion of the group F2 can determine the extent to which the nib segment 230 is stressed.

請參考第七A圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。和第二圖至第五圖的實施例相比,第七A圖的實施例同 樣包含具有一第一阻抗Z1的一第一元件221、具有一第二阻抗Z2的一第二元件222、以及一筆尖段230。上述的第一元件221與第二元件222可以是電阻元件、電感元件、電容元件(如固態電容)或其任意組合所造成的電子元件。在第七A圖所示的實施例中,第二阻抗Z2可以是固定不變的,第一阻抗Z1是可變的,而且相應於某一感測器的變化量,比方說筆尖段230的受力情況。第七A圖實施例的第一元件221與第二元件222可以套用第二圖至第五圖的各個實施例,在此不再詳述。 Please refer to FIG. 7A, which is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. Compared with the embodiments of the second to fifth embodiments, the embodiment of the seventh embodiment is the same as The sample includes a first component 221 having a first impedance Z1, a second component 222 having a second impedance Z2, and a sharp segment 230. The first element 221 and the second element 222 described above may be electronic components caused by a resistive element, an inductive element, a capacitive element (such as a solid capacitor), or any combination thereof. In the embodiment shown in FIG. A, the second impedance Z2 may be fixed, the first impedance Z1 is variable, and corresponds to the amount of change of a certain sensor, such as the tip segment 230. Stress situation. The first element 221 and the second element 222 of the embodiment of the seventh embodiment can be applied to the respective embodiments of the second to fifth figures, and will not be described in detail herein.

相較於前述實施例來說,第七A圖實施例的不同處在於,更包含一單一信號源714,用於饋送電信號到上述的第一元件221與第二元件222。還包含一控制單元760,用於量測上述電信號通過第一元件221與第二元件222之後所分別輸出的第一電流值I1與第二電流值I2。控制單元760還可以據此計算一比例值。該比例值可以是I1/(I1+I2)、I2/(I1+I2)、I1/I2、I2/I1、(I1-I2)/(I1+I2)、或(I2-I1)/(I1+I2)等。本領域的普通技術人員可以推知其他利用電流值I1與I2所計算之其他種類的比例值。 The seventh embodiment of the present invention differs from the previous embodiment in that it further includes a single signal source 714 for feeding electrical signals to the first element 221 and the second element 222 described above. The control unit 760 is further configured to measure the first current value I1 and the second current value I2 respectively outputted by the electrical signal after passing through the first component 221 and the second component 222. Control unit 760 can also calculate a proportional value accordingly. The ratio value may be I1/(I1+I2), I2/(I1+I2), I1/I2, I2/I1, (I1-I2)/(I1+I2), or (I2-I1)/(I1) +I2) and so on. One of ordinary skill in the art can deduce other types of ratio values calculated using current values I1 and I2.

計算出來之後的比例值,可以用來推估該筆尖段230的受力情況。控制單元760可以將第一電流值I1與第二電流值I2所衍生計算出來的資料,通過一發信器無線通訊單元770發出。該主機140可以從一主機無線通訊單元780接收上述的資料,得知該筆尖段230的受力情況。 The calculated ratio value can be used to estimate the force of the pen tip segment 230. The control unit 760 can send the data calculated by the first current value I1 and the second current value I2 through a transmitter wireless communication unit 770. The host 140 can receive the above-mentioned data from a host wireless communication unit 780 to know the force of the pen tip segment 230.

請參考第七B圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。其與第七A圖實施例的不同之處,在於控制單元760可以將第一電流值I1與第二電流值I2所衍生計算出來的資料,通過一發信器有線通訊單元771發出。該主機140可以從一主機有線通訊單元781接收上述的資 料,得知該筆尖段230的受力情況。 Please refer to FIG. 7B, which is a schematic diagram of the inside of a transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. The difference from the embodiment of the seventh embodiment is that the control unit 760 can send the data calculated by the first current value I1 and the second current value I2 through a transmitter wired communication unit 771. The host 140 can receive the above-mentioned funds from a host wired communication unit 781. The material is informed of the force of the pen tip segment 230.

請參考第七C圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。其與第七B圖實施例的不同之處,在於發信器110不再包含上述的單一信號源714,而是直接利用發信器有線通訊單元771所得來的電信號作為信號源。由於發信器有線通訊單元771與主機有線通訊單元781相連接,上述的電信號可以使用主機140的電力。 Please refer to FIG. 7C, which is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. The difference from the embodiment of FIG. 7B is that the transmitter 110 no longer includes the single signal source 714 described above, but directly uses the electrical signal obtained by the transmitter wired communication unit 771 as a signal source. Since the transmitter wired communication unit 771 is connected to the host wired communication unit 781, the above electrical signals can use the power of the host 140.

請參考第七D圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的示意圖。其與第七A圖實施例的不同之處,在於發信器110不再包含上述的單一信號源714,而是直接利用筆尖段230與觸控面板120近接時,從觸控面板120上的第一電極121與/或第二電極122所獲得的信號作為信號源。 Please refer to FIG. 7D, which is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. The difference from the embodiment of the seventh embodiment is that the transmitter 110 no longer includes the single signal source 714 described above, but directly from the touch panel 120 when the pen tip segment 230 is directly connected to the touch panel 120. The signal obtained by the first electrode 121 and/or the second electrode 122 serves as a signal source.

值得一提的是,第七A至D圖的實施例可以套用第三圖實施例的變化,第一元件221可以是上述的第一電容321,第二元件222可以是上述的第二電容322。第七A至D圖的實施例可以套用第四A與B圖實施例的變化,上述的第一元件221可以與其他開關相應的元件進行併聯,或者是上述的第二元件222可以與其他開關相應的元件進行併聯,使得控制單元760可以根據所計算出的比例值所落入的範圍,得知那些開關的狀態。 It should be noted that the embodiment of the seventh embodiment A to D can apply the variation of the third embodiment. The first component 221 can be the first capacitor 321 and the second component 222 can be the second capacitor 322. . The embodiments of Figures 7 through D can be applied with variations of the fourth embodiment of Figures A and B. The first element 221 can be connected in parallel with the corresponding elements of the other switches, or the second element 222 can be combined with other switches. The respective components are connected in parallel such that the control unit 760 can know the state of those switches based on the range in which the calculated proportional values fall.

請參考第八圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例之觸控裝置判斷發信器筆尖感測值方法的一流程示意圖。第八圖實施例為類似於第六圖實施例的一種偵測感測值的方法。第六圖係用於計算相應於第一頻率(群組)與第二頻率(群組)的信號強度M1與M2,再利用兩者的比例值來計算感測值。而第八圖的實施例適用於只饋入單一信號源的實施例,利用計算相應 於第一元件221與第二元件222的第一電流量I1與第二電流量I2,再利用兩者的比例值來計算感測值。 Please refer to FIG. 8 , which is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a sensor tip value of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the invention. The eighth embodiment is a method of detecting a sensed value similar to the sixth embodiment. The sixth figure is used to calculate the signal strengths M1 and M2 corresponding to the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group), and then use the ratio values of the two to calculate the sensing value. The embodiment of the eighth figure is applicable to an embodiment in which only a single signal source is fed, and the corresponding calculation is utilized. The first current amount I1 and the second current amount I2 of the first element 221 and the second element 222 are used to calculate the sensing value by using the ratio of the two.

該方法可以由於第七A至D圖實施例當中的控制單元760來執行。前兩個步驟810與820分別是計算出相應於第一元件221與第二元件222的第一電流量I1與第二電流量I2。這兩個步驟810與820可以不分先後進行,或是同時進行。然後,於步驟830當中,根據I1與I2計算一比例值。此比例值已經在上述舉出幾個範例,比方說是I1/(I1+I2)、I2/(I1+I2)、I1/I2、I2/I1、(I1-I2)/(I1+I2)、或(I2-I1)/(I1+I2)等。接著執行步驟840,根據此比例值判斷是否為一預設值或落在一預設範圍內。如果判斷結果為真,則執行步驟850,認為發信器110是懸浮且未接觸觸控面板120。否則,執行步驟860,根據該比例值計算筆尖段230的感測值。該感測值可以和受力程度與/或行程相關,也可以不和受力程度與/或行程相關。計算感測值的步驟可以使用查表法、直線內插法,二次曲線法來計算,端賴比例值與感測值的對應關係如何。 The method may be performed by the control unit 760 among the seventh A to D diagram embodiments. The first two steps 810 and 820 respectively calculate the first current amount I1 and the second current amount I2 corresponding to the first element 221 and the second element 222. These two steps 810 and 820 can be performed in either order or simultaneously. Then, in step 830, a proportional value is calculated based on I1 and I2. This ratio has been given several examples, such as I1/(I1+I2), I2/(I1+I2), I1/I2, I2/I1, (I1-I2)/(I1+I2). , or (I2-I1) / (I1 + I2), and the like. Then, step 840 is executed to determine whether it is a preset value or falls within a preset range according to the scale value. If the determination result is true, step 850 is performed, and the sender 110 is considered to be floating and does not touch the touch panel 120. Otherwise, step 860 is performed to calculate the sensed value of the nib segment 230 based on the scale value. The sensed value may or may not be related to the degree of force and/or the stroke, or may be related to the degree of force and/or stroke. The step of calculating the sensing value can be calculated by using the look-up table method, the linear interpolation method, and the quadratic curve method, and the correspondence between the proportional value and the sensed value is determined.

在某些實施例中,當第一元件221或第二元件222與其他的開關相應的元件並聯時,如第四A圖與第四B圖的實施例,可以在步驟860執行額外的步驟。比方說,當適用於第四A圖的實施例時,可以判斷步驟830所計算出的比例值,是落在上述的第一範圍、第二範圍、第三範圍、或第四範圍之內。據此,除了可以得知筆尖段230的感測值外,還可以推知筆桿按鈕與/或橡皮擦按鈕是否被按下。類似的,當用於第四B圖的實施例時,可以判斷步驟830所計算出的比例值,是落在上述的第一範圍、第五範圍、第六範圍、或第七範圍之內。據此,除了可以得知筆尖段230的感測值外,還可以推知筆桿按鈕與/或橡皮擦按鈕是否被按下。 In some embodiments, when the first element 221 or the second element 222 is connected in parallel with the corresponding elements of the other switches, as in the embodiments of FIGS. 4A and 4B, additional steps may be performed at step 860. For example, when applied to the embodiment of FIG. 4A, it can be determined that the scale value calculated in step 830 falls within the first range, the second range, the third range, or the fourth range described above. Accordingly, in addition to the sensed value of the nib segment 230, it can be inferred whether the pen button and/or the eraser button are pressed. Similarly, when used in the embodiment of FIG. 4B, it can be determined that the scale value calculated in step 830 falls within the first range, the fifth range, the sixth range, or the seventh range described above. Accordingly, in addition to the sensed value of the nib segment 230, it can be inferred whether the pen button and/or the eraser button are pressed.

請參考第九A圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。第九A圖的實施例可以適用於第二圖至第五圖的發信器110。第九A圖的橫軸為時間軸,先後順序為由左至右。如圖所示,在觸控面板/螢幕120發出燈塔信號之前,可以包含可選的一噪訊偵測期間。該噪訊偵測期間所偵測的噪訊可能來自於觸控面板/螢幕及其所在的電子系統或背景環境。觸控面板/螢幕120與觸控處理裝置130可以偵測噪訊信號所包含的一種或多種頻率。關於噪訊偵測的部分,將於稍後加以解說。 Please refer to FIG. 9A, which is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. The embodiment of the ninth A diagram can be applied to the transmitters 110 of the second to fifth figures. The horizontal axis of the ninth A diagram is the time axis, and the order is from left to right. As shown, an optional noise detection period may be included before the touch panel/screen 120 emits a beacon signal. The noise detected during this noise detection may come from the touch panel/screen and the electronic system or background environment in which it is located. The touch panel/screen 120 and the touch processing device 130 can detect one or more frequencies included in the noise signal. The section on noise detection will be explained later.

在一實施例中,觸控面板/螢幕120會發出燈塔信號,發信器110包含了可以偵測燈塔信號的解調變器。請參考第二十九圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一偵測燈塔信號系統的一方塊示意圖。該偵測燈塔信號系統2900包含一接收電極2910、一偵測模組2920、與一解調變器2930。在一實施例中,該接收電極2910可以是上述的環狀電極550,也可以是上述的筆尖段230,或是其他的電極。該接收電極2910將接收到的信號送到後續的偵測模組2910。 In one embodiment, the touch panel/screen 120 emits a beacon signal, and the transmitter 110 includes a demodulation transducer that can detect the beacon signal. Please refer to FIG. 29, which is a block diagram of a detection lighthouse signal system according to an embodiment of the invention. The detection lighthouse signal system 2900 includes a receiving electrode 2910, a detecting module 2920, and a demodulator 2930. In one embodiment, the receiving electrode 2910 may be the ring electrode 550 described above, or the pen tip segment 230 described above, or other electrodes. The receiving electrode 2910 sends the received signal to the subsequent detecting module 2910.

該偵測模組2920包含一類比前端2921與一比較器2922。本領域的普通技術人員可以理解到類比前端所做的事情,在此不加詳述。在本實施例中,該類比前端2921可以包含輸出表示該信號強度的一電壓值。該比較器2922用於比較一參考電壓Vref與表示接收信號強度的一電壓信號。當該電壓信號高於該參考電壓時,表示收到夠強的信號,因此比較器2922輸出一激活信號或致能信號到該解調變器2930。該解調變器2930就可以針對接收信號進行解調變,以便得知接收信號當中是否包含燈塔信號的頻率。當該電壓信號低於該參考電壓時,則比較器2922可以輸出一關閉信號到該解調變器 2930,該解調變器2930就停止對該接收信號進行解調變。 The detection module 2920 includes an analog front end 2921 and a comparator 2922. One of ordinary skill in the art can understand what the analog front end does and will not be described in detail herein. In this embodiment, the analog front end 2921 can include a voltage value that represents the strength of the signal. The comparator 2922 is for comparing a reference voltage Vref with a voltage signal indicating the strength of the received signal. When the voltage signal is higher than the reference voltage, it indicates that a strong enough signal is received, so the comparator 2922 outputs an activation signal or an enable signal to the demodulation converter 2930. The demodulation transformer 2930 can perform demodulation on the received signal to know whether the frequency of the beacon signal is included in the received signal. When the voltage signal is lower than the reference voltage, the comparator 2922 can output a shutdown signal to the demodulator. At 2930, the demodulator 2930 stops demodulating the received signal.

當該發信器110在一段時間未收到燈塔信號時,可以切換到一睡眠模式,關閉上述的解調變器2930,以便節省電力消耗。然而,由於偵測模組2920所耗的電力較少,在睡眠模式下可以持續偵測所接收的信號強度是否超過一預定值。當超過一預定值時,可以從睡眠模式轉換為較不省電的節能模式,激活該解調變器2930進行解調變。在此同時,該發信器110的其餘部分仍處於關閉狀態。假設該解調變器2930認為所接收的信號並未包含燈塔信號,則經過一段時間後,可以關閉該解調變器2930,由節能模式進入較省電的睡眠模式。反之,當該解調變器2930認為所接收的信號包含燈塔信號,則該解調變器2930可以喚醒該發信器110的其他部分,使該發信器110由節能模式轉換成正常工作模式。 When the transmitter 110 does not receive the beacon signal for a period of time, it can switch to a sleep mode to turn off the above-described demodulation transformer 2930 to save power consumption. However, since the detection module 2920 consumes less power, it is possible to continuously detect whether the received signal strength exceeds a predetermined value in the sleep mode. When a predetermined value is exceeded, the sleep mode can be switched to a less power-saving mode, and the demodulator 2930 is activated for demodulation. At the same time, the rest of the transmitter 110 is still off. Assuming that the demodulation transformer 2930 considers that the received signal does not contain a beacon signal, after a period of time, the demodulation transformer 2930 can be turned off, and the power saving mode enters a more power-saving sleep mode. Conversely, when the demodulation transformer 2930 considers that the received signal includes a beacon signal, the demodulation transformer 2930 can wake up other portions of the transmitter 110 to cause the transmitter 110 to be converted from the power saving mode to the normal operating mode. .

現在回到第九A圖的實施例,在經過L0長度的延遲時間之後,發信器110分別在T0時段與T1時段發出電信號。這兩個時段T0與T1之間,可能還包含有L1長度的延遲時間。而這兩個時段T0與T1可以是等長,也可以是不等長。T0與T1可以合稱為一信號框(frame)。觸控處理裝置130會在這兩個時段T0與T1當中偵測發信器110發出的電信號。接著,經過可選的L2長度的延遲時間之後,觸控處理裝置130進行可選的其他模式的偵測步驟,例如先前提到的電容式偵測模式,用於偵測非主動筆或手指。 Returning now to the embodiment of Figure 9A, after a delay time of length L0 has elapsed, the transmitter 110 issues an electrical signal during the T0 period and the T1 period, respectively. Between these two time periods T0 and T1, there may be a delay time of L1 length. The two periods T0 and T1 may be of equal length or unequal length. T0 and T1 can be collectively referred to as a signal frame. The touch processing device 130 detects the electrical signal emitted by the transmitter 110 during the two periods T0 and T1. Then, after the optional delay time of the L2 length, the touch processing device 130 performs an optional other mode detection step, such as the previously mentioned capacitive detection mode, for detecting the non-active pen or finger.

本發明並不限定上述的延遲時間L0、L1、L2的長度,這三者可以為零,或是任意的時間長度。這三者的長度可以有關係,也可以沒有任何關係。在一實施例當中,第九A圖所示的各個時段當中,只有信號框當中的T0與T1時段是必要的,其他的時段或步驟都是可選的。 The present invention does not limit the lengths of the delay times L0, L1, and L2 described above, and the three may be zero or an arbitrary length of time. The length of the three can be related or not. In an embodiment, among the various periods shown in FIG. A, only the T0 and T1 periods in the signal frame are necessary, and other periods or steps are optional.

請參考表一,其為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之電信號的一調變示意圖。在表一當中,該發信器110為懸浮狀態,亦即力感測器沒有感受到任何壓力。由於發信器110的筆尖段230並未接觸到觸控面板/螢幕120,為了增強信號起見,因此在表一的實施例當中,第一信號源211與第二信號源212在同一個時段當中,均產生相同的頻率群組Fx。比方說,在筆桿按鈕被按下的狀態中,T0時段內,第一信號源211與第二信號源212均發射頻率群組F0,而在T1時段內,第一信號源211與第二信號源212均發射頻率群組F1。當觸控處理裝置130在T0時段內偵測到頻率群組F0,在T1時段內偵測到頻率群組F1時,就可以推知處於懸浮狀態的發信器110的筆桿按鈕被按下了。 Please refer to Table 1, which is a modulation diagram of the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. In Table 1, the transmitter 110 is in a floating state, that is, the force sensor does not feel any pressure. Since the pen tip segment 230 of the transmitter 110 does not touch the touch panel/screen 120, in order to enhance the signal, in the embodiment of Table 1, the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 are in the same period. Among them, the same frequency group Fx is generated. For example, in the state in which the pen button is pressed, the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 both transmit the frequency group F0 during the T0 period, and the first signal source 211 and the second signal during the T1 period. Source 212 transmits a frequency group F1. When the touch processing device 130 detects the frequency group F0 in the T0 period and detects the frequency group F1 in the T1 period, it can be inferred that the pen button of the transmitter 110 in the floating state is pressed.

前述的頻率群組Fx包含至少一種頻率的信號,彼此之間可以互換。比方說,頻率群組F0可以包含f0與f3頻率,頻率群組F1可以包含f1與f4頻率,頻率群組F2可以包含f2與f5頻率等。無論是接收到f0頻率或f3頻率,觸控處理裝置130都會視為接收到頻率群組F0。 The aforementioned frequency group Fx contains signals of at least one frequency, which are interchangeable with each other. For example, the frequency group F0 may include f0 and f3 frequencies, the frequency group F1 may include f1 and f4 frequencies, and the frequency group F2 may include f2 and f5 frequencies, and the like. Whether receiving the f0 frequency or the f3 frequency, the touch processing device 130 regards the frequency group F0 as being received.

在另一實施例中,在懸浮狀態中的發信器110未必需要兩個信號源211與212都發出相同頻率群組的信號。本發明並不限定表一作為唯一的實施例。除此之外,發信器110也可以包含更多個按鈕或感測器,本發明並不限定只有兩個按鈕。 In another embodiment, the transmitter 110 in the floating state does not necessarily require both sources 211 and 212 to signal the same frequency group. The present invention is not limited to the first embodiment as the only embodiment. In addition, the transmitter 110 can also include more buttons or sensors, and the invention is not limited to only two buttons.

請參考表二,其為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之電信號的一調變示意圖。在表二當中,該發信器110的筆尖段230為接觸狀態,亦即力感測器感受到了壓力。 Please refer to Table 2, which is a schematic diagram of a modulation of the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. In Table 2, the tip portion 230 of the transmitter 110 is in a contact state, that is, the force sensor senses the pressure.

在第四A圖所示的實施例裡,以下是筆桿按鈕SWB被按下的情況。於T0時段當中,第一信號源211的信號源被接地,第二信號源212發出頻率群組F0,因此發信器110的電信號在T0時段當中只有第二信號源212發出的頻率群組F0。在T1時段當中,第二信號源212的信號源被接地,第一信號源211發出頻率群組F1。也由於第一電容321的阻抗值在接觸時改變了,可以根據T0與T1時段所分別收到的F0與F1信號的強度比例來計算出筆尖段230的受力程度。除此之外,由於觸控處理裝置130在T0時段內偵測到F0信號,在T1時段內偵測到F1信號,就可以推知筆桿按鈕被按下。 In the embodiment shown in Fig. A, the following is a case where the pen button SWB is pressed. During the T0 period, the signal source of the first signal source 211 is grounded, and the second signal source 212 emits the frequency group F0. Therefore, the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 has only the frequency group sent by the second signal source 212 during the T0 period. F0. During the T1 period, the signal source of the second signal source 212 is grounded, and the first signal source 211 emits a frequency group F1. Also, since the impedance value of the first capacitor 321 is changed at the time of contact, the degree of stress of the nib segment 230 can be calculated from the intensity ratio of the F0 and F1 signals respectively received during the T0 and T1 periods. In addition, since the touch processing device 130 detects the F0 signal during the T0 period and detects the F1 signal during the T1 period, it can be inferred that the pen button is pressed.

在第四B圖所示的實施例裡,以下是筆桿按鈕SWB被按下的情況。於T0時段當中,第一信號源211的信號源被接地,第二信號源212發出頻率群組F0,而第二電容322與筆桿電容442並聯起來。雖然發信器110的電信號在T0時段當中只有第二信號源212發出的頻率群組F0,但它的信號強度不同於筆桿按鈕SWB未被按下的情況。於T1時段當中,第二信號源212的信號源被接地,第一信號源211發出頻率群組F1,也由於第一電容321的阻抗值在接觸時改變了,可以根據T0與T1時段所分別收到的F0與F1信號的強度比 例來計算出觸控筆的受力。除此之外,由於觸控處理裝置130在T0時段內偵測到F0信號,在T1時段內偵測到F1信號,就可以推知筆桿按鈕被按下。 In the embodiment shown in Fig. 4B, the following is the case where the pen button SWB is pressed. During the T0 period, the signal source of the first signal source 211 is grounded, the second signal source 212 emits a frequency group F0, and the second capacitor 322 is connected in parallel with the sheath capacitor 442. Although the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 has only the frequency group F0 emitted by the second signal source 212 during the T0 period, its signal strength is different from the case where the pen button SWB is not pressed. During the T1 period, the signal source of the second signal source 212 is grounded, and the first signal source 211 emits the frequency group F1. Also, since the impedance value of the first capacitor 321 changes during the contact, it may be respectively according to the T0 and T1 periods. Intensity ratio of received F0 and F1 signals For example, calculate the force of the stylus. In addition, since the touch processing device 130 detects the F0 signal during the T0 period and detects the F1 signal during the T1 period, it can be inferred that the pen button is pressed.

請參考表三,其為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之電信號的一調變示意圖。在此實施例中,可以根據頻率群組來得知哪些按鈕被按下。 Please refer to Table 3, which is a modulation diagram of the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. In this embodiment, it is possible to know which buttons are pressed according to the frequency group.

請參考表四,其為其為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之電信號的一調變示意圖。在此實施例中,可以根據頻率群組來得知那些按鈕被按下,還依賴T0與T1時段所接收的信號強度比例,來推算觸控筆尖的受力程度。 Please refer to Table 4, which is a modulation diagram of the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, it is possible to know which buttons are pressed according to the frequency group, and also rely on the ratio of the signal strengths received by the T0 and T1 periods to estimate the degree of force of the stylus tip.

請參考第九B圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。其為第九A圖實施例的另一變形。和第九A圖的差異在於,T1時段之後進行了噪訊偵測的步驟。接著,再執行其他模式的偵測。 Please refer to FIG. BB, which is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. It is another variation of the embodiment of Figure 9A. The difference from the ninth A picture is that the step of noise detection is performed after the T1 period. Then, perform other mode detection.

請參考第九C圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的發信器 110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。第九C圖的信號調變可以適用於第五圖所示的發信器110,加入環狀電極550的另一個功能,就是加強主動筆懸浮時的信號強度,以利觸控面板偵測主動筆的懸浮範圍。 Please refer to FIG. C, which is a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention. A timing diagram of the signal modulation of 110. The signal modulation of the ninth C diagram can be applied to the transmitter 110 shown in the fifth figure. Another function of adding the ring electrode 550 is to enhance the signal strength when the active pen is suspended, so as to facilitate the touch panel detection. The range of the pen's suspension.

第九C圖的信號調變為發信器110處於懸浮狀態時所發出信號。在此狀態下,發信器110發出信號的信號框內只包含單一個R時段。在此R時段內,環狀電極550與筆尖段230可以同時發出電信號。在一實施例中,這些電信號可以來自同一信號源,具有相同的頻率與/或調變方式。比方說,環狀電極與筆尖全部發出第三信號源513的電信號。又比方說,環狀電極550與筆尖段230可以共同地依序發出第一、第二、與第三信號源的電信號,以便分別利用各個信號源的最大功率。觸控處理裝置130在R時段當中,只需要偵測到環狀電極550所發出的電信號,就可以得知發信器110正懸浮在觸控面板120的某個位置上。如果環狀電極550與筆尖段230所發出的電信號來自相同信號源,或具有相同的頻率群組,其信號強度會是最大,如此可使觸控面板偵測觸控筆的懸浮範圍達到最大。在另一實施例當中的R時段之內,也可以只透過環狀電極550發出電信號。 The signal of the ninth C diagram is modulated into a signal that is emitted when the transmitter 110 is in a floating state. In this state, the signal frame sent by the transmitter 110 contains only a single R period. During this R period, the ring electrode 550 and the tip section 230 can simultaneously emit electrical signals. In an embodiment, the electrical signals may be from the same source, having the same frequency and/or modulation. For example, the ring electrode and the nib all emit an electrical signal of the third signal source 513. For example, the ring electrode 550 and the pen tip segment 230 can collectively emit electrical signals of the first, second, and third signal sources in order to utilize the maximum power of each of the signal sources, respectively. The touch processing device 130 only needs to detect the electrical signal emitted by the ring electrode 550 during the R period, and it can be known that the transmitter 110 is floating at a certain position of the touch panel 120. If the electrical signals emitted by the ring electrode 550 and the pen tip segment 230 are from the same signal source, or have the same frequency group, the signal intensity will be the largest, so that the touch panel can detect the stylus suspension range to the maximum. . Within the R period of another embodiment, it is also possible to emit an electrical signal only through the ring electrode 550.

請參考第九D圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。第九D圖的信號調變可以適用於第五圖所示的發信器110。在第九C圖當中,在R時段之後包含一個延遲時間或空白時段L1,之後觸控面板再進行其他形式的偵測。第九D圖的實施例與第九C圖的相比,L1時段的時間變長了。第九D圖與第九E圖的實施例相比,L1時段的長度等於第九E圖的L1時段、T0時段、L2時段、T1時段、以及T3時段的總和。因此,如果第九D圖的觸控處理裝置130在固定長度的L1時段內偵測不 到任何電信號,則可以得知發信器110處於懸浮狀態。 Please refer to FIG. 9D, which is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. The signal modulation of the ninth D diagram can be applied to the transmitter 110 shown in the fifth figure. In the ninth C picture, a delay time or blank period L1 is included after the R period, and then the touch panel performs other forms of detection. The embodiment of the ninth D diagram has a longer time in the L1 period than in the ninth C diagram. The ninth D map is compared with the embodiment of the ninth E diagram, and the length of the L1 period is equal to the sum of the L1 period, the T0 period, the L2 period, the T1 period, and the T3 period of the ninth E map. Therefore, if the touch processing device 130 of the ninth D diagram detects within a fixed length of the L1 period, To any electrical signal, it can be known that the transmitter 110 is in a floating state.

請參考第九E圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。第九E圖的信號調變可以適用於第五圖所示的發信器110。第九E圖實施例可以說是把第九A圖實施例之信號框前頭加入了R時段。在此實施例中,不管筆尖段230是否有被壓觸,發信器110一律在T0時段與T1時段自筆尖發出電信號,藉此可以節省一些邏輯電路的設計。但是與第九C圖和第九D圖的實施例相比,第九E圖的實施例會浪費在T0時段與T1時段所發出的電信號功率。從另一方面來看,觸控處理裝置130也可以無須在R時段進行偵測,只要在T0時段與T1時段能偵測到筆尖段230所發出的電信號,自然就可以得知筆尖段230是否受到壓力,從而得知發信器110是否處於懸浮狀態。 Please refer to FIG. 9E, which is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. The signal modulation of the ninth E diagram can be applied to the transmitter 110 shown in the fifth figure. The ninth E-picture embodiment can be said to add the front of the signal frame of the ninth embodiment to the R period. In this embodiment, regardless of whether the nib segment 230 is depressed, the transmitter 110 uniformly emits an electrical signal from the nib during the T0 period and the T1 period, thereby saving some logic circuit design. However, compared to the embodiments of the ninth C and ninth D diagrams, the embodiment of the ninth E diagram wastes electrical signal power emitted during the T0 period and the T1 period. On the other hand, the touch processing device 130 does not need to detect in the R period. As long as the electrical signal emitted by the nib segment 230 can be detected in the T0 period and the T1 period, the nib segment 230 can be known. Whether or not the pressure is received, thereby knowing whether the transmitter 110 is in a floating state.

請參考第九F圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。第九F圖的信號調變可以適用於第五圖所示的發信器110。在第九E圖的實施例中,並沒有限定R時段與T0時段、T1時段的長度之比例關係。在第九F圖的實施例當中,R時段與T0時段、T1時段的長度比為1:2:4。如此一來,假定觸控處理裝置130可以在單位時間內進行N次取樣,N為正整數。所以在R時段與T0時段、T1時段內,觸控面板可以進行N:2N:4N次取樣。本發明並不限定這三個時段的長度比例,舉例來說,可以讓發出電信號功率最強的時段持續最小的單位時間,讓發出電信號功率最小的時段持續最長的單位時間。例如,長度比可以是1:3:2,或是1:2:3等等,端賴於設計而定。雖然在上述篇幅當中,只舉出T0與T1兩個時段的調變,但本發明並不限於兩個時段的調變,而可以適用於更多個時段的調變。 Please refer to FIG. F, which is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. The signal modulation of the ninth F map can be applied to the transmitter 110 shown in the fifth figure. In the embodiment of the ninth E diagram, the proportional relationship between the R period and the length of the T0 period and the T1 period is not limited. In the embodiment of the ninth F diagram, the length ratio of the R period to the T0 period and the T1 period is 1:2:4. As such, it is assumed that the touch processing device 130 can perform N samples in a unit time, and N is a positive integer. Therefore, in the R period and the T0 period and the T1 period, the touch panel can perform N: 2N: 4N sampling. The present invention does not limit the length ratio of the three periods. For example, the period in which the power signal is most powerful can be kept for a minimum unit time, and the period in which the power of the electrical signal is minimized is continued for the longest unit time. For example, the length ratio can be 1:3:2, or 1:2:3, etc., depending on the design. Although in the above-mentioned pages, only the modulation of the two periods T0 and T1 is mentioned, the present invention is not limited to the modulation of two periods, but can be applied to the modulation of more periods.

在先前的第九A圖至第九F圖當中,筆尖段230所受到的壓力值,可以是根據不同時段所收到的不同信號的強度比值來推算。在本申請的某些實施例當中,發信器110當中可以不需要量測筆尖段230所受的壓力值,就可以令筆尖段230所發出的電信號反映出其所受到的壓力值。 In the previous ninth to fifth ninth F diagrams, the pressure value received by the nib segment 230 may be estimated based on the intensity ratio of the different signals received during different periods. In some embodiments of the present application, the pressure value of the nib segment 230 may not be measured in the transmitter 110, so that the electrical signal emitted by the nib segment 230 reflects the pressure value it is subjected to.

在其他的實施例中,發信器110可以包含量測筆尖段230所受壓力值的裝置,其實施方式可以利用第六圖或第八圖,也可以利用壓力計、量測壓力的電容、電阻、電感的元器件,以及類比數位轉換器等。本發明並不限定其所使用的裝置,只需要發信器110內部可以量測到筆尖段230所受壓力的一數位代表值或壓力數位值即可。 In other embodiments, the transmitter 110 may include means for measuring the pressure value of the nib section 230, and the embodiment may utilize the sixth or eighth figure, or may use a pressure gauge, a capacitance that measures the pressure, Resistors, inductor components, and analog digital converters. The present invention is not limited to the apparatus used therein, and only a digital representative value or a pressure digital value of the pressure applied to the nib section 230 can be measured inside the transmitter 110.

根據設計準確度的要求,上述的壓力數位值可以有各種精確度。簡單的可以包含十種精確度或解析度,複雜的可以高達千種以上的精確度,本發明並不限定其壓力數位值的精確度或解析度。在一實施例中,壓力數位值可以包含256種精確度;在另一實施例中,可以包含16種精確度;在更一實施例中,可以包含1024種精確度。 The above pressure digital values can have various precisions depending on the design accuracy requirements. Simple can include ten kinds of precision or resolution, and complex can be more than one thousand kinds of precision, and the present invention does not limit the accuracy or resolution of the pressure digital value. In one embodiment, the pressure digital value may comprise 256 precisions; in another embodiment, 16 precisions may be included; in a further embodiment, 1024 precisions may be included.

上述的精確度可以使用多種方式加以表示,比方說是最直觀的十進位法。假設壓力數位值包含256種精確度,則可以採用三個十進位數字來表示,也可以使用兩個十六進位數字來表示,或者還可以採用八個二進位數字來表示。假設壓力數位值包含512種精確度,則可以採用三個十進位數字來表示,也可以使用三個十六進位數字來表示。本發明並不限定壓力數位值的表示方式。 The above accuracy can be expressed in a number of ways, such as the most intuitive decimal method. Assuming that the pressure digital value contains 256 kinds of precision, it can be represented by three decimal digits, or by two hexadecimal digits, or by eight binary digits. Assuming that the pressure digital value contains 512 kinds of precision, it can be represented by three decimal digits, or by three hexadecimal digits. The invention does not limit the representation of the pressure digital value.

本發明的一特徵在於,發信器110採用至少一個或多個時段來發出表示壓力值的電信號。需要注意的是,在此所發出的電信號,不需 要一定是傳統的方波信號,可以是弦波信號,或是其他種類的信號。本發明並不限定電信號是否具有任何編碼或調變的形式,只需要觸控處理裝置130可以偵測到發信器110有發出電信號或是沒有發出電信號即可。簡單地說,觸控處理裝置130只判斷發信器110是否發出電信號,而不論其電信號的編碼或調變的形式。更進一步地說,當觸控處理裝置130判斷發信器110發出電信號時,可以判斷出其發出電信號的起始時間與時間長度。 One feature of the present invention is that the transmitter 110 employs at least one or more time periods to emit an electrical signal indicative of a pressure value. It should be noted that the electrical signals emitted here do not need to be It must be a traditional square wave signal, which can be a sine wave signal or other kinds of signals. The invention does not limit whether the electrical signal has any coding or modulation form, and only the touch processing device 130 can detect that the transmitter 110 has an electrical signal or does not emit an electrical signal. Briefly, the touch processing device 130 only determines whether the transmitter 110 emits an electrical signal regardless of the form of its electrical signal encoding or modulation. Further, when the touch processing device 130 determines that the transmitter 110 emits an electrical signal, it can determine the start time and length of time during which the electrical signal is emitted.

在一實施例中,如第九A圖所示,發信器110採用T0與T1兩個時段來發出表示壓力值的電信號。假設壓力數位值包含256種精確度,可以使用兩個十六進位數字來表示,則這兩個位數可以分別利用T0與T1時段的電信號來表示。可以使用T0時段的電信號來表示較高位,也可以使用T1時段的電信號來表示較低位。換言之,本發明並不限定各個時段所表示的位數的順序,可以是大位元組序(Big Endian)或是小位元組序(Little Endian)。 In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 9A, the transmitter 110 uses two periods T0 and T1 to emit an electrical signal indicative of the pressure value. Assuming that the pressure digital value contains 256 kinds of precision, which can be represented by two hexadecimal digits, the two digits can be represented by the electrical signals of the T0 and T1 periods, respectively. The electrical signal of the T0 period can be used to indicate a higher bit, and the electrical signal of the T1 period can also be used to represent a lower bit. In other words, the present invention does not limit the order of the number of bits represented by each time period, and may be a Big Endian or a Little Endian.

假定使用T0時段來表示16進位的位數,則可以使用發出電信號與未發出電信號的形式,來表示某一個16進位的位數。在一實施例中,可以將T0時段切割為十五個子時段。當發信器110在十五個子時段都發出電信號時,表示為15。當發信器在此十五個時段都未發出電信號時,表示為0。當在此十五個時段中,有七個時段發出電信號時,表示為7。舉例來說,001111111000000可以表示為7,101010101010100也可以表示為7,0000000011111111也可以表示為7。當在此十五個時段中,有十二個時段發出電信號時,表示為12。在此實施例中,本發明並不限定發出電信號的時段是否為連續,或是否需要分開,也不限定發出電信號的子時段位置或排序。只要觸控處理裝置130在接收時,能夠計算出有幾個子時段有發出電信 號,即可以解譯出壓力數位值的某一位數。 Assuming that the T0 period is used to represent the number of bits in the hexadecimal, the number of bits of a hexadecimal can be expressed in the form of an electrical signal and an unsent electrical signal. In an embodiment, the T0 period can be cut into fifteen sub-periods. When the transmitter 110 sends an electrical signal for fifteen sub-periods, it is indicated as 15. When the transmitter does not emit an electrical signal during these fifteen periods, it is represented as 0. When there are seven time periods in these fifteen time periods, when it is an electrical signal, it is expressed as 7. For example, 001111111000000 can be expressed as 7,101010101010100 can also be expressed as 70000000011111111 or can be expressed as 7. When there are twelve time periods in which the electrical signal is sent out, it is expressed as 12. In this embodiment, the present invention does not limit whether the period in which the electrical signal is emitted is continuous, or whether separation is required, nor does it limit the sub-period position or order in which the electrical signal is emitted. As long as the touch processing device 130 is receiving, it can calculate that there are several sub-periods that have telecommunications The number can be used to interpret a certain number of digits of the pressure digit value.

在某實施例中,本發明的各個時段未必都具有相同長度。比方說,當利用三個十進位數值來表示壓力數位值256時,表示百位數的那一個時段只需要三個子時段,即可以表示0,1,2三種可能。若是當十進位數值來表示壓力數位值512時,表示百位數的那一個時段需分為五個子時段,即可以表示0~5三種可能。在此情況下,表示百位數的那一個時段就會比其他兩個時段來得短些。 In an embodiment, the various time periods of the present invention do not necessarily all have the same length. For example, when three decimal values are used to represent the pressure digit value of 256, only one sub-period is required for the period representing the hundred digits, that is, three possibilities of 0, 1, and 2 can be expressed. If the decimal value is used to represent the pressure digital value 512, the time period indicating the hundred digits needs to be divided into five sub-periods, that is, three possibilities of 0 to 5 can be expressed. In this case, the time period that represents the hundred digits will be shorter than the other two periods.

在另一實施例中,可以令表示16進位值的某一時段切割為比十五更多個子時段,以加入冗餘碼(redundancy code)、糾錯碼(error detecting and/or correcting code)、與/或檢查碼(check code)等。還可以令表示10進位值的某一時段切割為比九更多個子時段,以加入容錯碼、糾錯碼、或檢查碼。在一實施例中,在各個時段中,可以採用的是非同步傳送的編碼型態。總而言之,本發明並不限定調變與解調變的信號形式。 In another embodiment, a certain period of time indicating a 16-bit value may be cut into more than fifteen sub-periods to add redundancy code and error detecting and/or correcting code. And / or check code (check code) and so on. It is also possible to cut a certain period representing the 10-bit value to more than nine sub-periods to add a fault-tolerant code, an error correction code, or a check code. In an embodiment, in each of the time periods, an encoded form of asynchronous transmission may be employed. In summary, the present invention does not limit the form of modulation and demodulation.

在本申請中,先前關於第九A圖至第九F圖的相關敘述,除了發出的信號調變方式不同以外,其餘的皆可以運用在以數位信號來傳送壓力值的實施例。舉例而言,上述的L0時段、L1時段、L2時段、L3時段的延遲時間,可以為零或是任意長度。 In the present application, the related descriptions of the foregoing ninth to fifth ninth F diagrams can be applied to an embodiment in which a pressure value is transmitted by a digital signal, except that the signal modulation method is different. For example, the delay time of the L0 period, the L1 period, the L2 period, and the L3 period described above may be zero or an arbitrary length.

如第九D圖所示,當筆尖段230未接觸任何物體,即發信器110處於懸浮狀態時,發信器110在L1時段並不發出任何信號。觸控處理裝置130透過發信器偵測的R時段,偵測到懸浮中且發出信號的發信器110。如第九E圖所示,當筆尖段230接觸到觸控面板120時,第九E圖的觸控處理裝置130則在相應於第九D圖之L1時段的L1、T0、L2、T1、L3時段當中偵測發信 器110所發出的壓力數位值。儘管在第九A圖至第九F圖當中,只示出T0時段與T1時段的實施例,但本申請可以適用於至少一個時段或三個以上時段的壓力數位值發射時段。 As shown in the ninth D diagram, when the nib segment 230 is not in contact with any object, that is, the transmitter 110 is in a floating state, the transmitter 110 does not emit any signal during the L1 period. The touch processing device 130 detects the transmitter 110 that is in suspension and sends a signal through the R period detected by the transmitter. As shown in FIG. 9E, when the nib segment 230 contacts the touch panel 120, the touch processing device 130 of the ninth E diagram is at L1, T0, L2, and T1 corresponding to the L1 period of the ninth D map. Detecting and sending letters during the L3 period The pressure digital value issued by the device 110. Although only the embodiments of the T0 period and the T1 period are shown in the ninth A to ninth F diagrams, the present application can be applied to the pressure digit value transmission period of at least one period or three or more periods.

在本申請當中,當發信器110透過複數個時段發出表示壓力數位值的數位信號時,發信器110可以在這些時段當中採用不同的調變方式。比方說,先前已經提過256或512種壓力數位值時,表示百位數的時段與其他兩個時段具有不同的調變方式與時間。在另些實施例當中,表示百位數的時段與其他兩個時段也可以具有相同長度的調變時間,但以不同的方式進行調變。 In the present application, when the transmitter 110 sends a digital signal representing a pressure digital value through a plurality of time periods, the transmitter 110 may adopt different modulation modes during these time periods. For example, when 256 or 512 kinds of pressure digital values have been mentioned before, the time period indicating the hundred digits has different modulation mode and time from the other two time periods. In other embodiments, the period representing the hundred digits and the other two periods may also have the same length of modulation time, but are modulated in different ways.

雖然在本申請的前述實施例當中,都是以筆尖段230所受的壓力值作為電信號傳送的標的,但本申請卻不限於此。可以透過此種方式傳送發信器110上任何具有多種可能狀態的感測器所接收到的數位值。舉例而言,當發信器110具有兩個按鈕時,則這兩個按鈕可以包含四種狀態。據此,發信器110可以在一個時段當中發出表示0~3的電信號,以表示這些按鈕的感測情況。在另一例中,當發信器110具有三個按鈕時,則這三個按鈕可以包含八種狀態。據此,發信器110可以在一個時段當中發出表示0~7的信號,以表示這些按鈕的感測情況。在某一實施例中,傳送這些按鈕狀態的時段,可以是上述的發信器偵測R時段。當表示按鈕狀態的數位值於R時段傳送時,觸控處理裝置130可以在偵測到懸浮中的發信器110的同時,也順便得知發信器110的按鈕狀態。 Although in the foregoing embodiments of the present application, the pressure value received by the pen tip segment 230 is used as the target for electrical signal transmission, the present application is not limited thereto. The digital value received by any sensor having multiple possible states on the transmitter 110 can be transmitted in this manner. For example, when the sender 110 has two buttons, then the two buttons can contain four states. Accordingly, the transmitter 110 can emit an electrical signal representing 0 to 3 during a period of time to indicate the sensing of the buttons. In another example, when the sender 110 has three buttons, then the three buttons can contain eight states. Accordingly, the transmitter 110 can signal a 0 to 7 during a period of time to indicate the sensing of the buttons. In an embodiment, the period during which the state of the buttons is transmitted may be the above-mentioned transmitter detecting R period. When the digit value indicating the button state is transmitted in the R period, the touch processing device 130 can also know the button state of the sender 110 while detecting the in-flight transmitter 110.

在一實施例中,在R時段所傳送的數位值可以透過筆尖段230發出,也可以透過環狀電極550發出,還可以同時透過筆尖段230與環狀 電極550發出,以便利觸控處理裝置130偵測。其說明可以參考第二十五圖與第二十六圖的實施例。 In an embodiment, the digit value transmitted during the R period may be transmitted through the nib segment 230, or may be transmitted through the ring electrode 550, and may also pass through the nib segment 230 and the ring. The electrode 550 is emitted to facilitate the touch processing device 130 to detect. The description thereof can refer to the embodiments of the twenty-fifth and twenty-sixth drawings.

在一實施例中,上述的電信號可以是由一信號頻率群組所組成或只具有單一信號頻率的信號。因此,觸控感測裝置130可以透過濾波器或是解調變器來鎖定上述的頻率群組或單一頻率,就能夠偵測出發信器110是否發出電信號。在第九A圖至第九F圖當中,發信器110與/或觸控感測裝置130可以執行噪訊偵測的作業。當發信器110與/或觸控感測裝置130發現到噪訊的頻率與電信號的頻率相同時,則可以令發信器110使用另一個頻率群組或另一個頻率傳送電信號。這一部分可以參考後續的相關說明。 In an embodiment, the electrical signal may be a signal consisting of a group of signal frequencies or having only a single signal frequency. Therefore, the touch sensing device 130 can block the frequency group or the single frequency through the filter or the demodulator, and can detect whether the starter 110 emits an electrical signal. In the ninth to fifth ninth F, the transmitter 110 and/or the touch sensing device 130 can perform the operation of the noise detection. When the transmitter 110 and/or the touch sensing device 130 find that the frequency of the noise is the same as the frequency of the electrical signal, the transmitter 110 can be used to transmit the electrical signal using another frequency group or another frequency. This section can refer to the subsequent related instructions.

觸控處理裝置130可以採用多種方式來偵測發信器110。在一實施例中,可以使用濾波器、積分器、與比較器來處理第一電極121與第二電極122所接收的信號。濾波器用來濾除其他頻率的雜訊,積分器用來對信號進行取樣,而比較器則用來比較取樣結果是否超過一預設值。此預設值可以為觸控處理裝置130內部的雜訊值與觸控面板120經常收到的雜訊值。當取樣結果超過該預設值時,即接收到的信號大於雜訊值,表示該次取樣的結果為偵測到電信號,可以表示為1,否則為0。同樣地,可以使用濾波步驟、積分步驟、與比較步驟來處理第一電極121與第二電極122所接收的信號,以判別取樣結果是否為偵測到電信號。 The touch processing device 130 can detect the transmitter 110 in a variety of ways. In an embodiment, the signals received by the first electrode 121 and the second electrode 122 may be processed using a filter, an integrator, and a comparator. The filter is used to filter out noise at other frequencies, the integrator is used to sample the signal, and the comparator is used to compare whether the sampled result exceeds a preset value. The preset value may be the noise value inside the touch processing device 130 and the noise value frequently received by the touch panel 120. When the sampling result exceeds the preset value, the received signal is greater than the noise value, indicating that the result of the sampling is an electrical signal detected, which may be expressed as 1, otherwise 0. Similarly, the filtering step, the integrating step, and the comparing step may be used to process the signals received by the first electrode 121 and the second electrode 122 to determine whether the sampling result is an detected electrical signal.

在一實施例中,所採用的積分器可以是雙斜率積分器,所採用的積分步驟可以是雙斜率積分方法。在一實施例中,上述的預設值可以是零,或是可以省略掉比較器或比較步驟。 In one embodiment, the integrator employed may be a dual slope integrator, and the integration step employed may be a dual slope integration method. In an embodiment, the preset value may be zero or the comparator or comparison step may be omitted.

在另一實施例中,觸控處理裝置130可以使用解調變器處理 來自第一電極121與第二電極122所接收的信號。解調變器具有多種實施方式。簡單地說,解調變器可以將取樣信號和所欲接收的頻率信號相乘後進行加總,當總分大於某一預設值時,表示該次取樣偵測到電信號,其結果為1,否則為0。 In another embodiment, the touch processing device 130 can be processed using a demodulation transformer. The signals received from the first electrode 121 and the second electrode 122. Demodulation transformers have a variety of implementations. Briefly, the demodulator can multiply the sampled signal and the desired frequency signal to add up. When the total score is greater than a certain preset value, it indicates that the sampled signal detects the electrical signal. The result is 1, otherwise 0.

在上述的實施例中,表示壓力數位值的各個時段具有固定長度,所以可以透過發信器傳送電信號的時間占用該時段的比例來表示壓力數位值的某一個位數值。在本發明的另一實施例中,可以改用不固定長度的電信號傳送時段,來表示壓力數位值的某一個位數值。當電信號中斷傳送時,即代表該位數值的傳送時間結束,下一次的電信號傳送時,表示下一個位數值。 In the above embodiment, the respective periods representing the pressure digit value have a fixed length, so that the time at which the electrical signal can be transmitted through the transmitter occupies a ratio of the period to represent a certain bit value of the pressure digit value. In another embodiment of the present invention, an electrical signal transmission period of an unfixed length may be used instead to represent a certain bit value of the pressure digital value. When the electrical signal is interrupted, the transmission time representing the value of the bit ends, and the next time the electrical signal is transmitted, the next bit value is indicated.

請參考第九G圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。第九G圖的信號調變可以適用於第五圖所示的發信器110。第九G圖的實施例係可以用於採用D0與D1兩個電信號傳送時間的長度,以分別表示包含兩個位數值的數位壓力值。如圖所示,D0電信號傳送時間長度為4個單位,D1電信號傳送時間長度為8個單位。假設其以十進位來表示,則壓力值可以解讀為48。 Please refer to the ninth G diagram, which is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. The signal modulation of the ninth G map can be applied to the transmitter 110 shown in the fifth figure. The embodiment of the ninth G diagram can be used to employ the length of the two electrical signal transmission times of D0 and D1 to represent the digital pressure values including the two bit values, respectively. As shown in the figure, the D0 electrical signal transmission time length is 4 units, and the D1 electrical signal transmission time length is 8 units. Assuming that it is expressed in decimal, the pressure value can be interpreted as 48.

在此實施例中,R時段為可選的。當發信器110必須在R時段發送電信號供觸控處理裝置130偵測其位置,且R時段用於表示其他感測器的感測狀態時,這些感測器的感測狀態數位值就不能從0開始編碼,或者說不能包含0,亦即不能不傳送電信號。比方說,當發信器110欲發送兩個按鈕的數位狀態值時,在一實施例中,這四個數位狀態值可以為1,2,3,4。在另一實施例中,可以表示為2,3,4,5。在另外的實施例中,可以表示為2,4,6,8。 在其他實施例中,可以表示為1,3,5,7。發信器110即根據上述的數位狀態值發送幾個單位時間長度的電信號。 In this embodiment, the R period is optional. When the transmitter 110 must transmit an electrical signal during the R period for the touch processing device 130 to detect its position, and the R period is used to indicate the sensing state of other sensors, the sensing state digital values of the sensors are It is not possible to start encoding from 0, or it cannot contain 0, that is, it cannot transmit electrical signals. For example, when the sender 110 is to transmit the digit status values of the two buttons, in one embodiment, the four digit status values can be 1, 2, 3, 4. In another embodiment, it can be expressed as 2, 3, 4, 5. In other embodiments, it can be expressed as 2, 4, 6, 8. In other embodiments, it can be expressed as 1, 3, 5, 7. The transmitter 110 transmits electrical signals of several unit lengths in accordance with the digital status values described above.

同樣地,當D0與D1電信號傳送時段來表示數位值時,也可以採用非零長度的調變形式。舉例來說,一個十進位制的數位值可以表示為1~10或是2~11,而非0~9。一個十六進位制的數位值可以表示為1~16或是2~17,而非0~15。舉例來說,當發信器110要發出表示8的壓力數位值時,可以先發出一個時間長度的電信號(即D0時段),停止發出電信號之後,再發出九個時間長度的電信號(即D1時段)。 Similarly, when the D0 and D1 electrical signal transmission periods represent digital values, a non-zero length modulation can also be employed. For example, a decimal digit value can be expressed as 1~10 or 2~11 instead of 0~9. A hexadecimal digit value can be expressed as 1~16 or 2~17 instead of 0~15. For example, when the transmitter 110 is to issue a pressure digital value of the representation 8, an electrical signal of a length of time (ie, a D0 period) may be issued first, and after the electrical signal is stopped, an electrical signal of nine lengths of time may be emitted ( That is, D1 period).

如第九G圖所示,D0與D1之間的暫停傳送電信號的時段稱為L2。L2時段的長度可以是一個預設值,比方為兩個單位時間長度。本發明並不限定各個時段之間的暫停傳送電信號的時間長度,這些暫停時段長度可以相同,也可以不同。 As shown in the ninth G diagram, the period in which the electrical signal is temporarily suspended between D0 and D1 is referred to as L2. The length of the L2 period can be a preset value, such as two unit time lengths. The present invention does not limit the length of time during which the electrical signals are temporarily suspended between the respective time periods, and the lengths of these pause periods may be the same or different.

請參考第九H圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110之信號調變的一時序示意圖。第九H圖的信號調變可以適用於第五圖所示的發信器110。在此實施例中,發信器110用於傳送電信號的R、D0、D1、D2時段都是不定長度。觸控處理裝置130根據所偵測到電信號的時間長度,判定發信器110上的各感測器的數位感測值。如前所述,發信器110於R、D0、D1、D2時段發送電信號,本發明並不限定電信號的調變形式。 Please refer to FIG. H, which is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. The signal modulation of the ninth H picture can be applied to the transmitter 110 shown in the fifth figure. In this embodiment, the R, D0, D1, and D2 periods used by the transmitter 110 to transmit electrical signals are all indefinite lengths. The touch processing device 130 determines the digital sensed value of each sensor on the transmitter 110 according to the length of time of the detected electrical signal. As previously mentioned, the transmitter 110 transmits electrical signals during the R, D0, D1, D2 periods, and the present invention does not limit the modulation of the electrical signals.

在第九G圖與第九H圖所示的實施例中,發信器110係根據一段連續發送電信號的時間長度來表示某個數值。這個數值可以用於表示某進位制的某一位數,用於表示發信器110上某感測器的數位感測值。 In the embodiment shown in the ninth and fifth ninth diagrams, the transmitter 110 represents a certain value based on the length of time during which a continuous electrical signal is transmitted. This value can be used to indicate a certain number of digits of a carry system for indicating the digital sensed value of a sensor on the transmitter 110.

請參考第九I圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110 之信號調變的一時序示意圖。第九I圖的信號調變可以適用於第五圖所示的發信器110。在此實施例中,包含三個固定時間長度的F0、F1、與F2時段,分別用於表示某進位制的三個位數。如第九I圖所示,這三個時段可以具有相同時間長度,也可以具有不同時間長度。 Please refer to FIG. 1I, which is a transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. A timing diagram of the signal modulation. The signal modulation of the ninth I diagram can be applied to the transmitter 110 shown in the fifth figure. In this embodiment, the F0, F1, and F2 periods of three fixed time lengths are respectively used to indicate three digits of a carry system. As shown in FIG. 1I, the three time periods may have the same length of time or may have different lengths of time.

在此實施例中,發信器110係使用某一頻率的信號來表示某進位制的某一位數,用於表示發信器110上某感測器的數位感測值。在一實施例中,此信號的頻率可以是脈衝重複頻率(PRF,Pulse Repetition Frequency)。比方說,以某一脈衝重複頻率PRFx作為基底,用於表示0。以其倍數PRFxN表示N-1。此外,也可以其分數1/PRFxN表示N-1。除此之外,也可以採用查表的方式,而非以倍數的方式,來表示某進位制的某一位數。本發明並不限定表示兩個數值的兩個脈衝重複頻率之間是否相關。由於脈衝重複頻率為某一段時間內所發出的脈衝次數,因此無論F0、F1、F2時段的長短,只要觸控處理裝置130的取樣率夠高,都可以計算出這些時段內信號的脈衝重複頻率。 In this embodiment, the transmitter 110 uses a signal of a certain frequency to indicate a certain number of digits of a carry system for indicating the digital sensed value of a sensor on the transmitter 110. In an embodiment, the frequency of the signal may be a Pulse Repetition Frequency (PRF). For example, a certain pulse repetition frequency PRFx is used as a base for representing 0. N-1 is represented by its multiple PRFxN. In addition, it is also possible that its score 1/PRFxN represents N-1. In addition, it is also possible to use a look-up table instead of a multiple to indicate a certain number of digits in a carry system. The invention is not limited to whether there is a correlation between two pulse repetition frequencies representing two values. Since the pulse repetition frequency is the number of pulses emitted during a certain period of time, regardless of the length of the F0, F1, and F2 periods, the pulse repetition frequency of the signals in these periods can be calculated as long as the sampling rate of the touch processing device 130 is high enough. .

同樣地,發信器110可以將其他感測器的感測值以相同的形式,透過對R時段的脈衝重複頻率進行調變,使得觸控處理裝置130能夠藉由R時段的脈衝重複頻率來獲知其他感測器的感測值。R時段的時間長度可以和其他時段長度相同,也可以不同。 Similarly, the transmitter 110 can modulate the sensing values of the other sensors in the same form by modulating the pulse repetition frequency of the R period, so that the touch processing device 130 can use the pulse repetition frequency of the R period. The sensing values of other sensors are known. The length of the R period may be the same as or different from other periods.

在一實施例中,發信器110可以在筆尖未接觸的時候發出強度較大的電信號,而當筆尖接觸的時候發出強度較小的電信號。據此,可以讓觸控處理裝置130有較大的機率偵測到懸浮在觸控面板120上方的發信器110。而且當發信器110接觸到觸控面板120之後,可以節省發信器110所消 耗的能量。 In one embodiment, the transmitter 110 can emit a stronger electrical signal when the nib is not in contact and emit a less intense electrical signal when the nib is in contact. Accordingly, the touch processing device 130 can have a greater probability of detecting the transmitter 110 suspended above the touch panel 120. Moreover, after the transmitter 110 contacts the touch panel 120, the transmitter 110 can be saved. The energy consumed.

例如第九C與D圖的實施例當中,亦即筆尖段230未被觸碰時,在R時段所發出的電信號可以大於對應至T0時段與T1時段之L1時段所發出的電信號。比方說,R時段當中,由筆尖段230與環狀電極550所發出的電信號是來自於第一信號源211、第二信號源212、與第三信號源513。因此,R時段所發出的電信號是這三個信號源211、212與513輸出的總和。 For example, in the embodiments of the ninth C and D diagrams, that is, when the nib segment 230 is not touched, the electrical signal emitted during the R period may be greater than the electrical signal emitted during the L1 period corresponding to the T0 period and the T1 period. For example, during the R period, the electrical signals emitted by the nib segment 230 and the ring electrode 550 are from the first signal source 211, the second signal source 212, and the third signal source 513. Therefore, the electrical signal emitted by the R period is the sum of the outputs of the three signal sources 211, 212 and 513.

而如第九A圖的實施例當中,表一為發信器110在懸浮狀態時,利用到第一信號源211與第二信號源212的輸出功率。表二為發信器110在接觸狀態時,在T0時段與T1時段僅利用到第一信號源211或第二信號源212的輸出功率。因此,發信器110可以在筆尖未接觸的時候發出強度較大的電信號,而當筆尖接觸的時候發出強度較小的電信號。 In the embodiment of FIG. 9A, Table 1 uses the output power of the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 when the transmitter 110 is in the floating state. Table 2 shows that the output power of the first signal source 211 or the second signal source 212 is utilized only during the T0 period and the T1 period when the transmitter 110 is in the contact state. Therefore, the transmitter 110 can emit a strong electrical signal when the pen tip is not in contact, and emit a less powerful electrical signal when the pen tip is in contact.

同樣地,表三為發信器110在懸浮狀態時,利用到第一信號源211與第二信號源212的輸出功率。表四為發信器110在接觸狀態時,在T0時段與T1時段僅利用到第一信號源211或第二信號源212的輸出功率。因此,發信器110可以在筆尖未接觸的時候發出強度較大的電信號,而當筆尖接觸的時候發出強度較小的電信號。 Similarly, Table 3 uses the output power of the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 when the transmitter 110 is in the floating state. Table 4 shows that the output power of the first signal source 211 or the second signal source 212 is utilized only during the T0 period and the T1 period when the transmitter 110 is in the contact state. Therefore, the transmitter 110 can emit a strong electrical signal when the pen tip is not in contact, and emit a less powerful electrical signal when the pen tip is in contact.

為何要在第九A圖至第九I圖的實施例當中,加入噪訊偵測的步驟與時段,請參見第十圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的噪訊傳播示意圖。在第十圖當中,觸控面板/螢幕120所在的電子系統100本身會發出f0頻率的噪訊,而f0頻率恰好為頻率群組F0當中的一個頻率。假定頻率群組F0還包含了另一個f3頻率。當使用者手持該電子系統100時,f0頻率的噪訊將會透過使用者的手指傳遞到觸控面板/螢幕120上。倘若沒有進行噪訊偵測的 步驟,則觸控面板/螢幕120可能在信號框的時段誤將手指所傳來的f0頻率信號,當成是發信器110發出的電信號。因此,倘若事先偵測到f0頻率的噪訊,即可以在信號框的時段濾除掉f0頻率的信號源。 Why is the step and period of adding noise detection in the embodiments of the ninth to fifth ninth embodiments, as shown in the tenth figure, which is a schematic diagram of noise propagation according to an embodiment of the invention. In the tenth figure, the electronic system 100 where the touch panel/screen 120 is located will emit noise of f0 frequency, and the f0 frequency is exactly one frequency of the frequency group F0. It is assumed that the frequency group F0 also contains another f3 frequency. When the user holds the electronic system 100, the noise of the f0 frequency will be transmitted to the touch panel/screen 120 through the user's finger. If no noise detection is performed In the step, the touch panel/screen 120 may mistake the f0 frequency signal transmitted by the finger as an electrical signal sent by the transmitter 110 during the period of the signal frame. Therefore, if the noise of the f0 frequency is detected in advance, the signal source of the f0 frequency can be filtered out during the period of the signal frame.

假設發信器110具有自動變頻的功能,當發信器110本身偵測到觸控面板/螢幕120發出了f0頻率的噪訊,而自動改用同一頻率群組F0的另一個f3頻率。使得在信號框的時段中,觸控處理裝置130偵測到來自於發信器110的f3頻率與來自於手指的f0頻率,進而產生了混淆。因此,可以如第九B圖所示的實施例,在發生混淆的情況下,於T1時段或信號框之後進行一次噪訊偵測的步驟。由於發信器110已經停止發送f3頻率的信號,而手指及電子系統100仍持續發出f0頻率的噪訊。觸控處理裝置130就可以推知,在原本信號框時段內所偵測到的信號中,具有f3頻率的信號才是真正來自於發信器110的信號。 It is assumed that the transmitter 110 has the function of automatic frequency conversion. When the transmitter 110 itself detects that the touch panel/screen 120 emits noise of the f0 frequency, it automatically switches to another f3 frequency of the same frequency group F0. In the period of the signal frame, the touch processing device 130 detects the f3 frequency from the transmitter 110 and the f0 frequency from the finger, thereby causing confusion. Therefore, as in the embodiment shown in FIG. BB, a step of noise detection is performed in the T1 period or after the signal frame in the event of confusion. Since the transmitter 110 has stopped transmitting the signal of the f3 frequency, the finger and the electronic system 100 continue to emit noise at the f0 frequency. The touch processing device 130 can infer that the signal having the f3 frequency is the signal actually coming from the transmitter 110 among the signals detected in the original signal frame period.

在本發明的一實施例中,發信器110係接收來自觸控面板120的燈塔信號,並且發出電信號至觸控面板120。另一方面,觸控面板120係接收來自發信器110的電信號,並且發出燈塔信號至發信器110。可將發信器110與觸控面板120視為無線通信系統的雙個傳接器(transceiver),可以傳送和接收信號。而在無線通信系統當中,接收到干擾信號,或是沒有接收到信號,都是傳接器在接收時必須考量的情形。 In an embodiment of the invention, the transmitter 110 receives the beacon signal from the touch panel 120 and sends an electrical signal to the touch panel 120. On the other hand, the touch panel 120 receives an electrical signal from the transmitter 110 and emits a beacon signal to the transmitter 110. The transmitter 110 and the touch panel 120 can be regarded as two transceivers of a wireless communication system, and can transmit and receive signals. In a wireless communication system, receiving an interference signal or not receiving a signal is a situation that the transceiver must consider when receiving.

在一實施例中,當發信器110距離觸控面板120太遠,以至於發信器110無法接收到來自觸控面板120的燈塔信號時,發信器110即停止發送電信號。而觸控處理裝置130在發射燈塔信號之後,並未偵測到發信器110所發出的電信號,可能會進入省電模式,暫停發送燈塔信號,或是減少發 送燈塔信號的頻率。 In an embodiment, when the transmitter 110 is too far away from the touch panel 120, so that the transmitter 110 cannot receive the beacon signal from the touch panel 120, the transmitter 110 stops transmitting the electrical signal. The touch processing device 130 does not detect the electrical signal sent by the transmitter 110 after transmitting the beacon signal, and may enter the power saving mode, suspend the transmission of the beacon signal, or reduce the transmission. The frequency at which the beacon signal is sent.

上述的燈塔信號可以具有多種頻率和特定的調變方式,比方是以振幅移位鍵控(ASK)、正交相移鍵控(QPSK)或是二元相移鍵控(BPSK)之類的調變方式。發信器110可以根據給定的頻率與調變方式,判斷是否遭到雜訊干擾。比方說,發信器110解調變出的信號不僅僅包含事先定義好的信號,還包含其他信號,則發信器110可以認為燈塔信號受到干擾。在其他的範例中,解調變出的信號只包含事先定義好之信號的其中一部分,而未包含另外的部分,發信器110也可以認為燈塔信號受到干擾。由於無線通信系統當中,接收方判斷所欲接收的信號遭到干擾的態樣已經是本技術領域人員習知的技藝,故不在此一一列舉。本發明也不限定發信器110如何判斷出燈塔信號遭到干擾的方法。同樣地,本發明茲舉了很多電信號的調變型態,本發明也不限定觸控處理裝置130如何判斷出電信號遭到干擾的方法。 The above beacon signal can have multiple frequencies and specific modulation methods, such as amplitude shift keying (ASK), quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) or binary phase shift keying (BPSK). Modulation method. The transmitter 110 can determine whether or not the noise is interfered according to a given frequency and modulation mode. For example, if the signal demodulated by the transmitter 110 demodulates not only the previously defined signal but also other signals, the transmitter 110 can consider the beacon signal to be interfered. In other examples, the demodulated signal includes only a portion of the previously defined signal and does not include additional portions, and the transmitter 110 may also consider the beacon signal to be interfered. Since the receiving party judges that the signal to be received is interfered in the wireless communication system, it is a well-known technique of those skilled in the art, and therefore it is not enumerated here. The present invention also does not limit how the transmitter 110 determines that the beacon signal is subject to interference. Similarly, the present invention recognizes many modulation patterns of electrical signals, and the present invention does not limit how the touch processing device 130 determines that electrical signals are interfered.

在一實施例中,傳接器在判斷所欲接收的信號遭到干擾時,會自動換到另一個頻率接收信號。 In an embodiment, the transceiver automatically switches to another frequency reception signal when it is determined that the signal to be received is interfered.

請參考第三十四A圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的觸控系統之干擾處理流程示意圖。假設燈塔信號可以是兩個頻率的其中之一,令這兩個頻率分別稱之為A頻率與B頻率。如步驟3402,觸控處理裝置130以A頻率發出燈塔信號。接著,如步驟3404,當發信器110預定接收A頻率的燈塔信號,且發現遭到干擾時,則發信器110並不發出電信號,而轉而接收B頻率的燈塔信號。在可選的步驟3406中,觸控處理裝置130發出一次或多次A頻率的燈塔信號,而收不到電信號時。則在步驟3408中,觸控處理裝置130改發出B頻率的燈塔信號。於是發信器110可以順利接收B頻率的燈塔信號, 而進而於步驟3410中發出電信號。 Please refer to FIG. 34A, which is a schematic diagram of an interference processing process of a touch system according to an embodiment of the invention. Assuming that the beacon signal can be one of two frequencies, the two frequencies are referred to as the A frequency and the B frequency, respectively. In step 3402, the touch processing device 130 emits a beacon signal at the A frequency. Next, as in step 3404, when the transmitter 110 is scheduled to receive the beacon signal of the A frequency and is found to be subject to interference, the transmitter 110 does not emit an electrical signal and instead receives the beacon signal of the B frequency. In optional step 3406, the touch processing device 130 emits one or more beacon signals of the A frequency, but does not receive the electrical signal. Then, in step 3408, the touch processing device 130 changes the beacon signal of the B frequency. The transmitter 110 can then smoothly receive the beacon signal of the B frequency. Further, an electrical signal is sent in step 3410.

由於觸控處理裝置130接收不到發信器110送出的電信號,藉此判斷出自己所發出的燈塔信號遭到干擾,進而更換燈塔信號的頻率。另一種可能的原因是,由於發信器110已經不在接收燈塔信號的範圍,觸控處理裝置130可以在更換全部可能的頻率之後,暫停發出燈塔信號,或是延長發出燈塔信號的間隔時間,以節省耗電量。 Since the touch processing device 130 does not receive the electrical signal sent by the transmitter 110, it is determined that the beacon signal emitted by the touch device is interfered, and the frequency of the beacon signal is replaced. Another possible reason is that since the sender 110 is no longer in the range of receiving the beacon signal, the touch processing device 130 may pause the beacon signal after the replacement of all possible frequencies, or extend the interval between the beacon signals to Save power.

同樣地,請參考第三十四B圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的觸控系統之干擾處理流程示意圖。假設燈塔信號可以是三個頻率的其中之一,令這三個頻率分別稱之為A頻率、B頻率、與J頻率。其中的A頻率與B頻率為正常的燈塔信號頻率,而J頻率為特殊的告警頻率,用於表示觸控處理裝置130所接收的電信號遭遇干擾。而電信號可以是三個頻率的其中之一,令這三個頻率分別稱之為X頻率、Y頻率、與Z頻率。 Similarly, please refer to FIG. 34B, which is a schematic diagram of the interference processing flow of the touch system according to an embodiment of the invention. Assuming that the beacon signal can be one of three frequencies, the three frequencies are referred to as the A frequency, the B frequency, and the J frequency, respectively. The A frequency and the B frequency are the normal beacon signal frequencies, and the J frequency is a special alarm frequency, which is used to indicate that the electrical signals received by the touch processing device 130 are subject to interference. The electrical signal can be one of three frequencies, and the three frequencies are referred to as the X frequency, the Y frequency, and the Z frequency, respectively.

在步驟3412當中,觸控處理裝置130以A頻率發出燈塔信號。接著,於步驟3414當中,順利接收A頻率燈塔信號的發信器110以X頻率發出電信號。當觸控處理裝置130於步驟3416當中判斷出X頻率的電信號遭到干擾時。則於步驟3418中,觸控處理裝置130以J頻率發出燈塔信號,表示X頻率的電信號遭到干擾。當發信器110接收不到A頻率的燈塔信號時,則於步驟3422當中,改為接收B頻率的燈塔信號。在步驟3422當中,觸控處理裝置130持續以J頻率發出燈塔信號,表示X頻率的電信號遭到干擾。當發信器110也接收不到B頻率的燈塔信號時,則於步驟3424當中,改為接收J頻率的燈塔信號。於步驟3426當中,觸控處理裝置130所發出的J頻率的燈塔信號順利被發信器110所接收之後,發信器110隨即於步驟3428中,將電信號的傳送頻率 從X頻率轉為Y頻率,並且於步驟3430中傳送Y頻率的電信號。 In step 3412, the touch processing device 130 emits a beacon signal at the A frequency. Next, in step 3414, the transmitter 110 that successfully receives the A-frequency beacon signal transmits an electrical signal at the X frequency. When the touch processing device 130 determines in step 3416 that the electrical signal of the X frequency is disturbed. Then, in step 3418, the touch processing device 130 emits a beacon signal at the J frequency, indicating that the electrical signal of the X frequency is interfered. When the transmitter 110 does not receive the beacon signal of the A frequency, then in step 3422, the beacon signal of the B frequency is received instead. In step 3422, the touch processing device 130 continues to emit a beacon signal at the J frequency, indicating that the electrical signal at the X frequency is disturbed. When the transmitter 110 also does not receive the beacon signal of the B frequency, then in step 3424, the beacon signal of the J frequency is received instead. In step 3426, after the beacon signal of the J frequency sent by the touch processing device 130 is successfully received by the transmitter 110, the transmitter 110 then transmits the frequency of the electrical signal in step 3428. The X frequency is converted to the Y frequency, and an electrical signal of the Y frequency is transmitted in step 3430.

在一實施例中,如第三十四B圖所示,於步驟3432當中,發信器110將欲接收的燈塔信號頻率由J頻率轉回原先的A頻率。由於Y頻率的電信號未被干擾,因此觸控處理裝置130將不以J頻率發出燈塔信號,而在步驟3434當中,改發送原來的A頻率燈塔信號。而順利接收A頻率燈塔信號的發信器110則在步驟3436中,以新的Y頻率發出電信號。觸控處理裝置130順利地利用了J頻率的燈塔信號,通知發信器110更換電信號的頻率。 In an embodiment, as shown in FIG. 34B, in step 3432, the transmitter 110 converts the frequency of the beacon signal to be received from the J frequency back to the original A frequency. Since the electrical signal of the Y frequency is not disturbed, the touch processing device 130 will not emit the beacon signal at the J frequency, and in step 3434, the original A frequency beacon signal is transmitted. The transmitter 110, which successfully receives the A-frequency beacon signal, then sends an electrical signal at a new Y frequency in step 3436. The touch processing device 130 smoothly utilizes the beacon signal of the J frequency to notify the transmitter 110 of the frequency of replacing the electrical signal.

在另一實施例中,發信器110未必如步驟3432所述,將欲接收的燈塔信號頻率由J頻率轉回原先的A頻率。而是繼續偵測J頻率的燈塔信號。然而,由於觸控處理裝置130不發出J頻率的燈塔信號,則發信器110遲遲收不到J頻率的燈塔信號而進入省電模式。在重新啟動時,自動回復到接收A頻率燈塔信號的狀態。 In another embodiment, the transmitter 110 does not necessarily convert the frequency of the beacon signal to be received from the J frequency back to the original A frequency as described in step 3432. Instead, it continues to detect the beacon signal of the J frequency. However, since the touch processing device 130 does not emit the beacon signal of the J frequency, the transmitter 110 delays receiving the beacon signal of the J frequency and enters the power saving mode. Upon restart, it automatically returns to the state of receiving the A-frequency beacon signal.

在另一實施例中,假設Y頻率的電信號依舊遭到干擾,則觸控處理裝置130同樣發出J頻率的燈塔信號。當發信器110透過自動更換接收燈塔信號頻率的機制,再次接收到J頻率的燈塔信號時,則會再次將電信號的頻率由Y頻率轉為Z頻率。 In another embodiment, assuming that the electrical signal of the Y frequency is still disturbed, the touch processing device 130 also emits a beacon signal of the J frequency. When the transmitter 110 receives the beacon signal of the J frequency again by automatically changing the mechanism of receiving the frequency of the beacon signal, the frequency of the electrical signal is again converted from the Y frequency to the Z frequency.

簡而言之,當觸控處理裝置130判斷所接收頻率的電信號遭到干擾時,可透過發出某一特殊頻率或某一特殊調變形式的燈塔信號,通知發信器110更換其電信號的頻率。 In short, when the touch processing device 130 determines that the electrical signal of the received frequency is interfered, the transmitter 110 can be notified to replace the electrical signal by transmitting a special frequency or a special modulated beacon signal. Frequency of.

在一實施例中,傳接器可以先主動掃描被干擾的頻道,再依照通信雙方都知道的一次序,擇定傳送與接收信號的頻率。 In an embodiment, the transceiver may actively scan the interfered channel first, and then select the frequency of transmitting and receiving signals in accordance with an order known to both parties.

請參考第三十四C圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的觸控 系統之干擾處理流程示意圖。在此實施例中,燈塔信號的可能頻率包含A頻率與B頻率,電信號的頻率包含X頻率、Y頻率、與Z頻率。因此,兩者形成6種組合,假設依照一次序排列為AX、AY、AZ、BX、BY、BZ。發信器110與觸控處理裝置130分別於步驟3440與3442當中進行掃描干擾的步驟,例如先掃描燈塔信號的可能干擾頻率,再掃描電信號的可能干擾頻率,亦即以A、B、X、Y、Z頻率的順序進行掃描。在此實施例中,假設發信器110與觸控處理裝置130分別發現A、X頻率有干擾訊號或是雜訊,則兩者按照前述次序,刪除有這兩個受干擾頻率的四種組合,即只剩下BY與BZ兩種組合。由於BY組合的次序高於BZ組合,因此雙方分別在步驟3440與3442當中即已擇定BY組合。換言之,觸控處理裝置130預備發出B頻率的燈塔信號並且準備接收Y頻率的電信號。而發信器110預備接收B頻率的燈塔信號,並且準備發出Y頻率的電信號。據此,觸控處理裝置130於步驟3444發出B頻率的燈塔信號,發信器110隨即於步驟3446發出Y頻率的電信號。 Please refer to FIG. 34C, which is a touch according to an embodiment of the invention. Schematic diagram of the system's interference processing flow. In this embodiment, the possible frequencies of the beacon signal include the A frequency and the B frequency, and the frequency of the electrical signal includes the X frequency, the Y frequency, and the Z frequency. Therefore, the two form a combination of six, assuming that they are arranged in the order of AX, AY, AZ, BX, BY, BZ. The sender 110 and the touch processing device 130 perform scanning interference steps in steps 3440 and 3442, respectively, for example, scanning the possible interference frequency of the beacon signal, and then scanning the possible interference frequency of the electrical signal, that is, A, B, and X. , Y, Z frequency sequence scanning. In this embodiment, it is assumed that the sender 110 and the touch processing device 130 respectively detect that the A and X frequencies have interference signals or noise, and then delete the four combinations of the two interfered frequencies according to the foregoing order. That is, only the combination of BY and BZ is left. Since the order of the BY combination is higher than the BZ combination, the two parties have selected the BY combination in steps 3440 and 3442, respectively. In other words, the touch processing device 130 prepares to emit a beacon signal of the B frequency and is ready to receive an electrical signal of the Y frequency. The transmitter 110 is ready to receive the beacon signal of the B frequency and is ready to emit an electrical signal of the Y frequency. Accordingly, the touch processing device 130 sends a beacon signal of the B frequency in step 3444, and the transmitter 110 then sends an electrical signal of the Y frequency in step 3446.

在某些情況中,例如干擾源對於雙方的距離不同,造成發信器110與觸控處理裝置130主動掃描所得的受干擾頻率未必相同。例如發信器110僅僅掃描出A頻率的干擾信號,而觸控處理裝置130僅掃瞄出X頻率的干擾信號。在這種情況下,發信器110所得到的最優先組合為BX,而觸控處理裝置130所得到的最優先組合為AY。儘管如此,這兩者還是依賴前述的自動更換接收頻率以及發送J頻率燈塔信號的機制,讓最終的通信頻率可以調整到BY組合。 In some cases, for example, the interference source is different for the distance between the two parties, and the interfered frequency caused by the active scanning of the transmitter 110 and the touch processing device 130 is not necessarily the same. For example, the transmitter 110 only scans the interference signal of the A frequency, and the touch processing device 130 only scans the interference signal of the X frequency. In this case, the highest priority combination obtained by the sender 110 is BX, and the highest priority combination obtained by the touch processing device 130 is AY. Nevertheless, the two rely on the aforementioned mechanism for automatically changing the receiving frequency and transmitting the J-frequency beacon signal, so that the final communication frequency can be adjusted to the BY combination.

在一實施例中,為了加速上述的過程,可以讓傳接器先偵測受到干擾的頻率,然而傳送受干擾頻率的雜訊讓對方偵測到。請參考第三 十四D圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的觸控系統之干擾處理流程示意圖。和第三十四C圖的實施例不同之處在於,發信器110在步驟3450中掃描到了A頻率的干擾信號,因此於步驟3456發出A頻率的雜訊讓觸控處理裝置130偵測。相對地,觸控處理裝置130在步驟3452中掃描到了X頻率的干擾信號,於是在步驟3454發出了X頻率的雜訊讓發信器110偵測。如此一來,在偵測步驟結束之後,雙方都掃瞄到了A、X頻率有干擾訊號或是雜訊。因此,如第三十四C圖的實施例一樣,雙方皆不約而同地或獨立地選擇了BY組合,重演了步驟3444與步驟3446。 In an embodiment, in order to speed up the above process, the transmitter can first detect the frequency of the interference, but the noise transmitted by the interference frequency is detected by the other party. Please refer to the third FIG. 14D is a schematic diagram of an interference processing flow of a touch system according to an embodiment of the invention. The difference from the embodiment of the thirty-fourth C is that the transmitter 110 scans the interference signal of the A frequency in step 3450, so that the noise of the A frequency is sent in step 3456 to cause the touch processing device 130 to detect. In contrast, the touch processing device 130 scans the X-frequency interference signal in step 3452, and then sends an X-frequency noise to the transmitter 110 for detection in step 3454. In this way, after the detection step ends, both parties scan the A and X frequencies for interference signals or noise. Therefore, as in the embodiment of the thirty-fourth C diagram, both sides select the BY combination indiscriminately or independently, and repeat steps 3444 and 3446.

儘管在第三十四D圖當中,只描繪出了兩個掃描步驟3450與3452,然而在實際的環境中,主動掃描可能不只對所有頻率進行一次掃描,而可以進行兩次或多次掃描,以免漏掉對方所故意傳來的干擾頻率的信號。 Although in the thirty-fourth D picture, only two scanning steps 3450 and 3452 are depicted, in an actual environment, the active scanning may not only scan all the frequencies once, but may perform two or more scans. In order to avoid missing the signal of the interference frequency that the other party intentionally transmitted.

除此之外,儘管在第三十四D圖所示的實施例當中,兩個掃描步驟3450與3452均同時開始並且同時結束,但這兩個掃描步驟可以不同時開始與不同時結束,這兩個掃描步驟所耗費的時間也未必需要等長,其掃描頻率的次數也可以不等。儘管在某些情況當中,對手可能漏掉故意傳出的干擾頻率的信號。但在多數情況之下,還是可以刪除較多的干擾頻率組合,使得雙方能夠更快地調整到未被干擾的頻率上進行通信。 In addition, although in the embodiment shown in the thirty-fourth D-draw, the two scanning steps 3450 and 3452 are both started simultaneously and ended at the same time, the two scanning steps may start at different times and end at different times, which The time taken for the two scanning steps does not necessarily need to be of equal length, and the number of scanning frequencies may also vary. Although in some cases, the opponent may miss the signal of the intentionally transmitted interference frequency. However, in most cases, it is still possible to delete more interference frequency combinations, so that both parties can adjust to the uninterrupted frequency for communication.

在前述第三十四C圖與第三十四D圖的實施例中,雙方均擁有主動掃描的能力,特別在第三十四D圖的實施例中,雙方還都擁有主動發出被干擾頻率的信號的能力,但本發明並不限定雙方的能力是對等的。在一實施例中,發信器110可以具有主動掃描與主動發出被干擾頻率的信號的能力,而觸控處理裝置130可以只具有主動掃描的能力。在此實施例中,儘 管觸控處理裝置130缺乏主動發出被干擾頻率的信號的能力,但這兩者可以較第三十四C圖的實施例有更大的機會更快地找出雙方均未被干擾的頻率進行通信。反之,在另一實施例中,觸控處理裝置130可以具有主動掃描與主動發出被干擾頻率的信號的能力,而發信器110可以只具有主動掃描的能力。但這兩者還是可以較第三十四C圖的實施例有更大的機會更快地找出雙方均未被干擾的頻率進行通信。 In the foregoing embodiments of the thirty-fourth C diagram and the thirty-fourth diagram, both parties have the capability of active scanning, and in particular, in the embodiment of the thirty-fourth diagram, both parties also have the initiative to issue the interfered frequency. The ability of the signal, but the invention does not limit the ability of both parties to be equivalent. In an embodiment, the sender 110 may have the ability to actively scan and actively signal the interfered frequency, and the touch processing device 130 may only have the ability to actively scan. In this embodiment, The tube touch processing device 130 lacks the ability to actively emit a signal of the interfered frequency, but both can have a greater chance of finding the frequencies that are not interfered by each other faster than the embodiment of the thirty-fourth C-picture. Communication. Conversely, in another embodiment, the touch processing device 130 can have the ability to actively scan and actively emit signals of the interfered frequency, and the transmitter 110 can have only the ability to actively scan. However, the two can still have a greater chance of communicating with the frequency of the uninterrupted frequency more quickly than the embodiment of the thirty-fourth C-picture.

同理,當通信雙方的一方不具有主動掃描的能力,而另一方具有主動掃描的能力時,還是可以較第三十四A圖與第三十四B圖的實施例,有更大的機會更快地找出雙方均未被干擾的頻率進行通信。 Similarly, when one of the two parties does not have the ability to actively scan, and the other party has the ability to actively scan, it can still have a greater chance than the embodiments of the 34th and 34th B pictures. Find out more quickly that both parties are not interfering with each other.

在上述的第二圖說明當中,係利用第一元件221的阻抗改變來調整複數個頻率的信號強度之比例。請參考第十一圖所示,其為根據本發明另一實施例的一第一電容221之一結構示意圖。利用第一電容221的阻抗改變來調整複數個頻率的信號強度之比例。傳統的電容元件是兩導電金屬板所形成。其電容率C是和介電常數與金屬板面積成正比,並且與金屬板之間的距離成反比。 In the second illustration above, the impedance of the first element 221 is used to adjust the ratio of the signal strengths of the plurality of frequencies. Please refer to FIG. 11 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a first capacitor 221 according to another embodiment of the present invention. The impedance of the first capacitor 221 is used to adjust the ratio of the signal strengths of the plurality of frequencies. A conventional capacitive element is formed by two conductive metal plates. Its permittivity C is proportional to the dielectric constant and the area of the metal plate, and inversely proportional to the distance between the metal plates.

在上述實施例的主要精神之一,在於利用一機械結構將彈性筆尖段230沿著發信器110軸心方向的行程轉成垂直於發信器110軸心方向或與發信器110軸心成一夾角方向的行程。藉由該行程的變化,改變第一電容221之電容率與其相應的第一阻抗Z1,並且固定保留第二電容222之電容率與其相應的第二阻抗Z2,據此改變電信號當中第一頻率(群組)的信號部分之強度M1與第二頻率(群組)的信號部分之強度M2的比值。 One of the main spirits of the above embodiments is to use a mechanical structure to rotate the stroke of the elastic tip segment 230 along the axial direction of the transmitter 110 to be perpendicular to the axial direction of the transmitter 110 or to the axis of the transmitter 110. A stroke in an angular direction. By changing the stroke, changing the permittivity of the first capacitor 221 and its corresponding first impedance Z1, and fixing the permittivity of the second capacitor 222 and its corresponding second impedance Z2, thereby changing the first frequency among the electrical signals. The ratio of the intensity M1 of the signal portion of the (group) to the intensity M2 of the signal portion of the second frequency (group).

在第十一圖當中,包含有互不接觸的三個金屬板。第一金屬 板1110和第二金屬板1120形成第一電容221,第二金屬板1120和第三金屬板1130形成第二電容222。在一範例中,第一金屬板1110形成在一具有彈性的電路板或印刷電路板上,其表面具有絕緣漆或另一層絕緣板。第二金屬板1120與第三金屬板1130形成在同一電路板或印刷電路板的兩層,其表面具有絕緣漆或另一層絕緣板。第二金屬板1120經由另外的電路耦接到前方的筆尖段230。筆頭固接於一抬升元件1140(如下述的斜面裝置),依據筆尖段230的位移直接或間接抬升部份或全部的第一金屬板1110(或彈性的電路板或印刷電路板),或造成第一金屬板1110(或彈性的電路板或印刷電路板)的部份朝垂直於發信器110軸心方向的形變,在以下說明中統稱為垂直於觸控筆軸心方向的位移。 In the eleventh figure, there are three metal plates that are not in contact with each other. First metal The board 1110 and the second metal plate 1120 form a first capacitor 221, and the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 form a second capacitor 222. In one example, the first metal plate 1110 is formed on a flexible circuit board or printed circuit board having an insulating varnish or another insulating plate on its surface. The second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 are formed on two layers of the same circuit board or printed circuit board, and the surface thereof has an insulating varnish or another insulating plate. The second metal plate 1120 is coupled to the front nib segment 230 via an additional circuit. The pen tip is fixed to a lifting element 1140 (such as the bevel device described below), and directly or indirectly lifts part or all of the first metal plate 1110 (or an elastic circuit board or a printed circuit board) according to the displacement of the pen tip segment 230, or causes The portion of the first metal plate 1110 (or the flexible circuit board or printed circuit board) is deformed perpendicular to the axial direction of the transmitter 110, and is collectively referred to as a displacement perpendicular to the axial direction of the stylus in the following description.

供應第一金屬板1110具有第一頻率(群組)的電信號,供應第三金屬板1130具有第二頻率(群組)的電信號。因此,第二金屬板1120會感應產生具有第一頻率(群組)與第二頻率(群組)的電信號,經由前方的筆尖段230傳送到觸控面板120。當筆尖段230未受力之時,第一金屬板1110與其所屬的電路板沒有垂直於發信器110軸心方向的位移。然而,在筆尖段230受力之後,由於筆尖段後的斜面裝置1140,將受力從平行於軸心的方向轉換成垂直於軸心的方向,致使第一金屬板1110所屬的電路板發生形變與位移,進而導致第一電容221的介電常數發生變化。所以第一電容221的電容率C1與第一阻抗Z1也隨之發生變化。在筆尖段230受力之後,第二金屬板1120與第三金屬板1130所屬的電路板整體位移,因此第二電容222的電容率C2與阻抗Z2仍然維持不變。 The first metal plate 1110 is supplied with an electrical signal of a first frequency (group), and the third metal plate 1130 is supplied with an electrical signal of a second frequency (group). Therefore, the second metal plate 1120 induces an electrical signal having a first frequency (group) and a second frequency (group) to be transmitted to the touch panel 120 via the front nib segment 230. When the nib segment 230 is unstressed, the first metal plate 1110 and its associated circuit board do not have a displacement perpendicular to the axial direction of the transmitter 110. However, after the pen tip segment 230 is stressed, due to the bevel device 1140 behind the pen tip segment, the force is converted from a direction parallel to the axis to a direction perpendicular to the axis, causing the circuit board to which the first metal plate 1110 belongs to deform. The displacement, which in turn causes the dielectric constant of the first capacitor 221 to change. Therefore, the permittivity C1 of the first capacitor 221 and the first impedance Z1 also change. After the nib segment 230 is stressed, the second metal plate 1120 and the circuit board to which the third metal plate 1130 belongs are displaced as a whole, so the permittivity C2 and the impedance Z2 of the second capacitor 222 remain unchanged.

由於第一金屬板1110所在的電路板會向上方形變,本實施例 可以包含至少一支撐元件1150以便提供反方向的支撐力,使得在筆尖段230的受力消失之後,幫助第一金屬板1110所在的電路板回復原狀。在未形變之前,該支撐元件1150所提供的支撐力可以為零。 Since the circuit board where the first metal plate 1110 is located is squared upward, this embodiment At least one support member 1150 may be included to provide a support force in the opposite direction such that after the force of the nib segment 230 has disappeared, the circuit board on which the first metal plate 1110 is located is restored to its original shape. The support force provided by the support element 1150 can be zero before being deformed.

在本實施例的一範例中,第一電容221與第二電容222的電容率可以設計成相同。在電容率為相同的情況下,這兩個電容的介電常數、距離、和面積可以是相同的。當然,本發明並未限定兩個電容221與222的電容率是相同的,只要觸控處理裝置130知悉該發信器110的兩個電容相應的阻抗比值即可。 In an example of the embodiment, the permittivity of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 can be designed to be the same. In the case where the permittivity is the same, the dielectric constant, distance, and area of the two capacitors may be the same. Of course, the present invention does not limit the capacitance ratios of the two capacitors 221 and 222, as long as the touch processing device 130 knows the corresponding impedance ratio of the two capacitors of the transmitter 110.

在此實施例中,採用便宜的電路板或印刷電路板來取代較為昂貴的力感測電阻。並且,當第一電容221與第二電容222的電容率相同時,當外界環境改變時,其介電常數也會同時改變,據此維持了比例預設值。除此之外,發信器110本身不需要主動控制元件來調整兩個阻抗Z1與Z2的比例,只需要被動地提供電信號,可以節省許多資源。 In this embodiment, an inexpensive circuit board or printed circuit board is used in place of the more expensive force sensing resistor. Moreover, when the capacitance ratios of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are the same, when the external environment changes, the dielectric constant thereof also changes at the same time, thereby maintaining the proportional preset value. In addition, the transmitter 110 itself does not require an active control element to adjust the ratio of the two impedances Z1 and Z2, and only needs to passively provide an electrical signal, which can save a lot of resources.

請參考第十二圖所示,其為第十一圖所示實施例的一種減省表示圖,其省略了電路板、支撐元件1150、以及自第二金屬板1120與筆尖段230之間的連接電路。第十二圖所示實施例的說明均可以參考第十一圖。 Please refer to FIG. 12, which is a reduced representation of the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 omitting the circuit board, the support member 1150, and the second metal plate 1120 and the tip portion 230. Connect the circuit. The description of the embodiment shown in Fig. 12 can be referred to the eleventh figure.

請參考第十三圖所示,其為第十二圖所示實施例的一種變形,其中第三金屬板1130可以移為第一金屬板110的後方,並且與第一金屬板1110電性不耦合。當筆尖段230受力之後,也只有第一金屬板1110與其所屬的電路板會有位移形變。在某實施例中,第一金屬板1110與第三金屬板1130可以形成於同一電路板上。 Please refer to FIG. 13 , which is a modification of the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 , wherein the third metal plate 1130 can be moved to the rear of the first metal plate 110 and not electrically connected to the first metal plate 1110 . coupling. After the nib segment 230 is stressed, only the first metal plate 1110 and its associated circuit board are deformed by displacement. In an embodiment, the first metal plate 1110 and the third metal plate 1130 may be formed on the same circuit board.

請參考第十四圖所示,其為第十三圖所示實施例的一種變 形,其中第一金屬板1110與第三金屬板1130可以各自分為A與B兩個金屬板,一樣分別饋入第一頻率(群組)與第二頻率(群組)。當筆尖段230受力之後,第一金屬板A 1110A與第一金屬板B 1110B與其所屬的電路板會有位移形變。而第三金屬板A 1130A與第三金屬板B 1130B與其所屬的電路板則不會有位移形變。和第十三圖所示實施例相比,由於有兩個金屬板1110A與1110B的位移形變,因此其變化量會比第十三圖所示實施例來得大且明顯。 Please refer to the fourteenth figure, which is a variation of the embodiment shown in the thirteenth figure. The first metal plate 1110 and the third metal plate 1130 can be respectively divided into two metal plates A and B, and fed into the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) respectively. After the nib segment 230 is stressed, the first metal plate A 1110A and the first metal plate B 1110B and the circuit board to which they belong are displaced. The third metal plate A 1130A and the third metal plate B 1130B and the circuit board to which they belong do not have displacement deformation. Compared with the embodiment shown in Fig. 13, since the displacement of the two metal plates 1110A and 1110B is changed, the amount of change is larger and more obvious than that of the embodiment shown in Fig. 13.

請參考第十五圖所示,其為第十四圖所示實施例的一種變形,其中第二金屬板1120也分為1120A與1120B兩個金屬板,但第二金屬板A 1120A與第二金屬板B 1120B係藉由電路共同連接到筆尖段230。其中第一金屬板A 1110A與第二金屬板A 1120A形成第一電容A 221A,第二金屬板A 1120A與第三金屬板A 1130A形成第二電容A 222A。第一金屬板B 1110B與第二金屬板B 1120B形成第一電容B 221B,第二金屬板B 1120B與第三金屬板B 1130B形成第二電容B 222B。當筆尖段230受力之後,第一金屬板A 1110A與第一金屬板B 1110B與其所屬的電路板會有位移形變。而第三金屬板A 1130A與第三金屬板B 1130B與其所屬的電路板則不會有位移形變。和第十三圖所示實施例相比,由於有兩個金屬板的位移形變,因此其變化量會比第十三圖所示實施例來得大且明顯。 Please refer to the fifteenth figure, which is a modification of the embodiment shown in FIG. 14, wherein the second metal plate 1120 is also divided into two metal plates of 1120A and 1120B, but the second metal plate A 1120A and the second Metal plate B 1120B is commonly connected to tip portion 230 by circuitry. The first metal plate A 1110A and the second metal plate A 1120A form a first capacitor A 221A, and the second metal plate A 1120A and the third metal plate A 1130A form a second capacitor A 222A. The first metal plate B 1110B and the second metal plate B 1120B form a first capacitor B 221B, and the second metal plate B 1120B and the third metal plate B 1130B form a second capacitor B 222B. After the nib segment 230 is stressed, the first metal plate A 1110A and the first metal plate B 1110B and the circuit board to which they belong are displaced. The third metal plate A 1130A and the third metal plate B 1130B and the circuit board to which they belong do not have displacement deformation. Compared with the embodiment shown in Fig. 13, since the displacement of the two metal plates is changed, the amount of change is larger and more obvious than that of the embodiment shown in Fig. 13.

請參考第十六A圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一示意圖。在第十六A圖所示的實施例中,由上而下包含第一金屬板1110、第二金屬板1120、與第三金屬板1130。其中,第一金屬板1110與第三金屬板1130是固定的,分別饋入第一頻率(群組)與第二頻率(群組)的信號。第二金屬板1120將會感應到上下金屬板的第一頻率(群組)與第二頻率(群組)的信號,而輸出 具有混和第一頻率(群組)與第二頻率(群組)的電信號。 Please refer to FIG. 16A, which is a schematic view of an embodiment of the present invention. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 16A, the first metal plate 1110, the second metal plate 1120, and the third metal plate 1130 are included from top to bottom. The first metal plate 1110 and the third metal plate 1130 are fixed, and respectively feed signals of the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group). The second metal plate 1120 will sense the signals of the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) of the upper and lower metal plates, and the output There is an electrical signal that mixes the first frequency (group) with the second frequency (group).

第一金屬板1110與第二金屬板1120之間形成第一電容221,第二金屬板1120與第三金屬板1130之間形成第二電容222。當第二金屬板1120未發生形變時,在相同環境下,第一電容221與第二電容222的阻抗值是固定的,因此分析該電信號當中相應於第一頻率(群組)與第二頻率(群組)的強度M1與M2,根據這兩個強度值計算一比例值。當該比例值為一預設值或落入一預設範圍內時,即可以知道第二金屬板1120未發生形變。 A first capacitor 221 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120 , and a second capacitor 222 is formed between the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 . When the second metal plate 1120 is not deformed, in the same environment, the impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are fixed, so that the electrical signals are analyzed corresponding to the first frequency (group) and the second The frequencies M1 and M2 of the frequency (group) are calculated based on the two intensity values. When the ratio value is a predetermined value or falls within a predetermined range, it can be known that the second metal plate 1120 is not deformed.

當第二金屬板1120發生形變時,第一電容221與第二電容222的阻抗值與電容值發生變化。因此根據這兩個強度值計算一比例值,依據這個比例值的變化,即可反推回第二金屬板1120的形變或受力情況。在此,可以套用第六圖所示實施例的各個步驟。 When the second metal plate 1120 is deformed, the impedance values and capacitance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are changed. Therefore, a proportional value is calculated according to the two intensity values, and according to the change of the proportional value, the deformation or the force of the second metal plate 1120 can be reversely pushed back. Here, the various steps of the embodiment shown in the sixth figure can be applied.

請參考第十六B圖所示,其為第十六A圖所示實施例的一種變形。其中第二金屬板1120與第三金屬板1130是固定的,分別饋入第一頻率(群組)與第二頻率(群組)的信號。第一金屬板1110將會感應到下方第二金屬板1120與第三金屬板1130的第一頻率(群組)與第二頻率(群組)的信號,而輸出具有混和第一頻率(群組)與第二頻率(群組)的電信號。 Please refer to FIG. 16B, which is a modification of the embodiment shown in FIG. 16A. The second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 are fixed, and respectively feed signals of the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group). The first metal plate 1110 will sense the signals of the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) of the lower second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130, and the output has a mixed first frequency (group) ) an electrical signal with a second frequency (group).

第一金屬板1110與第二金屬板1120之間形成第一電容221,第一金屬板1110與第三金屬板1130之間形成第二電容222。當第一金屬板1110未發生形變時,在相同環境下,第一電容221與第二電容222的阻抗值是固定的,因此分析該電信號當中相應於第一頻率(群組)與第二頻率(群組)的強度M1與M2,根據這兩個強度值計算一比例值。當該比例值為一預設值或落入一預設範圍內時,即可以知道第一金屬板1110未發生形變。 A first capacitor 221 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120, and a second capacitor 222 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the third metal plate 1130. When the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed, in the same environment, the impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are fixed, so that the electrical signals are analyzed corresponding to the first frequency (group) and the second The frequencies M1 and M2 of the frequency (group) are calculated based on the two intensity values. When the ratio value is a predetermined value or falls within a predetermined range, it can be known that the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed.

當第一金屬板1110發生形變時,第一電容221與第二電容222的阻抗值與電容率發生變化。因此根據這兩個強度值計算一比例值,依據這個比例值的變化,即可反推回第一金屬板1110的形變或受力情況。在此,可以套用第六圖所示實施例的各個步驟。上述的阻抗值可能隨溫度與溼度而改變,本發明的第一電容221與第二電容222的阻抗值同時隨溫度與溼度而改變,因此在計算比例值時,可降低或避免溫度與溼度對比例值造成的影響。 When the first metal plate 1110 is deformed, the impedance values and the permittivity of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are changed. Therefore, a proportional value is calculated according to the two intensity values, and according to the change of the proportional value, the deformation or the force of the first metal plate 1110 can be reversely pushed back. Here, the various steps of the embodiment shown in the sixth figure can be applied. The impedance values described above may vary with temperature and humidity. The impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 of the present invention change simultaneously with temperature and humidity, so that when calculating the ratio, the temperature and humidity may be reduced or avoided. The effect of the proportional value.

請參考第十七A圖與第十七B圖所示,其為根據本發明的第一電容與第二電容的結構示意圖。在第十六A圖與B圖的實施例當中,分別饋入第一頻率(群組)與第二頻率(群組),在第十七A圖與B圖的實施例當中,只需要饋入相同頻率的驅動信號即可。換言之,可以適用於第七A圖至第七D圖的各個實施例,所饋入的驅動信號可以是第七A圖與第七B圖的單一信號源714,也可以是第七C圖發信器有線通訊單元771所得來的電信號作為信號源,還可以是第七D圖筆尖段230與觸控面板120近接時,從觸控面板120上的第一電極121與/或第二電極122所獲得的信號作為信號源。 Please refer to FIG. 17A and FIG. 17B, which are schematic structural diagrams of the first capacitor and the second capacitor according to the present invention. In the embodiments of FIGS. 16A and B, the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) are respectively fed, and in the embodiments of the 17th A and B, only the feed is needed. Just enter the drive signal of the same frequency. In other words, it can be applied to the respective embodiments of the seventh A to the seventh D, and the fed driving signal may be the single signal source 714 of the seventh A picture and the seventh B picture, or may be the seventh C picture. The electrical signal obtained by the signal communication unit 771 is used as a signal source, and may be the first electrode 121 and/or the second electrode on the touch panel 120 when the pen tip segment 230 of the seventh D is in close proximity to the touch panel 120. The signal obtained by 122 is used as a signal source.

第十七A圖的三層金屬板與第十六A圖的三層金屬板結構相同,上述具有某一頻率的驅動信號饋入可形變的第二金屬板1120。透過與第二金屬板1120的電容效應,第一金屬板1110將有受到感應的第一電流值I1輸出。同樣地,透過與第二金屬板1120的電容效應,第三金屬板1130將有受到感應的第二電流值I2輸出。 The three-layer metal plate of the seventeenth A diagram is identical to the three-layer metal plate structure of the sixteenth A-th diagram, and the above-described drive signal having a certain frequency is fed into the deformable second metal plate 1120. Through the capacitive effect with the second metal plate 1120, the first metal plate 1110 will have an induced first current value I1 output. Similarly, the third metal plate 1130 outputs an induced second current value I2 through the capacitive effect with the second metal plate 1120.

第一金屬板1110與第二金屬板1120之間形成第一電容221,第二金屬板1120與第三金屬板1130之間形成第二電容222。當第二金屬板 1120未發生形變時,第一電容221與第二電容222的阻抗值是固定的,因此分析電流量I1與I2,根據這兩個電流值計算一比例值。當該比例值為一預設值或落入一預設範圍內時,即可以知道第二金屬板1120未發生形變。 A first capacitor 221 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120 , and a second capacitor 222 is formed between the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 . When the second metal plate When the deformation of 1120 is not performed, the impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are fixed, so the current quantities I1 and I2 are analyzed, and a proportional value is calculated based on the two current values. When the ratio value is a predetermined value or falls within a predetermined range, it can be known that the second metal plate 1120 is not deformed.

當第二金屬板1120發生形變時,第一電容221與第二電容222的阻抗值與電容率發生變化。因此根據這兩個電流值I1與I2計算一比例值,依據這個比例值的變化,即可反推回第二金屬板1120的形變或受力情況。據此,可以套用第八圖所示的方法實施例。 When the second metal plate 1120 is deformed, the impedance values and the permittivity of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are changed. Therefore, a proportional value is calculated according to the two current values I1 and I2, and according to the change of the proportional value, the deformation or the force of the second metal plate 1120 can be reversely pushed back. Accordingly, the method embodiment shown in the eighth figure can be applied.

請參考第十七B圖所示,其為第十七A圖所示實施例的一種變形。其中第二金屬板1120與第三金屬板1130是固定的。上述具有某一頻率的驅動信號饋入可形變的第一金屬板1110。透過與第一金屬板1110的電容效應,第二金屬板1120將所感應的第一電流值I1輸出。同樣地,透過與第一金屬板1110的電容效應,第三金屬板1130將所感應的第二電流值I2輸出。 Please refer to FIG. 17B, which is a modification of the embodiment shown in FIG. 17A. The second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 are fixed. The above-described drive signal having a certain frequency is fed into the deformable first metal plate 1110. The second metal plate 1120 outputs the induced first current value I1 through the capacitive effect with the first metal plate 1110. Similarly, the third metal plate 1130 outputs the induced second current value I2 through the capacitive effect with the first metal plate 1110.

第一金屬板1110與第二金屬板1120之間形成第一電容221,第一金屬板1110與第三金屬板1130之間形成第二電容222。當第一金屬板1110未發生形變時,第一電容221與第二電容222的阻抗值是固定的,因此分析電流量I1與I2,根據這兩個電流值計算一比例值。當該比例值為一預設值或落入一預設範圍內時,即可以知道第一金屬板1110未發生形變。 A first capacitor 221 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120, and a second capacitor 222 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the third metal plate 1130. When the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed, the impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are fixed, so the current quantities I1 and I2 are analyzed, and a proportional value is calculated based on the two current values. When the ratio value is a predetermined value or falls within a predetermined range, it can be known that the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed.

當第一金屬板1110發生形變時,第一電容221與第二電容222的阻抗值與電容率發生變化。因此根據兩個電流值I1與I2計算一比例值,依據這個比例值的變化,即可反推回第一金屬板1110的形變或受力情況。據此,可以套用第八圖所示的方法實施例。 When the first metal plate 1110 is deformed, the impedance values and the permittivity of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are changed. Therefore, a proportional value is calculated according to the two current values I1 and I2, and according to the change of the proportional value, the deformation or the force of the first metal plate 1110 can be reversely pushed back. Accordingly, the method embodiment shown in the eighth figure can be applied.

請參考第十八圖,其為第十一圖所示實施例的一種變形。第 十一圖所示實施例需要饋入兩種頻率的信號。然而,在第十八圖所示實施例當中,如同第十七A圖與第十七B圖的實施例,只需要饋入某一頻率的驅動信號到第二金屬板1120,或者是饋入某種信號,而無須知道饋入信號具有多少種頻率的成分。 Please refer to the eighteenth figure, which is a modification of the embodiment shown in the eleventh figure. First The embodiment shown in the eleventh figure requires the feeding of signals of two frequencies. However, in the embodiment shown in the eighteenth embodiment, as in the embodiments of the seventeenth A and seventeenth B, it is only necessary to feed a drive signal of a certain frequency to the second metal plate 1120, or to feed A signal that does not need to know how many frequencies the feed signal has.

第一金屬板1110與第二金屬板1120之間形成第一電容221,第二金屬板1120與第三金屬板1130之間形成第二電容222。由於第二金屬板1120與第三金屬板1130的距離與介電常數不會改變,因此第二電容222的電容值與阻抗是固定的。當第一金屬板1110未發生形變時,第一電容221與第二電容222的阻抗值是固定的,因此分析電流量I1與I2,根據這兩個電流值計算一比例值。當該比例值為一預設值或落入一預設範圍內時,即可以知道第一金屬板1110未發生形變。但第一電容221的電容率與阻抗會因為第一金屬板的形變而改變。所以當第一金屬板1110因外力而形變時,第一電流值I1會有所變化。所以相關於電流值I1與I2的比例值也會改變,據此可以反推回第一金屬板1110的形變或受力情況。據此,可以套用第八圖所示的方法實施例。 A first capacitor 221 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120 , and a second capacitor 222 is formed between the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 . Since the distance and dielectric constant of the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 do not change, the capacitance value and impedance of the second capacitor 222 are fixed. When the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed, the impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are fixed, so the current quantities I1 and I2 are analyzed, and a proportional value is calculated based on the two current values. When the ratio value is a predetermined value or falls within a predetermined range, it can be known that the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed. However, the permittivity and impedance of the first capacitor 221 may change due to the deformation of the first metal plate. Therefore, when the first metal plate 1110 is deformed by an external force, the first current value I1 may vary. Therefore, the proportional value associated with the current values I1 and I2 also changes, whereby the deformation or stress of the first metal plate 1110 can be reversed. Accordingly, the method embodiment shown in the eighth figure can be applied.

在本發明的另一實施例中,發信器110內的控制器或電路可以是饋入某一頻率的驅動信號到第二金屬板1120,計算相應於第一電容221與第二電容222的電流量I1與I2,再利用兩者的比例值來計算感測值,從而判斷出筆尖受力的程度。換言之,藉由前述的第一阻抗Z1與第二阻抗Z2,本發明提供了一種壓力感測電容(FSC;force sensiting capacitor),可用來替換傳統的壓力感測元件,如壓力感測電阻FSR,提供壓力的判斷。本發明提供的壓力感測電容具有成本低,不易受溫度與溼度影響的特性。於前述的各 圖當中,揭露了利用可彎曲的印刷電路板作為力感應電容。本發明的特徵之一,在於提供了其他形式的力感應電容。 In another embodiment of the present invention, the controller or circuit in the transmitter 110 may be a driving signal feeding a certain frequency to the second metal plate 1120, and calculating corresponding to the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222. The electric current flows I1 and I2, and then the ratio values of the two are used to calculate the sensing value, thereby judging the degree of force applied to the nib. In other words, by the foregoing first impedance Z1 and second impedance Z2, the present invention provides a pressure sensing capacitor (FSC) that can be used to replace a conventional pressure sensing component, such as a pressure sensing resistor FSR. Provide judgment of stress. The pressure sensing capacitor provided by the invention has the characteristics of low cost and being less susceptible to temperature and humidity. In the foregoing In the figure, the use of a flexible printed circuit board as a force sensing capacitor is disclosed. One of the features of the present invention is to provide other forms of force sensing capacitance.

請參考第十九A圖,其為發信器110的力感應電容與其結構之中心剖面的分解示意圖。請注意第十九A至E圖的比例已做了改變,以便凸顯出某些部分。此外,某些固定元件被省略,以便簡化說明。在第十九A圖當中,最左邊的元件為長桿型筆尖或筆尖段230,筆尖部分可以是導電體。為了方便起見,稱筆尖段230為發信器110或主動筆的前端,當與前端可動元件1971接觸時,筆尖段230與前端可動元件電性1971耦合。前端可動元件1971藉由中間的凸扣件與後端可動元件1972中間的凹扣件結合。在一實施例中,凸扣件與凹扣件可以包含螺紋。前端可動元件1971與後端可動元件1972可以是導體,或為導電元件,例如可為金屬件。 Please refer to FIG. 19A, which is an exploded view of the center of the force sensing capacitor of the transmitter 110 and its structure. Please note that the proportions in Figures 19A through E have been changed to highlight certain parts. In addition, some fixed components are omitted to simplify the description. In the nineteenth A diagram, the leftmost component is a long pole type pen tip or pen tip section 230, and the pen tip portion may be an electrical conductor. For convenience, the nib segment 230 is referred to as the front end of the transmitter 110 or the active pen. When in contact with the front movable member 1971, the nib segment 230 is coupled to the front movable member 1971. The front end movable member 1971 is coupled to the female fastener in the middle of the rear end movable member 1972 by an intermediate male member. In an embodiment, the male and female fasteners can comprise threads. The front end movable element 1971 and the rear end movable element 1972 may be conductors or electrically conductive elements, such as may be metal pieces.

第十九A圖包含了一殼體1980,該殼體1980可以環形地包含住上述的前端與後端可動元件1971與1972,為了簡化起見,第十九A圖只畫出該殼體1980的一部分。該殼體1980靠近筆尖段230的部分內縮成為一直徑較小的頸部,頸部與該殼體1980直徑較大的部份之間可以包含一作為承力部分的肩部。在第十九A圖當中,該承力部分與該前端可動元件1971之間相夾了至少一彈性元件1978,用於沿著筆的長軸,分別對該殼體1980與該前端可動元件1971施力。該彈性元件1978可以是彈簧(spring)、彈片或其他類型的彈性元件。在某實施例中,與第十九A圖不同的是,該彈性元件1978可以環繞可動元件1970與該殼體1980的頸部。 The nineteenth A diagram includes a housing 1980 that can annularly include the front and rear movable members 1971 and 1972 as described above. For the sake of simplicity, FIG. 19A only shows the housing 1980. a part of. The portion of the housing 1980 adjacent the tip portion 230 is retracted into a neck having a smaller diameter, and the neck portion and the portion of the housing having a larger diameter may include a shoulder portion as a bearing portion. In the nineteenth A diagram, at least one elastic member 1978 is sandwiched between the bearing portion and the front end movable member 1971 for respectively applying the housing 1980 and the front movable member 1971 along the long axis of the pen. force. The elastic element 1978 can be a spring, a spring or other type of resilient element. In an embodiment, unlike the nineteenth A diagram, the elastic element 1978 can surround the movable element 1970 and the neck of the housing 1980.

在另一實施例中,該彈性元件1978可以沿著筆的長軸,分別對該殼體1980與該後端可動元件1972施力。由於該前端與後端可動元件1971 及1972可以藉由扣件結合成為一可動元件1970,因此無論是對前段可動元件1971或後端可動元件1972進行施力,都可以將該可動元件1970推向筆尖段230,進而將筆尖段230向前端推。 In another embodiment, the resilient member 1978 can bias the housing 1980 and the rear movable member 1972, respectively, along the long axis of the pen. Due to the front and rear movable elements 1971 And 1972 can be combined into a movable element 1970 by a fastener. Therefore, whether the front movable element 1971 or the rear movable element 1972 is biased, the movable element 1970 can be pushed toward the pen tip segment 230, thereby the pen tip segment 230. Push to the front end.

當筆尖段230受到圖中向右或向後端的施力時,會克服該彈性元件1978的彈力而壓迫可動元件1970,直到可動元件1970的某部分接觸到該殼體1980的承力部分為止。因此,本發明所提供的設計,可以讓可動元件1970在該殼體1980的頸部內沿著筆的長軸移動達一個行程。同樣地,由於該可動元件1970抵住筆尖段230,所以筆尖段230也可以沿著筆的長軸移動達到同樣的行程。該行程的長度可以根據設計的不同而變化,比方說,可以是1mm或0.5mm。本發明並不限定該行程的長度。 When the nib section 230 is biased to the right or to the rear in the drawing, the movable element 1970 is pressed against the elastic force of the elastic member 1978 until a certain portion of the movable member 1970 comes into contact with the bearing portion of the housing 1980. Accordingly, the present invention provides a design that allows the movable element 1970 to move along the long axis of the pen within the neck of the housing 1980 for one stroke. Likewise, since the movable element 1970 is against the nib segment 230, the nib segment 230 can also be moved along the long axis of the pen to the same stroke. The length of the stroke can vary depending on the design, for example, it can be 1 mm or 0.5 mm. The invention does not limit the length of the stroke.

在後端可動元件1972的後端,有一層絕緣膜1973。在絕緣膜1973的後端,還包含一個可壓縮導體1974。在一實施例中,該可壓縮導體1974可以是一導電橡膠或是一參雜導體的彈性元件。由於該可動元件1970與該可壓縮導體1974之間夾了絕緣膜1973,因此該可動元件1970、該絕緣膜1973、與該可壓縮導體1974就形成了一個電容器,或者是一個力感應電容器。本申請所提供的力感應電容器可以是第二圖至第五圖的第一電容221。簡而言之,本申請所提供的力感應電容器可以應用於上述的各個實施例。 At the rear end of the rear movable member 1972, there is an insulating film 1973. At the rear end of the insulating film 1973, a compressible conductor 1974 is further included. In one embodiment, the compressible conductor 1974 can be a conductive rubber or a resilient element of a doped conductor. Since the insulating film 1973 is interposed between the movable element 1970 and the compressible conductor 1974, the movable element 1970, the insulating film 1973, and the compressible conductor 1974 form a capacitor or a force sensing capacitor. The force sensing capacitor provided by the present application may be the first capacitor 221 of the second to fifth figures. In short, the force sensing capacitors provided by the present application can be applied to the various embodiments described above.

該可壓縮導體1974固定在一導體基底1975上,而該導體基底1975可以藉由固件或扣件固定在該殼體1980的內周面上。當可動元件1970向後端或向右移動時,由於導體基底1975的位置是不動的,後端可動元件1972就會壓縮該可壓縮導體1974,導致上述力感應電容器的電容值改變。 The compressible conductor 1974 is attached to a conductor substrate 1975 which can be attached to the inner peripheral surface of the housing 1980 by means of a fastener or fastener. When the movable member 1970 is moved toward the rear end or to the right, since the position of the conductor base 1975 is immobile, the rear movable member 1972 compresses the compressible conductor 1974, causing the capacitance value of the above force sensing capacitor to change.

由於筆的形狀限制,其餘的電路與電池模組可以位於該導體 基底1975的後端。在第十九A圖當中,這些元件可以利用一印刷電路板1990作為代表。作為該力感應電容器的第一端,上述的可動元件1970透過一可動元件導線1977連接到該印刷電路板1990。而作為該力感應電容器的第二端,上述的導體基座1975藉由一基座導線1976連接到該印刷電路板1990。 Due to the shape limitation of the pen, the remaining circuits and battery modules can be located in the conductor The back end of the substrate 1975. In the nineteenth A diagram, these components can be represented by a printed circuit board 1990. As the first end of the force sensing capacitor, the above movable element 1970 is connected to the printed circuit board 1990 through a movable element wire 1977. As the second end of the force sensing capacitor, the conductor base 1975 is connected to the printed circuit board 1990 by a base wire 1976.

該基座導線1976也可以是另一個彈性元件。在某些實施例中,與第十九A圖不同的是,該基座導線1976可以環繞該導體基座1975。在另一實施例中,該導體基座1975並不導電,基座導線1976係穿過該導體基座1975與該可壓縮導體1974電性耦合。 The pedestal lead 1976 can also be another resilient element. In some embodiments, unlike the nineteenth A diagram, the pedestal lead 1976 can surround the conductor pedestal 1975. In another embodiment, the conductor base 1975 is not electrically conductive, and the base conductor 1976 is electrically coupled to the compressible conductor 1974 through the conductor base 1975.

在一實施例當中,該絕緣膜1973的製造方法可以是將該後端可動元件1972的右端平面浸入一絕緣液體內。當該絕緣液體風乾之後,自然在後端可動元件1972的右端平面形成一絕緣膜1973。 In an embodiment, the insulating film 1973 may be fabricated by immersing the right end plane of the rear movable member 1972 in an insulating liquid. After the insulating liquid is air-dried, an insulating film 1973 is naturally formed on the right end plane of the rear end movable member 1972.

請參考第二十圖所示,其為第十九A圖中之可壓縮導體1974與絕緣膜1973之接觸面的剖面示意圖。第二十圖包含了四種可壓縮導體1974與該絕緣膜1973之接觸面的實施例。(a)的實施例為中心突起的接觸面,(b)的實施例為單一斜面的接觸面,(c)的實施例為中心錐狀的接觸面,(d)的實施例為多個突起的接觸面。申請人認為本發明並不限定接觸面的形狀。 Please refer to the twentieth diagram, which is a schematic cross-sectional view of the contact surface of the compressible conductor 1974 and the insulating film 1973 in the nineteenth Ath. The twenty-fifth diagram contains an embodiment of the contact faces of four compressible conductors 1974 and the insulating film 1973. The embodiment of (a) is the contact surface of the central protrusion, the embodiment of (b) is the contact surface of the single slope, the embodiment of (c) is the central tapered contact surface, and the embodiment of (d) is a plurality of protrusions. Contact surface. The Applicant believes that the invention does not limit the shape of the contact surface.

儘管在第十九A圖當中,可動元件1970上形成絕緣膜1973的表面是一平面,但本發明並不限定於此。該表面可以如第二十圖所示的接觸面,為中心突起、單一斜面、中心錐狀、或舉有多個突起的接觸面。換言之,在某些實施例當中,可壓縮導體1974與該絕緣膜1973兩者的表面都不是平面。 Although the surface on which the insulating film 1973 is formed on the movable element 1970 is a flat surface in the nineteenth Ath, the present invention is not limited thereto. The surface may be a contact surface as shown in the twentieth diagram, a central protrusion, a single slope, a central cone shape, or a contact surface with a plurality of protrusions. In other words, in some embodiments, the surfaces of both the compressible conductor 1974 and the insulating film 1973 are not planar.

請參考第十九B圖所示,其為第十九A圖所示的結構組合之 後的一剖面示意圖。在組合之後,前端可動元件1971與後端可動元件1972已經結合成為單一的可動元件1970。該可動元件1970與該殼體1980的承力部份之間藉由彈性元件1978連接,該彈性元件1978的彈性張力使得該可動元件1970整體向前端的方向抵住筆尖段230,直到後端可動元件1972抵住該殼體1980的承力部分為止。可動元件1970與殼體1980之間留有可動的行程d。此時,可壓縮導體1974並未受到壓縮而形變,假定該力感應電容器的電容值為一第一電容值。 Please refer to the figure 19B, which is the combination of the structure shown in Figure 19A. A schematic view of the rear section. After combining, the front end movable element 1971 and the rear end movable element 1972 have been combined into a single movable element 1970. The movable element 1970 is coupled to the bearing portion of the housing 1980 by an elastic member 1978. The elastic tension of the elastic member 1978 causes the movable member 1970 to abut the tip end portion 230 toward the front end until the rear end is movable. Element 1972 is placed against the bearing portion of housing 1980. A movable stroke d is left between the movable element 1970 and the housing 1980. At this time, the compressible conductor 1974 is not deformed by compression, and the capacitance value of the force-sensing capacitor is assumed to be a first capacitance value.

請參考第十九C圖所示,其為第十九A圖所示的結構組合之後的另一剖面示意圖。和第十九B圖相比,由於筆尖段230受到向後端的壓力,因此向後端移動。被筆尖段230的移動所影響,可動元件1970克服了彈性元件1978的彈性張力,向後端移動了整段行程d,直到前端可動元件1971抵住了殼體1980的承力部分為止。此時,可壓縮導體1974受到了可動元件1970與絕緣膜1973的壓縮而導致形變,該力感應電容器的電容值為一第二電容值,該第二電容值不同於上述的第一電容值。 Please refer to the nineteenth C-th, which is another schematic cross-sectional view after the combination of structures shown in FIG. Compared with the nineteenth B-picture, since the nib section 230 is subjected to the pressure toward the rear end, it moves toward the rear end. Affected by the movement of the nib section 230, the movable element 1970 overcomes the elastic tension of the elastic element 1978 and moves the entire stroke d to the rear end until the front movable element 1971 is pressed against the bearing portion of the housing 1980. At this time, the compressible conductor 1974 is subjected to compression by the compression of the movable element 1970 and the insulating film 1973, and the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor is a second capacitance value which is different from the first capacitance value described above.

在第十九B圖與第十九C圖所示的行程盡頭之間,可動元件1970還可以有無數個位置,或者說是可壓縮導體1974可以有無數個受壓程度,或是說可壓縮導體1974與絕緣膜1973的接觸面的面積可以有無數個大小變化,某一個位置或受壓程度或面積大小變化都可以讓該力感應電容的電容值做出變化。 Between the end of the stroke shown in Fig. 19B and Fig. 19C, the movable element 1970 can also have an infinite number of positions, or the compressible conductor 1974 can have an infinite number of compressions, or can be compressed. The area of the contact surface of the conductor 1974 and the insulating film 1973 can be varied in a large number of sizes, and the change in the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor can be made by changing the position or the degree of pressure or the size of the area.

請參考第十九D圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110的力感應電容與其結構之中心剖面的分解示意圖。其與第十九B圖的不同之處在於,可壓縮導體1974與絕緣膜1973的位置互換。無論如何,當可動 元件1970向後端移動時,可壓縮導體1974將會受到絕緣膜1973與導體基座1975的壓縮而產生形變。藉此,也可以讓該力感應電容的電容值做出變化。 Please refer to FIG. 19D, which is an exploded perspective view of the center of the force sensing capacitor of the transmitter 110 and its structure according to an embodiment of the invention. It differs from the nineteenth B-picture in that the positions of the compressible conductor 1974 and the insulating film 1973 are interchanged. Anyway, when moving As the element 1970 moves toward the rear end, the compressible conductor 1974 will be deformed by compression of the insulating film 1973 and the conductor base 1975. Thereby, the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor can also be changed.

請參考第十九E圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的發信器110的力感應電容與其結構之中心剖面的分解示意圖。第十九E圖與第十九B圖的不同之處在於,後端可動元件1972的右端,不再是一層絕緣膜1973,而是一塊可壓縮絕緣材料(compressible dielectric material)1979。比方是絕緣橡膠、塑膠、泡棉等。而導體基底1975所連接的導體,改換成是不可壓縮的導體,例如是金屬塊或石墨等材質。由於受到可動元件1970的壓力時,可壓縮絕緣材料1979的厚度會變小,導致可動元件1970與導體之間的距離變小,所以力感應電容器的電容值會跟著改變。從製作成本來看,第十九E圖的導體比第十九A圖的可壓縮導體1974來得貴。 Please refer to FIG. 19E, which is an exploded perspective view of the center of the force sensing capacitor of the transmitter 110 and its structure according to an embodiment of the invention. The difference between the nineteenth E and the nineteenth B is that the right end of the rear movable member 1972 is no longer an insulating film 1973 but a compressible dielectric material 1979. For example, insulating rubber, plastic, foam, etc. The conductor connected to the conductor base 1975 is changed to an incompressible conductor, such as a metal block or graphite. When the pressure of the movable member 1970 is applied, the thickness of the compressible insulating material 1979 becomes small, and the distance between the movable member 1970 and the conductor becomes small, so that the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor changes. From the point of view of production cost, the conductor of the nineteenth E diagram is more expensive than the compressible conductor 1974 of the nineteenth A diagram.

在第十九E圖實施例的一個變化當中,可以將導體與可壓縮絕緣材料1979的接觸面,做成如第二十圖所示的各種形狀之接觸面。在另一個變化當中,可以將可壓縮絕緣材料1979與導體的接觸面,做成如第二十圖所示的各種形狀之接觸面。 In a variation of the nineteenth embodiment, the contact surface of the conductor with the compressible insulating material 1979 can be formed into contact faces of various shapes as shown in Fig. 20. In another variation, the contact surface of the compressible insulating material 1979 with the conductor can be formed into contact surfaces of various shapes as shown in the twentieth diagram.

與第十九D圖類似,可壓縮絕緣材料1979與該導體的位置也可以互換。可壓縮絕緣材料1979可以與導體基座1975相接,而該導體可以連接在該可動元件1970的後端。當可動元件1970向後端移動時,該導體會導致可壓縮絕緣材料1979形變,使得該力感應電容的電容值產生變化。 Similar to the nineteenth D-drawing, the position of the compressible insulating material 1979 and the conductor can also be interchanged. The compressible insulating material 1979 can be attached to the conductor base 1975, and the conductor can be attached to the rear end of the movable element 1970. When the movable element 1970 moves toward the rear end, the conductor causes the compressible insulating material 1979 to deform, causing a change in the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor.

請參考第二十一圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一壓力感測器的一示意圖。如圖所示,該壓力感測器2110具有二個輸入端a,b以及一輸出端c,兩個輸入端a,b及輸出端c與一控制單元2120電連接。該控制單元 2120經由輸入端a與b分別將第一頻率(群組)F1與第二頻率(群組)F2輸入到該壓力感測器2110,並且藉由輸出端c接收該壓力感測器2110的輸出信號。該控制單元2120可以實施第六圖所示的方法。 Please refer to the twenty-first figure, which is a schematic diagram of a pressure sensor according to an embodiment of the invention. As shown, the pressure sensor 2110 has two input terminals a, b and an output terminal c. The two input terminals a, b and the output terminal c are electrically connected to a control unit 2120. Control unit The second frequency (group) F1 and the second frequency (group) F2 are respectively input to the pressure sensor 2110 via the input terminals a and b, and the output of the pressure sensor 2110 is received by the output terminal c. signal. The control unit 2120 can implement the method illustrated in the sixth figure.

當外界壓力驅動電容C1產生電容值的變化,亦可由控制單元2120解析出對應該電容值變化的壓力變化,藉此,本實施例之壓力感測器2110可廣泛應用於各種壓力測量裝置中,例如荷重感測計。在一應用中,上述壓力感測器2110亦可用於另一種觸控筆中,經由控制單元2120解析出觸控筆尖的所接收的壓力變化後,經由控制單元2120驅動一預定頻率f0的信號發射單元,將壓力變化傳送給觸控面板。 When the external pressure driving capacitor C1 generates a change in the capacitance value, the control unit 2120 can also analyze the pressure change corresponding to the change of the capacitance value, whereby the pressure sensor 2110 of the embodiment can be widely applied to various pressure measuring devices. For example, a load sensor. In an application, the pressure sensor 2110 can also be used in another type of stylus. After the received pressure change of the stylus tip is resolved by the control unit 2120, the signal transmission of a predetermined frequency f0 is driven via the control unit 2120. Unit that transmits pressure changes to the touch panel.

先前提過發信器110可以在接收由觸控面板120發送的燈塔信號之後的一段時間內,發送上述的電信號,讓觸控處理裝置130可以偵測到發信器110與其感測器的狀態。在持續一段第一時間沒有接收到上述燈塔信號時,發信器110可以是進入省電模式,間隔一偵測週期才偵測是否有燈塔信號,直到接收到燈塔信號後才重新持續地偵測燈塔信號,其中偵測週期大於燈塔信號的發送週期。 The pre-conditioner 110 can transmit the electrical signal for a period of time after receiving the beacon signal sent by the touch panel 120, so that the touch processing device 130 can detect the transmitter 110 and its sensor. status. When the bearer signal is not received for the first time, the transmitter 110 may enter the power saving mode, and detect whether there is a beacon signal after a detection period, until the beacon signal is received, and then continuously detect The beacon signal, wherein the detection period is greater than the transmission period of the beacon signal.

此外,在持續一段第二時間沒有接收到上述燈塔信號時,發信器110可以是進入睡眠模式,關閉發信器110的電路或控制器的大部份的電力,直到被喚醒。在本發明的一實施例中,在睡眠模式下,發信器110關閉接收燈塔信號與發送電信號的相關電路。前述的睡眠模式的喚醒,可以是在發信器110設置一按紐或開關,由使用者手動觸發按紐或開關來喚醒。在本發明另一實施例中,可以是使用第二十三A與B圖的實施例,或是第二十四A與B圖的實施例來喚醒。在筆尖段230接觸到物體之後,即可以令第一 連接埠的電位由低變高,進而讓發信器110發送電信號。 In addition, when the beacon signal is not received for a second period of time, the transmitter 110 may enter a sleep mode, turning off most of the power of the circuit or controller of the transmitter 110 until it is woken up. In an embodiment of the invention, in the sleep mode, the transmitter 110 turns off the associated circuitry that receives the beacon signal and transmits the electrical signal. In the wake-up of the sleep mode described above, a button or a switch may be set in the transmitter 110, and the user manually triggers a button or a switch to wake up. In another embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment of the twenty-third A and B diagrams, or the embodiment of the twenty-fourth A and B diagrams may be used to wake up. After the nib segment 230 contacts the object, the first The potential of the connection port is changed from low to high, thereby causing the transmitter 110 to transmit an electrical signal.

在本申請當中,加入環狀電極550的功能之一,可用於接收上述的燈塔信號,而不限於只透過筆尖段230來接收燈塔信號。由於環狀電極550的面積與體積要大於筆尖段230的尖端,因此可以在離觸控面板120較遠的地方接收到燈塔信號。或者是讓觸控面板120發送信號強度較弱的燈塔信號,用於減少觸控面板120的電力消耗。若在一段時間內未接收到燈塔信號,主動筆可以進入更深層的睡眠程度,以節省更多的電力消耗。在更深層的睡眠狀態下,使用者可以藉由點觸筆尖段230,來讓發信器110回復到正常運作的狀態。可以使用第二十三A與B圖的實施例,或是第二十四A與B圖的實施例來喚醒發信器110。在筆尖段230接觸到物體之後,即可以令第一連接埠的電位由低變高,進而讓發信器110發送電信號。 In the present application, one of the functions of the ring electrode 550 can be used to receive the above-described beacon signal without being limited to receiving the beacon signal only through the pen tip segment 230. Since the area and volume of the ring-shaped electrode 550 is larger than the tip end of the pen tip segment 230, the beacon signal can be received farther from the touch panel 120. Alternatively, the touch panel 120 is configured to transmit a beacon signal having a weak signal strength for reducing power consumption of the touch panel 120. If the beacon signal is not received for a period of time, the active pen can enter a deeper level of sleep to save more power consumption. In a deeper sleep state, the user can return the sender 110 to a normal operating state by tapping the tip segment 230. The transmitter 110 can be woken up using the embodiments of Figures 23A and B, or the embodiments of the twenty-fourth A and B diagrams. After the nib segment 230 contacts the object, the potential of the first port can be increased from low to high, thereby allowing the transmitter 110 to transmit an electrical signal.

當要在一個觸控面板120上操作複數支發信器110的時候,觸控面板120可以發出不同的燈塔信號,以便讓相應的發信器110在接收燈塔信號後的一段時間內發出主動信號。上述的發信器110也可以根據不同的燈塔信號,調整上述的第一信號源211、第二信號源212、與第三信號源513之頻率或調變方式,以利觸控處理裝置130偵測得知是哪一支發信器110的信號。同樣地,上述的不同燈塔信號可以採用不同的頻率或調變方式。 When a plurality of transmitters 110 are to be operated on a touch panel 120, the touch panel 120 can emit different beacon signals to cause the corresponding transmitter 110 to emit an active signal for a period of time after receiving the beacon signal. . The above-mentioned transmitter 110 can also adjust the frequency or modulation mode of the first signal source 211, the second signal source 212, and the third signal source 513 according to different beacon signals, so that the touch processing device 130 can detect It is detected which signal of the transmitter 110 is. Similarly, the different beacon signals described above may be of different frequencies or modulations.

請參考第二十二圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一壓力感測器的一示意圖。在此一實施例中,控制單元2220亦可饋入某一頻率的驅動信號到壓力感測器2210的一輸入端c,並接收由輸出端a,b輸出相應於第一電容C1與第二電容C2的電流量I1與I2至控制單元2220,再經由控制單元20利用兩者的比例值來計算感測值,從而判斷出壓力變化。該控制單元2220可以 實施第八圖所示的方法。在一應用中,該預定頻率的驅動信號亦可是由外界輸入至壓力感測器2220的一輸入端c中。 Please refer to the twenty-second figure, which is a schematic diagram of a pressure sensor according to an embodiment of the invention. In this embodiment, the control unit 2220 can also feed a driving signal of a certain frequency to an input terminal c of the pressure sensor 2210, and receive the output from the output terminal a, b corresponding to the first capacitor C1 and the second The current quantities I1 and I2 of the capacitor C2 are supplied to the control unit 2220, and the sensed value is calculated by the control unit 20 using the ratio values of the two, thereby determining the pressure change. The control unit 2220 can Implement the method shown in Figure 8. In an application, the drive signal of the predetermined frequency may also be input to an input c of the pressure sensor 2220 by the outside world.

請參考第二十三A與B圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的簡單開關的結構示意圖。在第二十三A圖所示的實施例中,總共有三層電路板。和先前的圖示相同,右方有一機械斜面。在機械斜面未向左推送之前,位於上層電路板的電路透過中間電路板導電線路,連接到下層電路板的電路。上層電路板的一第一接點p1分別連接到一電壓源(如Vdd)與一第一連接埠(GPIO1),在未發生垂直於觸控筆軸心方向的位移時,第一接點p1與中間電路板的一第二接點p2電性接觸。中間電路板另外具有一第三接點p3,第二接點p2與第三接點p3電性連接。下層電路板的一第四接點p4連接到一地面電位(如ground),也可以再接到一第二連接埠(GPIO2)。此外,第四接點p4與第三接點p3電性接觸。電壓源與第一連接埠GPIO1間連接一提升電阻,當上層電路板與中間電路板的電路為短路(第一接點p1與第二接點p2電性接觸),以及中間電路板與下層電路板的電路為短路(第三接點p3與第四接點p4電性接觸)時,第一連接埠GPIO1的電位為低電位或地面電位。 Please refer to the twenty-third A and B diagrams, which are schematic structural diagrams of a simple switch according to an embodiment of the present invention. In the embodiment shown in Fig. 23A, there are a total of three layers of boards. As with the previous illustration, there is a mechanical bevel on the right. Before the mechanical bevel is pushed to the left, the circuit on the upper circuit board is connected to the circuit of the lower circuit board through the intermediate circuit board conductive line. A first contact p1 of the upper circuit board is respectively connected to a voltage source (such as Vdd) and a first connection port (GPIO1). When no displacement perpendicular to the direction of the stylus axis occurs, the first contact p1 It is in electrical contact with a second contact p2 of the intermediate circuit board. The intermediate circuit board additionally has a third contact p3, and the second contact p2 is electrically connected to the third contact p3. A fourth contact p4 of the lower circuit board is connected to a ground potential (such as ground), and may also be connected to a second connection port (GPIO2). In addition, the fourth contact p4 is in electrical contact with the third contact p3. A voltage is connected between the voltage source and the first port GPIO1, and the circuit of the upper circuit board and the intermediate circuit board are short-circuited (the first contact p1 is in electrical contact with the second contact p2), and the intermediate circuit board and the lower circuit When the circuit of the board is short-circuited (the third contact p3 is in electrical contact with the fourth contact p4), the potential of the first connection 埠 GPIO1 is a low potential or a ground potential.

請參考第二十三B圖,在接收到壓力之後,機械斜面會往左推送,將對上層電路板與下層電路板的接觸端造成形變。在形變之後,上層電路板與中間電路板的電路為開路(第一接點p1與第二接點p2沒有電性接觸),或中間電路板與下層電路板的電路為開路(第三接點p3與第四接點p4沒有電性接觸),則第一連接埠GPIO1的電位為電壓源Vdd的電位。 Referring to Figure 23B, after receiving the pressure, the mechanical ramp will push to the left, causing the contact between the upper circuit board and the lower circuit board to be deformed. After the deformation, the circuit of the upper circuit board and the intermediate circuit board is open (the first contact p1 has no electrical contact with the second contact p2), or the circuit of the intermediate circuit board and the lower circuit board is open (the third contact) P3 has no electrical contact with the fourth contact p4), and the potential of the first port GPIO1 is the potential of the voltage source Vdd.

當第一連接埠GPIO1的電位由低轉高時,可以令睡眠模式下的發信器110被喚醒。如同先前所提的,上層電路板與下層電路板之外可以 附有支撐元件,以便在機械斜面的力量消失後,讓上層電路板與下層電路板回復原狀,第一連接埠的電位由高轉低。前述的第一連接埠與第二連接埠可以是發信器110內的處理器的接腳。 When the potential of the first port GPIO1 goes from low to high, the transmitter 110 in the sleep mode can be awakened. As mentioned earlier, the upper and lower boards can be A supporting member is attached to return the upper circuit board and the lower circuit board to the original state after the power of the mechanical bevel disappears, and the potential of the first connecting port is changed from high to low. The aforementioned first port and second port may be pins of a processor within the transmitter 110.

請參考第二十四A與B圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的簡單開關的結構示意圖。第二十三A圖與第八B圖的實施例當中具有兩個斷口,無論是任何一個斷口呈現開路,都可以讓第一連接埠的電位由低轉高。第二十四A與B圖的實施例,只具有一個斷口,電路從中間電路板連接到地面電位。當上層電路板與中間電路板的電路為短路時,第一連接埠GPIO1的電位為低電位或地面電位。當上層電路板與中間電路板的電路為開路時,第一連接埠GPIO1的電位為電壓源的電位。在第二十四A與B圖中,第二接點p2電性連接於第二連接埠GPIO2。 Please refer to the twenty-fourth A and B diagrams, which are schematic structural diagrams of a simple switch according to an embodiment of the present invention. In the embodiment of the twenty-third A and eighth embodiments, there are two fractures, and any one of the fractures exhibits an open circuit, and the potential of the first connection port can be changed from low to high. The embodiment of the twenty-fourth A and B diagrams has only one break and the circuit is connected from the intermediate circuit board to the ground potential. When the circuit of the upper circuit board and the intermediate circuit board is short-circuited, the potential of the first connection 埠 GPIO1 is a low potential or a ground potential. When the circuits of the upper circuit board and the intermediate circuit board are open, the potential of the first connection 埠 GPIO1 is the potential of the voltage source. In the twenty-fourth A and B diagrams, the second junction p2 is electrically connected to the second port GPIO2.

請參考第二十五圖,本發明提供一種推斷筆尖位置的示意圖。在圖上有兩支發信器110,都包含有環狀電極550與筆尖段230。左邊的發信器110與觸控面板120呈現垂直狀態,其夾角接近或等於90度,右邊的發信器110與觸控面板120的夾角小於90度。而觸控面板120的表面透明層具有厚度。一般來說,該表面透明層通常是一強化玻璃,而顯示層是位在透明層的下方。 Referring to the twenty-fifth diagram, the present invention provides a schematic diagram for inferring the position of the nib. There are two transmitters 110 on the drawing, both of which include a ring electrode 550 and a tip segment 230. The transmitter 110 on the left and the touch panel 120 are in a vertical state with an angle close to or equal to 90 degrees, and the angle between the right transmitter 110 and the touch panel 120 is less than 90 degrees. The surface transparent layer of the touch panel 120 has a thickness. Generally, the surface transparent layer is typically a tempered glass and the display layer is positioned below the transparent layer.

由於發信器110在R時段從環狀電極550與/或筆尖段230發出電信號,因此觸控處理裝置130可以計算出信號的重心位置R_cg,相應於環狀電極550與筆尖段230投影於觸控面板120的中心位置。接著,在T0與T1時段,發信器110只透過筆尖段230發出電信號。觸控處理裝置130可以計算出信號的重心位置Tip_cg,相應於筆尖段230投影於觸控面板120的中心位置。 Since the transmitter 110 emits an electrical signal from the ring electrode 550 and/or the pen tip segment 230 during the R period, the touch processing device 130 can calculate the center of gravity position R_cg of the signal, corresponding to the annular electrode 550 and the tip segment 230 projected thereon. The center position of the touch panel 120. Next, during the T0 and T1 periods, the transmitter 110 transmits an electrical signal only through the tip segment 230. The touch processing device 130 can calculate the center of gravity position Tip_cg of the signal, corresponding to the pen tip segment 230 projected on the center position of the touch panel 120.

如第二十五圖左邊的發信器110,當其垂直於觸控面板120時,R_cg等於或非常接近Tip_cg。因此,可以推斷其筆尖接觸觸控面板120之表面透明層的點,Tip_surface就等於上述的R_cg與Tip_cg。還可以推斷筆尖投影於觸控面板120之顯示層的點,Tip_display即等於上述的R_cg、Tip_cg、與Tip_surface。 As the transmitter 110 on the left side of the twenty-fifth figure, when it is perpendicular to the touch panel 120, R_cg is equal to or very close to Tip_cg. Therefore, it can be inferred that the tip of the pen touches the surface transparent layer of the touch panel 120, and the Tip_surface is equal to the above-mentioned R_cg and Tip_cg. It can also be inferred that the tip of the pen is projected on the display layer of the touch panel 120, and the Tip_display is equal to the R_cg, Tip_cg, and Tip_surface described above.

如第二十五圖右邊的發信器110,由於與觸控面板120夾了一個傾角,因此R_cg不等於Tip_cg。可以想見的是,當兩者的距離越遠,表示傾角越大。根據不同的發信器110設計,觸控處理裝置130可以根據上述的兩個重心位置R_cg與Tip_cg,查表或計算出上述的傾角,或者推算出筆尖段230之尖端接觸觸控面板120之表面透明層與顯示層的點Tip_surface與Tip_display。 As the transmitter 110 on the right side of the twenty-fifth figure, R_cg is not equal to Tip_cg because it has an inclination angle with the touch panel 120. It is conceivable that the further the distance between the two, the greater the inclination. According to different transmitter 110 designs, the touch processing device 130 can look up or calculate the tilt angle according to the two center of gravity positions R_cg and Tip_cg, or calculate that the tip end of the tip portion 230 contacts the surface of the touch panel 120. The transparent layer and the display layer point Tip_surface and Tip_display.

請參考第二十六圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一計算傾斜角的示意圖。本實施例適用於第五圖所示的發信器110,其具有一環狀電極550。本實施例適用於第九E圖與第九F圖所示的信號調變模式,由第一圖所示的觸控處理裝置130執行本實施例所示的方法,還可以參酌第二十五圖的實施例。 Please refer to the twenty-sixth figure, which is a schematic diagram of calculating a tilt angle according to an embodiment of the present invention. This embodiment is applicable to the transmitter 110 shown in the fifth figure, which has an annular electrode 550. The embodiment is applicable to the signal modulation mode shown in the ninth E and the ninth F. The touch processing device 130 shown in the first embodiment performs the method shown in this embodiment, and may also refer to the twenty-fifth. An embodiment of the figure.

在步驟2610當中,計算環狀電極550與/或筆尖段230在觸控面板120上的一第一中心位置R_cg。在步驟2620當中,計算筆尖段230在觸控面板120上的一第二中心位置Tip_cg。本發明並不限定這兩個步驟2610與2620所執行的先後順序。接著,於可選的步驟2630當中,根據第一中心位置R_cg與第二中心位置Tip_cg,計算一傾斜角。於可選的步驟2640當中,根據第一中心位置R_cg與第二中心位置Tip_cg,計算筆尖段230在觸控面板120表面層 的表面位置Tip_surface。於可選的步驟2650當中,根據第一中心位置R_cg與第二中心位置Tip_cg,計算筆尖段230在觸控面板120顯示層的顯示位置Tip_display。本發明並不限定必須執行步驟2630至2650,但至少需要執行其中之一。本發明也不限定步驟2630至2650所執行的順序。 In step 2610, a first center position R_cg of the ring electrode 550 and/or the pen tip segment 230 on the touch panel 120 is calculated. In step 2620, a second center position Tip_cg of the nib segment 230 on the touch panel 120 is calculated. The present invention does not limit the order in which the two steps 2610 and 2620 are performed. Next, in an optional step 2630, a tilt angle is calculated based on the first center position R_cg and the second center position Tip_cg. In an optional step 2640, the pen tip segment 230 is calculated on the surface layer of the touch panel 120 according to the first center position R_cg and the second center position Tip_cg. The surface position Tip_surface. In an optional step 2650, the display position Tip_display of the pen tip segment 230 on the display layer of the touch panel 120 is calculated according to the first central position R_cg and the second central position Tip_cg. The invention is not limited to having to perform steps 2630 through 2650, but at least one of them needs to be performed. The present invention also does not limit the order in which steps 2630 through 2650 are performed.

請參考第二十七圖所示,其為顯示介面反應前述傾斜角與/或壓力之筆觸的實施例。第二十七圖包含五組橫排的實施例(a)到(e),每一組包含三個傾斜角(inclination),最左邊的直排表示主動筆沒有傾斜角的情況,右邊範例之第二傾斜角大於中間範例的第一傾斜角,其傾斜角的方向均朝向右邊。這裡所謂的筆觸,通常是在繪圖軟體中,顯示在畫面的著色範圍。 Please refer to the twenty-seventh figure, which is an embodiment in which the display interface reflects the aforementioned tilt angle and/or pressure stroke. The twenty-seventh diagram contains five sets of horizontal embodiments (a) to (e), each set containing three inclinations, the leftmost straight row indicating that the active pen has no tilt angle, and the right example The second tilt angle is greater than the first tilt angle of the intermediate example, and the direction of the tilt angle is toward the right. The so-called strokes here are usually displayed in the drawing software and displayed in the color range of the screen.

值得注意的是,在本實施例中,未必要使用第二十五圖與第二十六圖的環狀電極來計算傾角與筆尖段230尖端接觸觸控面板120之表面透明層與顯示層的點Tip_surface與Tip_display。在一實施例中,可以在筆上裝置其他的感測器來量測傾角。比方說,以微機電製成的慣性量測單元(IMU,inertial measurement unit)、陀螺儀(gyroscope)、加速度計(accelerometer)等,對傾角進行量測後,透過各種有線或無線的傳輸方式將傾角與/或傾角所衍生出的各式數據傳送到觸控面板所屬的計算機系統,以利該計算機系統實作第十圖所示的各個實施例。上述的有線或無線的傳輸方式,可以是工業標準或是自訂的標準,比方為藍芽無線通信協定或Wireless USB等。 It should be noted that, in this embodiment, it is not necessary to use the ring electrodes of the twenty-fifth and twenty-sixth figures to calculate the inclination angle and the tip end of the tip portion 230 contacting the surface transparent layer and the display layer of the touch panel 120. Tap Tip_surface and Tip_display. In an embodiment, other sensors may be mounted on the pen to measure the tilt angle. For example, an inertial measurement unit (IMU), a gyroscope, an accelerometer, etc., which are made of MEMS, measure the tilt angle and transmit it through various wired or wireless transmission methods. The various data derived from the tilt angle and/or the tilt angle are transmitted to the computer system to which the touch panel belongs, so that the computer system implements the various embodiments shown in FIG. The above wired or wireless transmission methods may be industry standards or custom standards, such as Bluetooth wireless communication protocol or Wireless USB.

在此假定第二十七圖內,各個實施例的主動筆均用相同的壓力接觸觸控面板。在某個實施例中,每個橫線與直線的交會點,代表著上述筆尖段實際接觸觸控面板之表面透明層的點Tip_surface。在另外的實施例 中,每個橫線與直線的交會點,代表著筆尖信號的重心位置Tip_cg。當然,於其他實施例中,也可以表示上述筆尖投影於觸控面板之顯示層的點Tip_display。為了方便起見,可以統稱為筆尖代表點Tip,此筆尖代表點可以是上述的Tip_display、Tip_surface或Tip_cg。 It is assumed herein that in the twenty-seventh diagram, the active pens of the respective embodiments all contact the touch panel with the same pressure. In an embodiment, the intersection of each horizontal line and the straight line represents a point Tip_surface at which the pen tip segment actually contacts the surface transparent layer of the touch panel. In another embodiment In the middle, the intersection of each horizontal line and the straight line represents the position of the center of gravity Tip_cg of the nib signal. Of course, in other embodiments, the point Tip_display of the pen tip projected on the display layer of the touch panel may also be indicated. For convenience, it may be collectively referred to as a nib representative point Tip, which may be the above-mentioned Tip_display, Tip_surface or Tip_cg.

在實施例(a)當中,當傾斜角增加時,筆觸的形狀會從圓形變成橢圓形。換言之,橢圓形的雙焦點之間的距離與傾角相關。傾角越大,則橢圓形的雙焦點之間的距離越大。而橢圓形的中心點即為上述的筆尖代表點Tip。 In the embodiment (a), when the inclination angle is increased, the shape of the stroke is changed from a circular shape to an elliptical shape. In other words, the distance between the elliptical bifocal points is related to the tilt angle. The larger the angle of inclination, the greater the distance between the elliptical bifocal points. The center point of the ellipse is the above-mentioned nib representative point Tip.

實施例(b)與實施例(a)的不同之處在於,橢圓形雙焦點的中心延伸線與橢圓形線的交會點,為上述的筆尖代表點Tip。實施例(c)與實施例(a)的不同之處在於,橢圓形雙焦點的其中一個焦點,為上述的筆尖代表點Tip。實施例(d)及(e)與實施例(a)的不同之處在於,筆觸的形狀從橢圓形改為淚滴型。實施例(d)的淚滴型尖端,為上述的筆尖代表點Tip。實施例(e)的淚滴型尖端朝向尾端的某處,為上述的筆尖代表點Tip。 The embodiment (b) is different from the embodiment (a) in that the intersection point of the center extension line of the elliptical bifocal point and the elliptical line is the above-mentioned nib representative point Tip. The embodiment (c) is different from the embodiment (a) in that one of the focal points of the elliptical bifocal point is the above-mentioned nib representative point Tip. The embodiments (d) and (e) differ from the embodiment (a) in that the shape of the stroke is changed from an elliptical shape to a teardrop type. The teardrop tip of the embodiment (d) is the tip point Tip described above. The teardrop type tip of the embodiment (e) is directed to somewhere at the end, which is the above-mentioned nib representative point Tip.

儘管在第二十七圖當中,舉出了兩種形狀與所表示的不同點,但本申請並不限定筆觸的形狀與其表示的點之種類。除此之外,在一實施例中,筆尖的壓力可以控制上述形狀的大小,比方說壓力大小與圓形的半徑相關,或是與橢圓形之雙焦點的距離相關。總而言之,人機介面可以根據主動筆的筆尖壓力值與/或傾角來變換顯示的內容。 Although in the twenty-seventh embodiment, the two shapes are different from the points indicated, the present application does not limit the shape of the stroke and the kind of points it represents. In addition, in one embodiment, the pressure of the nib can control the size of the shape described above, such as the magnitude of the pressure associated with the radius of the circle or the distance from the bifocal point of the ellipse. In summary, the human-machine interface can change the displayed content according to the pen tip pressure value and/or the tilt angle of the active pen.

除了更動筆觸的形狀之外,上述的筆尖壓力值與/或傾斜角值也可以表示不同的命令。比方說,在三維設計軟體當中,可以透過傾斜角來調整光源的色溫,或是光源的強度,抑或是光源的照射廣度。又或者 是當筆尖選擇某一物件之後,透過傾斜角的方向,可以調整物件的指向,還可以根據傾斜角的角度,調整物件的旋轉方向。 In addition to changing the shape of the stroke, the above-described nib pressure value and/or tilt angle value may also represent different commands. For example, in the 3D design software, the color temperature of the light source, or the intensity of the light source, or the illumination range of the light source can be adjusted by the tilt angle. or When the tip of the pen selects an object, the direction of the object can be adjusted by the direction of the tilt angle, and the direction of rotation of the object can be adjusted according to the angle of the tilt angle.

值得注意的是,本發明並不限定傾斜角與其相關的值的關係為線性的。在某些實施例中,傾斜角與其相關值的關係可以是非線性的,可以利用查表對照,或是以二次函數進行對照。 It should be noted that the present invention does not limit the relationship between the tilt angle and its associated value as linear. In some embodiments, the relationship of the tilt angle to its associated value may be non-linear, may be looked up using a look-up table, or may be a quadratic function.

請參考第二十八圖所示,其為在顯示介面反應前述傾角與/或壓力之筆觸的另一實施例。第二十八圖包含兩個實施例(a)與(b),每個實施例包含左右兩個筆觸(stroke)。左邊的筆觸之傾斜角為零,包含五個由小到大的圓形C1至C5,其圓形的大小是根據筆尖的壓力值而定。右邊的筆觸帶有某一固定的傾斜角,包含五個由小到大的橢圓形E1至E5,其橢圓形的大小也是根據筆尖的壓力值而定,且相同於C1至C5的壓力值。除此之外,根據其傾斜角的方向,這些橢圓形E1至E5的軸心方向都是傾斜30度的,而且傾斜角的方向(inclination direction)與筆觸中心的方向(stroke direction)是不同的。在此圖當中,兩者夾了15度角。 Please refer to the twenty-eighth figure, which is another embodiment of the brush stroke that reflects the aforementioned inclination and/or pressure at the display interface. The twenty-eighth figure contains two embodiments (a) and (b), each of which contains two left and right strokes. The left hand stroke has a tilt angle of zero and contains five small to large circles C1 to C5, the size of which depends on the pressure value of the pen tip. The stroke on the right has a fixed inclination angle, including five small to large ovals E1 to E5, and the size of the ellipse is also determined according to the pressure value of the nib and is the same as the pressure value of C1 to C5. In addition, according to the direction of the inclination angle, the axial directions of the elliptical shapes E1 to E5 are inclined by 30 degrees, and the inclination direction of the inclination angle is different from the stroke direction of the stroke center. . In this picture, the two are clipped at a 15 degree angle.

第二十八圖的(a)實施例相應於第二十七圖的(a)實施例,意即橢圓形的中心點相應於上述的筆尖代表點Tip。同樣地,第二十八圖的(b)實施例相應於第二十七圖的(b)實施例,橢圓形雙焦點的中心延伸線與橢圓形線的交會點,為上述的筆尖代表點Tip。由第二十八圖的兩個實施例中可以見到,在同樣的壓力變化之下,由於傾斜角的不同,而會導致筆觸整體形狀的不同。藉此,可以利用壓力值與傾斜角來表現某些軟性彈性筆尖之筆觸,比方說毛筆(brush pen)或鵝毛筆(quill pen)等。 The (a) embodiment of the twenty-eighth diagram corresponds to the (a) embodiment of the twenty-seventh diagram, meaning that the center point of the ellipse corresponds to the above-described nib representative point Tip. Similarly, the embodiment (b) of the twenty-eighth diagram corresponds to the embodiment (b) of the twenty-seventh diagram, and the intersection point of the center extension line of the elliptical bifocal point and the elliptical line is the above-mentioned nib representative point. Tip. It can be seen from the two embodiments of the twenty-eighth figure that under the same pressure change, due to the difference in the inclination angle, the overall shape of the brush stroke is different. Thereby, the pressure value and the tilt angle can be used to express the strokes of some soft elastic tip, such as a brush pen or a quill pen.

在本發明的一實施例中,觸控面板120所包含的第一電極121 與第二電極122之間的平行間距,大於筆尖段230的筆尖。如第二十五圖所示,筆尖段230的筆尖在傾斜時,可能與觸控面板120有較大的接觸面積。但在一典型的範例中,上述的筆尖接觸面積的直徑最多約1mm,而兩個相鄰第一電極121或第二電極122之間的間距可以為4mm到5mm之寬。換言之,筆尖段230位於第一電極121或第二電極122上方的機率將遠小於筆尖段230位於第一電極121或第二電極122之間的機率。 In an embodiment of the invention, the first electrode 121 included in the touch panel 120 The parallel spacing between the second electrode 122 and the second electrode 122 is greater than the tip of the nib segment 230. As shown in the twenty-fifth figure, when the nib of the nib section 230 is inclined, it may have a large contact area with the touch panel 120. However, in a typical example, the diameter of the nib contact area is up to about 1 mm, and the spacing between two adjacent first electrodes 121 or second electrodes 122 may be as wide as 4 mm to 5 mm. In other words, the probability that the nib segment 230 is above the first electrode 121 or the second electrode 122 will be much less than the probability that the nib segment 230 is between the first electrode 121 or the second electrode 122.

請參考第三十五圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的發信器信號強度的示意圖。在圖上方的(a)部分,為觸控面板120的一部份,其包含兩條相鄰的第一電極121a與121b。當觸控處理裝置130偵測發信器110的所發出的電信號強度的一比例值,以便得知筆尖段230所受的壓力時,會分別偵測所有第一電極121所感應的電信號。當筆尖段230在觸控面板120上的移動軌跡為3510,且假定其發出相同強度的電信號時,觸控處理裝置130所得到的相應電信號強度可能如(b)部分所示,為一條弦波線段3520。 Please refer to the thirty-fifth figure, which is a schematic diagram of the signal strength of the transmitter according to an embodiment of the invention. In part (a) of the figure, a part of the touch panel 120 includes two adjacent first electrodes 121a and 121b. When the touch processing device 130 detects a proportional value of the electrical signal strength of the transmitter 110 to know the pressure received by the pen tip segment 230, the electrical signals sensed by all the first electrodes 121 are respectively detected. . When the movement trajectory of the nib segment 230 on the touch panel 120 is 3510, and it is assumed that it emits an electrical signal of the same intensity, the corresponding electrical signal strength obtained by the touch processing device 130 may be as shown in part (b). The chord line segment 3520.

如第三十五圖的(b)部分所示,當筆尖段230靠近或位於第一電極121a或121b的上方時,所收到的電信號的總強度最大。而當筆尖段230位於兩個相鄰的第一電極121a與121b的中間時,所收到的電信號總強度最小。換言之,當位於電極上方時,發信器110發出的電信號強度與雜訊訊號強度的信噪比最高;反之,當位於相鄰電極的中間時,發信器110發出的電信號強度與雜訊訊號強度的信噪比最低。由於本發明可以利用電信號當中兩組頻率的信號之一比例值來推估某感測器的感測值,例如筆尖段230所受的壓力值。儘管在信號強度3520的任何一點,理論上其比例值都是相同的,但若是取到信噪比低的樣本,所推估的比例值可能會受到噪訊影響,而提 高其誤差程度。因此,本發明的特徵之一,在於選擇信號強度高的樣本,或是選擇信噪比高的樣本,進而計算其內含的不同頻率信號的比例值。從而推算出某感測器的感測值。 As shown in part (b) of the thirty-fifth diagram, when the nib segment 230 is near or above the first electrode 121a or 121b, the total intensity of the received electrical signal is greatest. When the nib segment 230 is located between the two adjacent first electrodes 121a and 121b, the total intensity of the received electrical signal is minimal. In other words, when located above the electrode, the signal-to-noise ratio of the electrical signal strength and the noise signal strength emitted by the transmitter 110 is the highest; conversely, when located in the middle of the adjacent electrode, the electrical signal strength and the noise emitted by the transmitter 110 are different. The signal strength has the lowest signal to noise ratio. Since the present invention can utilize the proportional value of one of the two sets of frequencies in the electrical signal to estimate the sensed value of a sensor, such as the pressure value experienced by the nib segment 230. Although at any point of the signal strength 3520, the ratio is theoretically the same, if the sample with low signal-to-noise ratio is taken, the estimated ratio may be affected by noise. High degree of error. Therefore, one of the features of the present invention is to select a sample with a high signal strength or to select a sample with a high signal-to-noise ratio, and then calculate a proportional value of the different frequency signals contained therein. Thus, the sensed value of a certain sensor is derived.

請參考第三十六圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的觸控面板120的分區示意圖。觸控處理裝置130連接到上述觸控面板120的多條第一電極121與多條第二電極122。在一實施例中,觸控處理裝置130可以分時或同時對多條第一電極121進行電信號的偵測,也可以分時或同時對多條第二電極122進行電信號的偵測。 Please refer to the thirty-sixth figure, which is a schematic diagram of a partition of the touch panel 120 according to an embodiment of the invention. The touch processing device 130 is connected to the plurality of first electrodes 121 and the plurality of second electrodes 122 of the touch panel 120 . In one embodiment, the touch processing device 130 can detect the electrical signals of the plurality of first electrodes 121 in a time-sharing manner or simultaneously, and can also detect the electrical signals of the plurality of second electrodes 122 in a time-sharing manner or simultaneously.

在某一實施例中,觸控處理裝置130可以同時對多條第一電極121與多條第二電極122進行偵測。在此實施例中,當發信器110的筆尖段230位於兩條第一電極121與第二電極122交會區附近的區域3610、3630、3670、或3690時,透過第一電極121所偵測到的信號強度,大約與透過第二電極122所偵測到的信號強度相當。例如當筆尖段230位於區域3670時,由第一電極121a和由第二電極122b所偵測到的信號強度大致相同。同樣地,當筆尖段230位於區域3650時,透過第一電極121所偵測到的信號強度,大約與透過第二電極122所偵測到的信號強度相當。 In one embodiment, the touch processing device 130 can detect the plurality of first electrodes 121 and the plurality of second electrodes 122 at the same time. In this embodiment, when the pen tip segment 230 of the transmitter 110 is located in the region 3610, 3630, 3670, or 3690 near the intersection of the two first electrodes 121 and the second electrode 122, the first electrode 121 detects The resulting signal strength is approximately equivalent to the signal strength detected by the second electrode 122. For example, when the nib segment 230 is in the region 3670, the signal strength detected by the first electrode 121a and the second electrode 122b is substantially the same. Similarly, when the nib segment 230 is located in the region 3650, the signal intensity detected by the first electrode 121 is approximately equal to the signal strength detected by the second electrode 122.

在此實施例中,當筆尖段230落在區域3620與3680時,由第一電極121所偵測到的信號強度要大於由第二電極122所偵測到的信號強度。同樣地,當筆尖段230落在區域3640與3660時,由第二電極122所偵測到的信號強度要大於由第一電極121所偵測到的信號強度。 In this embodiment, when the nib segment 230 falls in the regions 3620 and 3680, the signal intensity detected by the first electrode 121 is greater than the signal intensity detected by the second electrode 122. Similarly, when the nib segment 230 falls in the regions 3640 and 3660, the signal intensity detected by the second electrode 122 is greater than the signal intensity detected by the first electrode 121.

在某一實施例中,觸控處理裝置130可以分別對多條第一電極121與多條第二電極122進行偵測。例如先對多條第一電極121進行偵測, 此時的多條第二電極122是接地的。反之,在對多條第二電極122進行偵測時,多條第一電極是接地的。在此實施例中,當發信器110的筆尖段230位於兩條第一電極121與第二電極122交會區附近的區域3610、3630、3670、與3690時,透過第一電極121a所偵測到的信號,大約與透過第二電極122所偵測到的信號強度相當。例如當筆尖段230位於區域3670時,由第一電極121a和由第二電極122b所偵測到的信號強度大致相同。同樣地,當筆尖段230位於區域3650時,透過第一電極121所偵測到的信號強度,大約與透過第二電極122所偵測到的信號強度相當。 In one embodiment, the touch processing device 130 can detect the plurality of first electrodes 121 and the plurality of second electrodes 122 respectively. For example, detecting a plurality of first electrodes 121 first, The plurality of second electrodes 122 at this time are grounded. On the contrary, when detecting the plurality of second electrodes 122, the plurality of first electrodes are grounded. In this embodiment, when the pen tip segment 230 of the transmitter 110 is located in the regions 3610, 3630, 3670, and 3690 near the intersection of the two first electrodes 121 and the second electrode 122, the first electrode 121a is detected. The resulting signal is approximately equivalent to the signal strength detected by the second electrode 122. For example, when the nib segment 230 is in the region 3670, the signal strength detected by the first electrode 121a and the second electrode 122b is substantially the same. Similarly, when the nib segment 230 is located in the region 3650, the signal intensity detected by the first electrode 121 is approximately equal to the signal strength detected by the second electrode 122.

在此實施例中,當筆尖段230落在區域3620與3680時,由第一電極121所偵測到的信號強度要大於由第二電極122所偵測到的信號強度。同樣地,當筆尖段230落在區域3640與3660時,由第二電極122所偵測到的信號強度要大於由第一電極121所偵測到的信號強度。除此之外,由於進行偵測時,有一半的電極是接地的。因此在一範例中,若是由第一電極121a或121b負責偵測,則筆尖段230位於區域3650的信號強度,會高於筆尖段230位於區域3620或3680的信號強度,因為筆尖段230所發出的電信號的部分會隨著第二電極122a或122b接地去了。同樣地,在另一範例中,若是由第二電極122a或122b負責偵測,則筆尖段230位於區域3650的信號強度,會高於筆尖段230位於區域3640或3660的信號強度,因為筆尖段230所發出的電信號的部分會隨著第一電極121a或121b接地去了。 In this embodiment, when the nib segment 230 falls in the regions 3620 and 3680, the signal intensity detected by the first electrode 121 is greater than the signal intensity detected by the second electrode 122. Similarly, when the nib segment 230 falls in the regions 3640 and 3660, the signal intensity detected by the second electrode 122 is greater than the signal intensity detected by the first electrode 121. In addition, half of the electrodes are grounded due to detection. Therefore, in an example, if the first electrode 121a or 121b is responsible for detecting, the signal intensity of the pen tip segment 230 in the region 3650 may be higher than the signal intensity of the pen tip segment 230 at the region 3620 or 3680, because the pen tip segment 230 is emitted. The portion of the electrical signal is grounded with the second electrode 122a or 122b. Similarly, in another example, if the second electrode 122a or 122b is responsible for detecting, the signal strength of the nib segment 230 at the region 3650 may be higher than the signal strength of the nib segment 230 at the region 3640 or 3660, because the nib segment A portion of the electrical signal emitted by 230 is grounded with the first electrode 121a or 121b.

在上述的實施例中,必須先確定筆尖段230位於哪一塊區域,從而選擇相應的第一電極121或第二電極122。在一實施例中,當判斷筆尖段230位於第一電極121與第二電極122交會點的第一類區域,如區域 3610、3630、3670與3690時,選擇相應的第一電極121或第二電極122的電信號做進一步的分析計算。當判斷筆尖段230位於第一電極121與第二電極122交會點之間的第二類區域,例如區域3650時,同樣地選擇相應的四個第一電極121與第二電極122其中之一的電信號做進一步的分析計算。比方說,選擇第一電極121a、第一電極121b、第二電極122a或第二電極122b的其中之一做進一步的分析計算。當判斷筆尖段230位於第一電極121或第二電極122附近,且不在第一電極121與第二電極122交會點附近的第三類區域時,選擇相應的第一電極121或第二電極122的電信號做進一步的分析計算。比方判斷筆尖段230落在區域3630時,選擇第二電極122a的電信號做進一步的分析計算。當判斷筆尖段230落在區域3680時,選擇第二電極122b的電信號做進一步的分析計算。當判斷筆尖段230落在區域3640時,選擇第一電極121a的電信號做進一步的分析計算。當判斷筆尖段230落在區域3660時,選擇第一電極121b的電信號做進一步的分析計算。 In the above embodiment, it is necessary to first determine which region of the nib segment 230 is located, thereby selecting the corresponding first electrode 121 or second electrode 122. In an embodiment, when it is determined that the nib segment 230 is located in a first type of region where the first electrode 121 and the second electrode 122 meet, such as an area At 3610, 3630, 3670, and 3690, the electrical signals of the corresponding first electrode 121 or second electrode 122 are selected for further analytical calculation. When it is determined that the nib segment 230 is located in a second type of region between the intersection of the first electrode 121 and the second electrode 122, such as the region 3650, one of the corresponding four first electrodes 121 and the second electrode 122 is similarly selected. The electrical signal is further analyzed and calculated. For example, one of the first electrode 121a, the first electrode 121b, the second electrode 122a, or the second electrode 122b is selected for further analytical calculation. When it is determined that the nib segment 230 is located near the first electrode 121 or the second electrode 122 and is not in the third type region near the intersection of the first electrode 121 and the second electrode 122, the corresponding first electrode 121 or second electrode 122 is selected. The electrical signal is further analyzed and calculated. For example, when it is determined that the nib segment 230 falls in the region 3630, the electrical signal of the second electrode 122a is selected for further analytical calculation. When it is determined that the nib segment 230 is in the region 3680, the electrical signal of the second electrode 122b is selected for further analytical calculation. When it is determined that the nib segment 230 falls within the region 3640, the electrical signal of the first electrode 121a is selected for further analytical calculation. When it is determined that the nib segment 230 falls in the region 3660, the electrical signal of the first electrode 121b is selected for further analytical calculation.

在某些實施例中,上述的分析計算可以包含將所選擇的電極連接之接收端的增益值拉高,以增加其信噪比。由於噪訊可能來自於接收端的內部電路,源自於此的噪訊值可能是一個常數。拉高所選擇電極的增益值,可以使信噪比增加。 In some embodiments, the analytical calculation described above can include pulling the gain value of the receiving end of the selected electrode connection to increase its signal to noise ratio. Since the noise may come from the internal circuitry at the receiving end, the noise value derived from this may be a constant. Pulling up the gain value of the selected electrode can increase the signal-to-noise ratio.

在某些實施例中,上述的分析計算也可以包含將相應的電極所偵測的信號值相加,也可能增加其信噪比。由於噪訊可能來自於接收端的內部電路,源自於此的噪訊值可能是一個常數。將相鄰電極所偵測的信號值相加,可以使信噪比增加。比方說,當筆尖段落在上述的第一類與第二類區域時,可以將相鄰的電極所偵測的信號值相加。比方說,當判斷筆 尖段230落在區域3650時,可以將第一電極121a與121b的信號相加;也可以將第二電極122a與122b的的信號相加;還可以將第一電極121a與121b以及第二電極122a與122b的的信號相加。又例如說,當判斷筆尖段230落在區域3610時,可以將第一電極121a與第二電極122b的信號相加。 In some embodiments, the above analysis calculation may also include adding the signal values detected by the corresponding electrodes, and may also increase the signal to noise ratio thereof. Since the noise may come from the internal circuitry at the receiving end, the noise value derived from this may be a constant. Adding the signal values detected by adjacent electrodes increases the signal-to-noise ratio. For example, when the pen tip segment is in the first type and the second type region described above, the signal values detected by the adjacent electrodes can be added. For example, when judging the pen When the tip segment 230 falls in the region 3650, the signals of the first electrodes 121a and 121b may be added; the signals of the second electrodes 122a and 122b may be added; the first electrodes 121a and 121b and the second electrode may also be added. The signals of 122a and 122b are added. For another example, when it is determined that the nib segment 230 falls in the region 3610, the signals of the first electrode 121a and the second electrode 122b may be added.

在一實施例中,本發明也可以令增益值加大後所偵測的信號值相加,接著取得其中兩組頻率信號的一比例值。 In an embodiment, the present invention may also add the detected signal values after the gain value is increased, and then obtain a proportional value of the two sets of frequency signals.

假定觸控面板120包含M條第一電極121與N條第二電極122,觸控處理裝置130偵測信號所得為M+N個結果。可以直接取其中信號強度最大的一個結果進行分析,也可以直接取其中信號強度最大的數個結果相加後進行分析,還可以令其中信號強度最大的一個或多個電極,調高其增益值進行下一次偵測。 It is assumed that the touch panel 120 includes M first electrodes 121 and N second electrodes 122, and the touch processing device 130 detects signals as M+N results. You can directly take a result with the highest signal strength for analysis, or you can directly add the results with the largest signal strength and then analyze it. You can also increase the gain value of one or more electrodes with the highest signal strength. Perform the next detection.

需要注意的是,儘管在第三十六圖當中顯示的各個區域形狀是正方形,但本發明並不限定各個區域的形狀。比方說,第一類區域可以是長方形、圓形或橢圓形。第二類區域可以是正方形、長方形、圓形或橢圓形。第三類區域可以是觸控面板上減去前兩類區域所剩下的區域。 It is to be noted that although the shapes of the respective regions shown in the thirty-sixth diagram are square, the present invention does not limit the shape of each region. For example, the first type of area can be rectangular, circular or elliptical. The second type of area may be square, rectangular, circular or elliptical. The third type of area may be the area left on the touch panel minus the first two types of areas.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種發信器。該發信器包含:一第一元件,用於接收具有一第一頻率群組的信號,其中該第一元件的一第一阻抗值根據一受力而變化;一第二元件,用於接收具有一第二頻率群組的信號,該第二元件具有一第二阻抗值;以及一筆尖段,用於接收該第一元件與該第二元件的輸入,並且發出一電信號,其中該筆尖段用於接收該受力。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter. The transmitter includes: a first component for receiving a signal having a first frequency group, wherein a first impedance value of the first component changes according to a force; and a second component is configured to receive a signal having a second frequency group, the second component having a second impedance value; and a sharp segment for receiving an input of the first component and the second component and emitting an electrical signal, wherein the nib The segment is used to receive the force.

在一實施例中,該第二阻抗值不根據該受力而變化。在另一 實施例中,該第二阻抗值也根據該受力而變化。 In an embodiment, the second impedance value does not vary according to the force. In another In an embodiment, the second impedance value also varies according to the force.

在一實施例中,上述的發信器可以更包含一第三開關與該第三開關串聯的一第三元件,其中該第一元件與該第三開關及該第三元件並聯。上述的發信器可以更包含一第四開關與該第四開關串聯的一第四元件,其中該第一元件與該第四開關及該第四元件並聯。 In an embodiment, the transmitter may further include a third component in series with the third switch, wherein the first component is in parallel with the third switch and the third component. The transmitter may further include a fourth component in series with the fourth switch, wherein the first component is in parallel with the fourth switch and the fourth component.

在另一實施例中,上述的發信器可以更包含一第三開關與該第三開關串聯的一第三元件,其中該第二元件與該第三開關及該第三元件並聯。上述的發信器可以更包含一第四開關與該第四開關串聯的一第四元件,其中該第二元件與該第四開關及該第四元件並聯。 In another embodiment, the transmitter may further include a third component in series with the third switch, wherein the second component is in parallel with the third switch and the third component. The transmitter may further include a fourth switch in series with the fourth switch, wherein the second component is in parallel with the fourth switch and the fourth component.

在一實施例中,上述的第一頻率群組包含一個或多個第一頻率,該第二頻率群組包含一個或多個第二頻率,該第一頻率不同於該第二頻率。 In an embodiment, the first frequency group includes one or more first frequencies, and the second frequency group includes one or more second frequencies, the first frequency being different from the second frequency.

在一實施例中,於該受力為零的情況下,該第一阻抗值等於該第二阻抗值。在一實施例中,當該受力為零的情況下,該筆尖段並未接觸到任何物體。 In an embodiment, the first impedance value is equal to the second impedance value if the force is zero. In one embodiment, the pen tip segment does not touch any object when the force is zero.

在一實施例中,該電信號中第一頻率群組的一第一信號強度M1與該第二頻率群組的一第二信號強度M2的一比例值相關於該受力。其中,該比例值可以是下列其中之一:M1/M2、M2/M1、M1/(M1+M2)、M2/(M1+M2)、(M1-M2)/(M1+M2)、或(M2-M1)/(M1+M2)。 In an embodiment, a ratio of a first signal strength M1 of the first frequency group to a second signal strength M2 of the second frequency group in the electrical signal is related to the force. Wherein, the ratio value may be one of the following: M1/M2, M2/M1, M1/(M1+M2), M2/(M1+M2), (M1-M2)/(M1+M2), or ( M2-M1)/(M1+M2).

在一實施例中,當該比例值等於或落入一第一範圍值時,該受力為零。當該比例值等於或落入一第二範圍值時,該第三開關為閉路,該第一元件與該第三元件為並聯。當該比例值等於或落入一第三範圍值 時,該第四開關為閉路,該第一元件與該第四元件為並聯。當該比例值等於或落入一第四範圍值時,該第三開關與該第四開關為閉路,該第一元件與該第三元件及第四開關為並聯。在另一實施例中,當該比例值等於或落入一第五範圍值時,該第三開關為閉路,該第二元件與該第三元件為並聯。當該比例值等於或落入一第六範圍值時,該第四開關為閉路,該第二元件與該第四元件為並聯。當該比例值等於或落入一第七範圍值時,該第三開關與該第四開關為閉路,該第二元件與該第三元件及第四元件為並聯。 In an embodiment, the force is zero when the ratio value is equal to or falls within a first range of values. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a second range value, the third switch is a closed circuit, and the first component is in parallel with the third component. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a third range value The fourth switch is closed, and the first component and the fourth component are connected in parallel. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a fourth range value, the third switch and the fourth switch are closed, and the first component is connected in parallel with the third component and the fourth switch. In another embodiment, when the ratio value is equal to or falls within a fifth range value, the third switch is a closed circuit, and the second element is in parallel with the third element. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a sixth range value, the fourth switch is a closed circuit, and the second component is in parallel with the fourth component. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a seventh range value, the third switch and the fourth switch are closed, and the second element is connected in parallel with the third element and the fourth element.

在一實施例中,該第一元件為一力感應電容器,該第二元件為一電容器。 In one embodiment, the first component is a force sensing capacitor and the second component is a capacitor.

在一實施例中,上述的發信器可以更包含環繞該筆尖段的一環狀電極,該環狀電極並不與該筆尖段電性耦合。在一實施例中,上述的環狀電極可以包含一個或多個分離的電極。 In an embodiment, the transmitter may further include a ring-shaped electrode surrounding the pen tip segment, and the ring-shaped electrode is not electrically coupled to the pen tip segment. In an embodiment, the annular electrode described above may comprise one or more separate electrodes.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種控制發信器的發信方法,該發信器包含一第一元件、一第二元件、與一筆尖段,其中該筆尖段用於接收該第一元件與該第二元件的輸入,該發信方法包含:令該第一元件的一第一阻抗值根據該筆尖段所接收的一受力而變化;提供一第一頻率群組的信號至該第一元件;提供一第二頻率群組的信號至該第二元件;以及令該筆尖段發出一電信號。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a signaling method for controlling a transmitter, the transmitter comprising a first component, a second component, and a tip segment, wherein the pen tip segment is configured to receive the first component And the inputting of the second component, the sending method includes: causing a first impedance value of the first component to change according to a force received by the pen tip segment; providing a signal of the first frequency group to the first a component; providing a signal of a second frequency group to the second component; and causing the pen tip segment to emit an electrical signal.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種用於判斷發信器所接收之一受力的判斷方法,包含:接收該發信器所發出的一電信號;計算該電信號當中一第一頻率群組的一第一信號強度M1;計算該電信號當中一第二頻率群組的一第二信號強度M2;以及根據該第一信號強度M1與該第二信號強 度M2的一比例值,計算該受力。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for determining a force received by a sender, comprising: receiving an electrical signal sent by the transmitter; and calculating a first frequency group of the electrical signal. a first signal strength M1 of the group; calculating a second signal strength M2 of a second frequency group of the electrical signal; and according to the first signal strength M1 and the second signal strength Calculate the force by a proportional value of degree M2.

在一實施例中,上述計算該受力的步驟可以包含下列其中之一:查表法、直線內插法、或二次曲線法。 In an embodiment, the step of calculating the force may include one of the following: a table lookup method, a linear interpolation method, or a quadratic curve method.

在一實施例中,更包含根據該比例值,判斷該第三開關的狀態。在另一實施例中,更包含根據該比例值,判斷該第四開關的狀態。 In an embodiment, further comprising determining a state of the third switch according to the proportional value. In another embodiment, the method further includes determining a state of the fourth switch according to the proportional value.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種用於判斷發信器所接收之一受力的觸控處理裝置,包含:一介面,用於連接至一觸控面板上的複數個第一電極與複數個第二電極,其中該複數個第一電極與該複數個第二電極形成複數個感測點;至少一解調變器,用於計算該複數個感測點其中之一所接收到的一電信號當中,一第一頻率群組的一第一信號強度M1與一第二頻率群組的一第二信號強度M2;以及一計算單元,用於根據該第一信號強度M1與該第二信號強度M2的一比例值,計算該受力。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for determining a force received by a transmitter, comprising: an interface for connecting to a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of touch panels a second electrode, wherein the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes form a plurality of sensing points; at least one demodulator is configured to calculate one of the plurality of sensing points received An electrical signal, a first signal strength M1 of a first frequency group and a second signal strength M2 of a second frequency group; and a calculating unit configured to use the first signal strength M1 and the second A proportional value of the signal strength M2 is calculated.

在一實施例中,該計算單元更根據該比例值,判斷該第三開關的狀態。在另一實施例中,該計算單元更根據該比例值,判斷該第四開關的狀態。 In an embodiment, the calculating unit further determines the state of the third switch according to the proportional value. In another embodiment, the calculating unit further determines the state of the fourth switch according to the proportional value.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種用於判斷發信器所接收之一受力的觸控系統,包含:一發信器、一觸控面板、以及一觸控處理裝置,其中該發信器更包含一第一元件,用於接收具有一第一頻率群組的信號,其中該第一元件的一第一阻抗值根據一受力而變化;一第二元件,用於接收具有一第二頻率群組的信號,其中該第二元件具有一第二阻抗值;以及一筆尖段,用於接收該第一元件與該第二元件的輸入,並且發出一電信號,其中該筆尖段用於接收該受力,該觸控面板包含複數個第一電極與複數個 第二電極,其中該複數個第一電極與該複數個第二電極形成複數個感測點,該觸控處理裝置更包含:一介面用於連接至該觸控面板上的該複數個第一電極與該複數個第二電極,至少一解調變器,用於計算該複數個感測點其中之一所接收到的一電信號當中,一第一頻率群組的一第一信號強度M1與一第二頻率群組的一第二信號強度M2;以及一計算單元,用於根據該第一信號強度M1與該第二信號強度M2的一比例值,計算該受力。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch control system for determining a force received by a sender, comprising: a sender, a touch panel, and a touch processing device, wherein the sending The device further includes a first component for receiving a signal having a first frequency group, wherein a first impedance value of the first component changes according to a force; and a second component is configured to receive the first component a signal of a second frequency group, wherein the second component has a second impedance value; and a sharp segment for receiving an input of the first component and the second component, and generating an electrical signal, wherein the pen tip segment is used Receiving the force, the touch panel includes a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of The second electrode, wherein the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes form a plurality of sensing points, the touch processing device further includes: an interface for connecting to the plurality of first ones on the touch panel And the plurality of second electrodes, the at least one demodulator, configured to calculate a first signal strength M1 of the first frequency group among the electrical signals received by one of the plurality of sensing points And a second signal strength M2 of a second frequency group; and a calculating unit, configured to calculate the force according to a ratio of the first signal strength M1 to the second signal strength M2.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種發信器,包含:一第一元件,用於接收一信號源,其中該第一元件的一第一阻抗值根據一受力而變化;一第二元件,用於接收該信號源,其中該第二元件具有一第二阻抗值;一筆尖段,用於接收該受力;一控制單元,用於分別計算該第一元件與該第二元件所傳回的一第一電流值I1與一第二電流值I2,並且根據該第一電流值I1與一第二電流值I2的一比例值,計算該受力;以及一通訊單元,用於將該受力值傳送出去。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter comprising: a first component for receiving a signal source, wherein a first impedance value of the first component changes according to a force; a second component For receiving the signal source, wherein the second component has a second impedance value; a sharp segment for receiving the force; and a control unit for separately calculating the first component and the second component Returning a first current value I1 and a second current value I2, and calculating the force according to a ratio of the first current value I1 to a second current value I2; and a communication unit for using the The force value is transmitted.

在一實施例中,該第二阻抗值不根據該受力而變化。在另一實施例中,該第二阻抗值也根據該受力而變化。 In an embodiment, the second impedance value does not vary according to the force. In another embodiment, the second impedance value also varies according to the force.

在一實施例中,該通訊單元更包含一無線通訊單元,用於將該受力值傳送出去。在另一實施例中,該通訊單元更包含一有線通訊單元,用於將該受力值傳送出去。 In an embodiment, the communication unit further includes a wireless communication unit for transmitting the force value. In another embodiment, the communication unit further includes a wired communication unit for transmitting the force value.

在一實施例中,該信號源是該有線通訊單元。在一實施例中,該信號源是該筆尖段所接收的一信號。 In an embodiment, the signal source is the wired communication unit. In an embodiment, the signal source is a signal received by the nib segment.

在一實施例中,該第一電流值I1與該第二電流值I2的該比例值相關於該受力。其中,該比例值可以是下列其中之一:I1/I2、I2/I1、 I1(I1+I2)、I2/(I1+I2)、(I1-I2)/(I1+I2)、或(I2-I1)/(I1+I2)。 In an embodiment, the ratio of the first current value I1 to the second current value I2 is related to the force. Wherein, the ratio value may be one of the following: I1/I2, I2/I1 I1 (I1+I2), I2/(I1+I2), (I1-I2)/(I1+I2), or (I2-I1)/(I1+I2).

在一實施例中,於該受力為零的情況下,該第一阻抗值等於該第二阻抗值。 In an embodiment, the first impedance value is equal to the second impedance value if the force is zero.

在一實施例中,上述的發信器可以更包含一第三開關與該第三開關串聯的一第三元件,其中該第一元件與該第三開關及該第三元件並聯。上述的發信器可以更包含一第四開關與該第四開關串聯的一第四元件,其中該第一元件與該第四開關及該第四元件並聯。在一實施例中,當該比例值等於或落入一第一範圍值時,該受力為零。當該比例值等於或落入一第二範圍值時,該第三開關為閉路,該第一元件與該第三元件為並聯。當該比例值等於或落入一第三範圍值時,該第四開關為閉路,該第一元件與該第四元件為並聯。當該比例值等於或落入一第四範圍值時,該第三開關與該第四開關為閉路,該第一元件與該第三元件及第四開關為並聯。 In an embodiment, the transmitter may further include a third component in series with the third switch, wherein the first component is in parallel with the third switch and the third component. The transmitter may further include a fourth component in series with the fourth switch, wherein the first component is in parallel with the fourth switch and the fourth component. In an embodiment, the force is zero when the ratio value is equal to or falls within a first range of values. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a second range value, the third switch is a closed circuit, and the first component is in parallel with the third component. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a third range value, the fourth switch is closed, and the first component and the fourth component are connected in parallel. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a fourth range value, the third switch and the fourth switch are closed, and the first component is connected in parallel with the third component and the fourth switch.

在另一實施例中,上述的發信器可以更包含一第三開關與該第三開關串聯的一第三元件,其中該第二元件與該第三開關及該第三元件並聯。上述的發信器可以更包含一第四開關與該第四開關串聯的一第四元件,其中該第二元件與該第四開關及該第四元件並聯。當該比例值等於或落入一第五範圍值時,該第三開關為閉路,該第二元件與該第三元件為並聯。當該比例值等於或落入一第六範圍值時,該第四開關為閉路,該第二元件與該第四元件為並聯。當該比例值等於或落入一第七範圍值時,該第三開關與該第四開關為閉路,該第二元件與該第三元件及第四開關為並聯。 In another embodiment, the transmitter may further include a third component in series with the third switch, wherein the second component is in parallel with the third switch and the third component. The transmitter may further include a fourth switch in series with the fourth switch, wherein the second component is in parallel with the fourth switch and the fourth component. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a fifth range value, the third switch is a closed circuit, and the second element is in parallel with the third element. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a sixth range value, the fourth switch is a closed circuit, and the second component is in parallel with the fourth component. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a seventh range value, the third switch and the fourth switch are closed, and the second element is connected in parallel with the third element and the fourth switch.

在一實施例中,該控制單元更根據該比例值,判斷該第三開關的狀態。在另一實施例中,該控制單元更根據該比例值,判斷該第四開 關的狀態。 In an embodiment, the control unit further determines the state of the third switch according to the proportional value. In another embodiment, the control unit further determines the fourth opening according to the proportional value. Off state.

在一實施例中,該通訊單元更用於將該第三開關的狀態傳送出去。在另一實施例中,該通訊單元更用於將該第四開關的狀態傳送出去。 In an embodiment, the communication unit is further configured to transmit the state of the third switch. In another embodiment, the communication unit is further configured to transmit the state of the fourth switch.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種控制發信器的發信方法,該發信器包含一第一元件、一第二元件、與一筆尖段,該發信方法包含:令該第一元件的一第一阻抗值根據該筆尖段所接收的一受力而變化;提供一信號源至該第一元件與該第二元件;分別計算該第一元件與該第二元件所傳回的一第一電流值I1與一第二電流值I2;根據該第一電流值I1與一第二電流值I2的一比例值,計算該受力;以及將該受力值傳送出去。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for controlling the sending of a sender, the transmitter comprising a first component, a second component, and a sharp segment, the signaling method comprising: causing the first component a first impedance value varies according to a force received by the pen tip segment; providing a signal source to the first component and the second component; respectively calculating a first of the first component and the second component The first current value I1 and a second current value I2 are calculated according to a ratio of the first current value I1 to a second current value I2; and the force value is transmitted.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種用於判斷發信器所接收之一受力的觸控系統,包含:一發信器;以及一主機,其中該發信器更包含:一第一元件,用於接收一信號源,其中該第一元件的一第一阻抗值根據一受力而變化;一第二元件,用於接收該信號源,其中該第二元件具有一第二阻抗值;一筆尖段,用於接收該受力;一控制單元,用於分別計算該第一元件與該第二元件所傳回的一第一電流值I1與一第二電流值I2,並且根據該第一電流值I1與一第二電流值I2的一比例值,計算該受力;以及一通訊單元,用於將該受力值傳送至該主機,該主機更包含一主機通訊單元接收該受力值。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch control system for determining a force received by a sender, comprising: a sender; and a host, wherein the transmitter further comprises: a first component For receiving a signal source, wherein a first impedance value of the first component changes according to a force; a second component is configured to receive the signal source, wherein the second component has a second impedance value; a first segment for receiving the force; a control unit for calculating a first current value I1 and a second current value I2 returned by the first component and the second component, and according to the first Calculating the force by a ratio of a current value I1 to a second current value I2; and a communication unit for transmitting the force value to the host, the host further comprising a host communication unit receiving the force value.

在一實施例中,該觸控系統更包含一觸控面板與一觸控處理裝置,其中該觸控處理裝置用於連接該觸控面板,用於偵測該發信器與該觸控面板的一相對位置,並且將該相對位置傳送至該主機。 In one embodiment, the touch control system further includes a touch panel and a touch processing device, wherein the touch processing device is configured to connect the touch panel for detecting the transmitter and the touch panel. a relative position and transfer the relative position to the host.

在一實施例中,該控制單元更根據該比例值,判斷該第三開 關的狀態。在另一實施例中,該控制單元更根據該比例值,判斷該第四開關的狀態。在一實施例中,該通訊單元,用於將該第三開關的狀態傳送出去。在另一實施例中,該通訊單元更用於將該第四開關的狀態傳送出去。在一實施例中,該主機通訊單元用於接收該第三開關的狀態。在另一實施例中,該主機通訊單元用於接收該第四開關的狀態。 In an embodiment, the control unit further determines the third opening according to the proportional value. Off state. In another embodiment, the control unit further determines the state of the fourth switch according to the proportional value. In an embodiment, the communication unit is configured to transmit the state of the third switch. In another embodiment, the communication unit is further configured to transmit the state of the fourth switch. In an embodiment, the host communication unit is configured to receive a state of the third switch. In another embodiment, the host communication unit is configured to receive a state of the fourth switch.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種力感測器,包含:一第一輸入端,用於接收具有一第一頻率群組的信號;一第二輸入端,用於接收具有一第二頻率群組的信號;以及一輸出端,用於發出一電信號,其中該電信號中第一頻率群組的一第一信號強度M1與該第二頻率群組的一第二信號強度M2的一比例值相關於一受力。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor comprising: a first input for receiving a signal having a first frequency group; and a second input for receiving a second frequency a signal of the group; and an output for transmitting an electrical signal, wherein a first signal strength M1 of the first frequency group and a second signal strength M2 of the second frequency group of the electrical signal The proportional value is related to a force.

在一實施例中,該比例值可以是下列其中之一:M1/M2、M2/M1、M1(M1+M2)、M2/(M1+M2)、(M1-M2)/(M1+M2)、或(M2-M1)/(M1+M2)。 In an embodiment, the ratio value may be one of the following: M1/M2, M2/M1, M1 (M1+M2), M2/(M1+M2), (M1-M2)/(M1+M2) , or (M2-M1) / (M1 + M2).

在一實施例中,該力感測器更包含一第三開關。在一實施例中,當該比例值等於或落入一第一範圍值時,該受力為零。當該比例值等於或落入一第二範圍值時,該第三開關為閉路。 In an embodiment, the force sensor further comprises a third switch. In an embodiment, the force is zero when the ratio value is equal to or falls within a first range of values. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a second range value, the third switch is closed.

在另一實施例中,該力感測器更包含一第四開關。當該比例值等於或落入一第三範圍值時,該第四開關為閉路。當該比例值等於或落入一第四範圍值時,該第三開關與該第四開關為閉路。 In another embodiment, the force sensor further includes a fourth switch. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a third range value, the fourth switch is closed. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a fourth range value, the third switch and the fourth switch are closed.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種力感測器,包含:一輸入端,用於接收一信號源;一第一輸出端,用於輸出具有一第一電流值I1的信號;以及一第二輸出端,用於輸出具有一第二電流值I2的信號,其中該第一 電流值I1與該第二電流值I2的一比例值相關於一受力。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor comprising: an input terminal for receiving a signal source; a first output terminal for outputting a signal having a first current value I1; a second output terminal for outputting a signal having a second current value I2, wherein the first A proportional value of the current value I1 and the second current value I2 is related to a force.

在一實施例中,該比例值可以是下列其中之一:I1/I2、I2/I1、I1(I1+I2)、I2/(I1+I2)、(I1-I2)/(I1+I2)、或(I2-I1)/(I1+I2)。 In an embodiment, the ratio value may be one of the following: I1/I2, I2/I1, I1 (I1+I2), I2/(I1+I2), (I1-I2)/(I1+I2) , or (I2-I1) / (I1 + I2).

在一實施例中,該力感測器更包含一第三開關。在一實施例中,當該比例值等於或落入一第一範圍值時,該受力為零。當該比例值等於或落入一第二範圍值時,該第三開關為閉路。 In an embodiment, the force sensor further comprises a third switch. In an embodiment, the force is zero when the ratio value is equal to or falls within a first range of values. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a second range value, the third switch is closed.

在另一實施例中,該力感測器更包含一第四開關。當該比例值等於或落入一第三範圍值時,該第四開關為閉路。當該比例值等於或落入一第四範圍值時,該第三開關與該第四開關為閉路。 In another embodiment, the force sensor further includes a fourth switch. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a third range value, the fourth switch is closed. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within a fourth range value, the third switch and the fourth switch are closed.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種力感測器,包含:一第一電路板,包含一第一金屬板,用於接收一第一頻率群組的信號;一第二電路板,與該第一電路板平行,包含互不接觸的一第二金屬板與一第三金屬板,該第三金屬板用於接收一第二頻率群組的信號,該第二金屬板用於輸出一電信號,其中該第二金屬板位於該第一金屬板與該第三金屬板之間;以及一斜面機構,用於向該第一電路板的上方彎折該第一電路板。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor comprising: a first circuit board including a first metal plate for receiving a signal of a first frequency group; a second circuit board; The first circuit board is parallel and includes a second metal plate and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other, the third metal plate is for receiving a signal of a second frequency group, and the second metal plate is for outputting an electric a signal, wherein the second metal plate is located between the first metal plate and the third metal plate; and a ramp mechanism for bending the first circuit board above the first circuit board.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種力感測器,包含:一第一電路板,包含一第一金屬板,用於輸出具有一第一電流值的信號;一第二電路板,與該第一電路板平行,包含互不接觸的一第二金屬板與一第三金屬板,該第三金屬板用於輸出具有一第二電流值的信號,該第二金屬板用於輸入一信號源,其中該第二金屬板位於該第一金屬板與該第三金屬板之間;以及一斜面機構,用於向該第一電路板的上方彎折該第一電路板。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor comprising: a first circuit board including a first metal plate for outputting a signal having a first current value; a second circuit board; The first circuit board is parallel and includes a second metal plate and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other, the third metal plate is for outputting a signal having a second current value, and the second metal plate is for inputting a signal a source, wherein the second metal plate is located between the first metal plate and the third metal plate; and a ramp mechanism for bending the first circuit board above the first circuit board.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板的部分位於該第一電路板被彎 折的地方。 In an embodiment, a portion of the first metal plate is located on the first circuit board being bent The place to fold.

在一實施例中,該力感測器更包含一支撐元件,用於支撐該第一電路板。 In an embodiment, the force sensor further includes a support member for supporting the first circuit board.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板、該第二金屬板、該第三金屬板相互平行。在另一實施例中,該第一金屬板與該第二金屬板的距離等於該第二金屬板與該第三金屬板的距離。 In an embodiment, the first metal plate, the second metal plate, and the third metal plate are parallel to each other. In another embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板與該第二金屬板形成一第一電容,該第二金屬板與該第三金屬板形成一第二電容。在另一實施例中,在該第一電路板未被彎折的情況下,該第一電容與該第二電容的阻抗值相同。 In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, and the second metal plate forms a second capacitance with the third metal plate. In another embodiment, the impedance of the first capacitor and the second capacitor are the same when the first circuit board is not bent.

在一實施例中,該第一電路板與該第二電路板均為印刷電路板。 In an embodiment, the first circuit board and the second circuit board are both printed circuit boards.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種力感測器,包含:一第一電路板,包含一第一金屬板與互不接觸的一第三金屬板,分別用於接收一第一頻率群組的信號與一第二頻率群組的信號;一第二電路板,與該第一電路板平行,包含用於輸出一電信號的一第二金屬板;以及一斜面機構,用於向該第一電路板的上方彎折該第一電路板。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first circuit board, comprising a first metal plate and a third metal plate not contacting each other, respectively for receiving a first frequency group And a signal of a second frequency group; a second circuit board parallel to the first circuit board, including a second metal plate for outputting an electrical signal; and a ramp mechanism for the The first circuit board is bent over a circuit board.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種力感測器,包含:一第一電路板,包含一第一金屬板與互不接觸的一第三金屬板,分別用於輸出具有一第一電流值與一第二電流值的信號;一第二電路板,與該第一電路板平行,包含用於輸入一信號源的一第二金屬板;以及一斜面機構,用於向該第一電路板的上方彎折該第一電路板。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor comprising: a first circuit board comprising a first metal plate and a third metal plate not in contact with each other, respectively for outputting a first current value And a second current value signal; a second circuit board parallel to the first circuit board, including a second metal plate for inputting a signal source; and a ramp mechanism for the first circuit board The first circuit board is bent over.

在一實施例中,該力感測器更包含一支撐元件,用於支撐該 第一電路板。 In an embodiment, the force sensor further includes a supporting component for supporting the The first board.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板與該第二金屬板互相平行,該該第二金屬板與該第三金屬板相互平行。在另一實施例中,該第一金屬板與該第二金屬板的距離等於該第二金屬板與該第三金屬板的距離。 In an embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate are parallel to each other, and the second metal plate and the third metal plate are parallel to each other. In another embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板與該第二金屬板形成一第一電容,該第二金屬板與該第三金屬板形成一第二電容。在另一實施例中,在該第一電路板未被彎折的情況下,該第一電容與該第二電容的阻抗值相同。 In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, and the second metal plate forms a second capacitance with the third metal plate. In another embodiment, the impedance of the first capacitor and the second capacitor are the same when the first circuit board is not bent.

在一實施例中,該第一電路板與該第二電路板均為印刷電路板。 In an embodiment, the first circuit board and the second circuit board are both printed circuit boards.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種力感測器,包含:一第一電路板,包含互不接觸的一第一金屬板與一第三金屬板,分別用於接收一第一頻率群組的信號與一第二頻率群組的信號;一第二電路板,與該第一電路板平行,包含用於輸出一電信號的一第二金屬板;一第三電路板,與該第二電路板平行,包含一第四金屬板與互不接觸的一第五金屬板,分別用於接收該第一頻率群組的信號與該第二頻率群組的信號;以及一斜面機構,用於向該第一電路板的上方彎折該第一電路板,以及向該第三電路板的下方彎折該第三電路板。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor comprising: a first circuit board including a first metal plate and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other, respectively for receiving a first frequency group And a signal of a second frequency group; a second circuit board parallel to the first circuit board, including a second metal plate for outputting an electrical signal; a third circuit board, and the second The circuit board is parallel and includes a fourth metal plate and a fifth metal plate not contacting each other, respectively for receiving signals of the first frequency group and signals of the second frequency group; and a slope mechanism for The first circuit board is bent over the first circuit board, and the third circuit board is bent below the third circuit board.

在一實施例中,該力感測器更包含一第一支撐元件,用於支撐該第一電路板。在另一實施例中,該力感測器更包含一第二支撐元件,用於支撐該第三電路板。 In an embodiment, the force sensor further includes a first support member for supporting the first circuit board. In another embodiment, the force sensor further includes a second support member for supporting the third circuit board.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板與該第二金屬板互相平行,該第二金屬板與該第三金屬板相互平行,該第四金屬板與該第二金屬板互相 平行,該第二金屬板與該第五金屬板互相平行。在另一實施例中,該第一金屬板與該第二金屬板的距離等於該第二金屬板與該第三金屬板的距離,該第四金屬板與該第二金屬板的距離等於該第二金屬板與該第五金屬板的距離。 In an embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate are parallel to each other, and the second metal plate and the third metal plate are parallel to each other, and the fourth metal plate and the second metal plate are mutually Parallel, the second metal plate and the fifth metal plate are parallel to each other. In another embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate, and the distance between the fourth metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance The distance between the second metal plate and the fifth metal plate.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板位於該第四金屬板的上方。在另一實施例中,該第三金屬板的位置位於該第五金屬板的上方。 In an embodiment, the first metal plate is located above the fourth metal plate. In another embodiment, the third metal plate is located above the fifth metal plate.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板的面積等於該第四金屬板的面積。在另一實施例中,該第三金屬板的面積等於該第五金屬板的面積。 In an embodiment, the area of the first metal plate is equal to the area of the fourth metal plate. In another embodiment, the area of the third metal plate is equal to the area of the fifth metal plate.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板與該第二金屬板形成一第一電容,該第二金屬板與該第三金屬板形成一第二電容,該第四金屬板與該第二金屬板形成一第三電容,該第二金屬板與第五金屬板形成一第四電容。在另一實施例中,在該第一電路板未被彎折的情況下,該第一電容與該第二電容的阻抗值相同。在另一實施例中,在該第三電路板未被彎折的情況下,該第三電容與該第四電容的阻抗值相同。在更一實施例當中,該第一電容與該第三電容的阻抗值相同,該第二電容與該第四電容的阻抗值相同。 In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, and the second metal plate and the third metal plate form a second capacitor, the fourth metal plate and the second metal The plate forms a third capacitor, and the second metal plate forms a fourth capacitance with the fifth metal plate. In another embodiment, the impedance of the first capacitor and the second capacitor are the same when the first circuit board is not bent. In another embodiment, the impedance of the third capacitor and the fourth capacitor are the same when the third circuit board is not bent. In a further embodiment, the first capacitor has the same impedance value as the third capacitor, and the second capacitor has the same impedance value as the fourth capacitor.

在一實施例中,該第一電路板、該第二電路板、與該第三電路板均為印刷電路板。 In an embodiment, the first circuit board, the second circuit board, and the third circuit board are both printed circuit boards.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種力感測器,包含:一第一電路板,包含一第一金屬板,用於接收一第一頻率群組的信號;一第二電路板,與該第一電路板平行,包含互不接觸且依序平行排列的一第二金屬板、一第三金屬板、一第四金屬板、與一第五金屬板,該第三金屬板與該第四金屬板用於接收一第二頻率群組的信號,該第二金屬板與該第五金屬 板互相電性耦合,且用於輸出一電信號;一第三電路板,包含一第六金屬板,用於接收該第一頻率群組的信號,其中該第二電路板夾在該第一電路板與該第三電路板之間;以及一斜面機構,用於向該第一電路板的上方彎折該第一電路板,以及向該第三電路板的下方彎折該第三電路板。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor comprising: a first circuit board including a first metal plate for receiving a signal of a first frequency group; a second circuit board; The first circuit board is parallel, and includes a second metal plate, a third metal plate, a fourth metal plate, and a fifth metal plate, which are not in contact with each other and are sequentially arranged in parallel, and the third metal plate and the fourth metal plate a metal plate for receiving a signal of a second frequency group, the second metal plate and the fifth metal The boards are electrically coupled to each other and used to output an electrical signal; a third circuit board includes a sixth metal plate for receiving signals of the first frequency group, wherein the second circuit board is clamped to the first a circuit board and the third circuit board; and a ramp mechanism for bending the first circuit board above the first circuit board and bending the third circuit board below the third circuit board .

在一實施例中,該力感測器更包含一第一支撐元件,用於支撐該第一電路板。在另一實施例中,該力感測器更包含一第二支撐元件,用於支撐該第三電路板。 In an embodiment, the force sensor further includes a first support member for supporting the first circuit board. In another embodiment, the force sensor further includes a second support member for supporting the third circuit board.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板與該第二金屬板互相平行,該第二金屬板與該第三金屬板相互平行,該第四金屬板與該第五金屬板互相平行,該第五金屬板與該第六金屬板相互平行。在另一實施例中,該第一金屬板與該第二金屬板的距離等於該第二金屬板與該第三金屬板的距離,該第四金屬板與該第五金屬板的距離等於該第五金屬板與該第六金屬板的距離。 In an embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate are parallel to each other, the second metal plate and the third metal plate are parallel to each other, and the fourth metal plate and the fifth metal plate are parallel to each other, the first The five metal plates and the sixth metal plate are parallel to each other. In another embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate, and the distance between the fourth metal plate and the fifth metal plate is equal to the distance The distance between the fifth metal plate and the sixth metal plate.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板位於該第六金屬板的上方。 In an embodiment, the first metal plate is located above the sixth metal plate.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板的面積等於該第六金屬板的面積。在另一實施例中,該第二金屬板的面積等於該第五金屬板的面積。在更一實施例中,該第三金屬板的面積等於該第四金屬板的面積。 In an embodiment, the area of the first metal plate is equal to the area of the sixth metal plate. In another embodiment, the area of the second metal plate is equal to the area of the fifth metal plate. In a further embodiment, the area of the third metal plate is equal to the area of the fourth metal plate.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板與該第二金屬板形成一第一電容,該第二金屬板與該第三金屬板形成一第二電容,該第四金屬板與該第五金屬板形成一第三電容,該第五金屬板與該第六金屬板形成一第四電容。在另一實施例中,在該第一電路板未被彎折的情況下,該第一電容與該第二電容的阻抗值相同。在另一實施例中,在該第三電路板未被彎折的 情況下,該第三電容與該第四電容的阻抗值相同。在更一實施例當中,該第一電容與該第四電容的阻抗值相同,該第二電容與該第三電容的阻抗值相同。 In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, and the second metal plate and the third metal plate form a second capacitor, the fourth metal plate and the fifth metal The plate forms a third capacitor, and the fifth metal plate forms a fourth capacitance with the sixth metal plate. In another embodiment, the impedance of the first capacitor and the second capacitor are the same when the first circuit board is not bent. In another embodiment, the third circuit board is not bent In this case, the third capacitor has the same impedance value as the fourth capacitor. In a further embodiment, the impedance of the first capacitor and the fourth capacitor are the same, and the impedance of the second capacitor is the same as the impedance of the third capacitor.

在一實施例中,該第一電路板、該第二電路板、與該第三電路板均為印刷電路板。 In an embodiment, the first circuit board, the second circuit board, and the third circuit board are both printed circuit boards.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種力感測器,包含:互不接觸且依序平行排列的一第一金屬板、一第二金屬板、與一第三金屬板,其中該第一金屬板用於接收一第一頻率群組的信號,該第三金屬板用於接收一第二頻率群組的信號,該第二金屬板用於輸出一電信號,其中該第二金屬板的一端可受力發生彎折。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor comprising: a first metal plate, a second metal plate, and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other and are sequentially arranged in parallel, wherein the first metal The board is configured to receive a signal of a first frequency group, the third metal plate is configured to receive a signal of a second frequency group, and the second metal plate is configured to output an electrical signal, wherein one end of the second metal plate Can be forced to bend.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種力感測器,包含:互不接觸且依序平行排列的一第一金屬板、一第二金屬板、與一第三金屬板,其中該第一金屬板用於輸出具有一第一電流值的信號,該第三金屬板用於輸出具有一第二電流值的信號,該第二金屬板用於輸入一信號源,其中該第二金屬板的一端可受力發生彎折。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor comprising: a first metal plate, a second metal plate, and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other and are sequentially arranged in parallel, wherein the first metal The board is for outputting a signal having a first current value, the third metal plate is for outputting a signal having a second current value, and the second metal plate is for inputting a signal source, wherein one end of the second metal plate Can be forced to bend.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板與該第二金屬板的距離等於該第二金屬板與該第三金屬板的距離。 In an embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板與該第二金屬板形成一第一電容,該第二金屬板與該第三金屬板形成一第二電容。在另一實施例中,在該第二金屬板未被彎折的情況下,該第一電容與該第二電容的阻抗值相同。 In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, and the second metal plate forms a second capacitance with the third metal plate. In another embodiment, the impedance of the first capacitor and the second capacitor are the same when the second metal plate is not bent.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種力感測器,包含:互不接觸且依序平行排列的一第一金屬板、一第二金屬板、與一第三金屬板,其 中該第一金屬板用於輸出一電信號,該第二金屬板用於接收一第一頻率群組的信號,該第三金屬板用於接收一第二頻率群組的信號,其中該第一金屬板的一端可受力發生彎折。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor comprising: a first metal plate, a second metal plate, and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other and are sequentially arranged in parallel; The first metal plate is configured to output an electrical signal, the second metal plate is configured to receive a signal of a first frequency group, and the third metal plate is configured to receive a signal of a second frequency group, wherein the first metal plate One end of a metal plate can be bent by force.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種力感測器,包含:互不接觸且依序平行排列的一第一金屬板、一第二金屬板、與一第三金屬板,其中該第一金屬板用於輸入一信號源,該第二金屬板用於輸出具有一第一電流值的信號,該第三金屬板用於輸出具有一第二電流值的信號,其中該第一金屬板的一端可受力發生彎折。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor comprising: a first metal plate, a second metal plate, and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other and are sequentially arranged in parallel, wherein the first metal The board is for inputting a signal source, the second metal plate is for outputting a signal having a first current value, and the third metal plate is for outputting a signal having a second current value, wherein one end of the first metal plate Can be forced to bend.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板與該第二金屬板的距離等於該第二金屬板與該第三金屬板的距離。 In an embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate.

在一實施例中,該第一金屬板與該第二金屬板形成一第一電容,該第二金屬板與該第三金屬板形成一第二電容。在另一實施例中,在該第一金屬板未被彎折的情況下,該第一電容與該第二電容的阻抗值相同。 In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, and the second metal plate forms a second capacitance with the third metal plate. In another embodiment, the first capacitor and the second capacitor have the same impedance value when the first metal plate is not bent.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種發信器,包含:一可動元件,用於沿著該發信器的軸心方向移動達一行程;一絕緣物質,用於該可動元件的後端;以及一導體,位於該絕緣物質的後端,用於與該可動元件及該絕緣物質形成一力感應電容。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter comprising: a movable element for moving along a direction of the axis of the transmitter for a stroke; an insulating substance for a rear end of the movable element; And a conductor located at a rear end of the insulating material for forming a force-sensing capacitor with the movable element and the insulating material.

在一實施例中,該發信器更包含位於該可動元件的前端之一筆尖段。在一實施例中,該筆尖段為導體,與該可動元件電性耦合。在另一實施例中,該筆尖段用於發出一電信號,該電信號中的某一頻率群組之信號強度與該力感應電容的阻抗值相關。 In an embodiment, the transmitter further includes a pen tip segment located at a front end of the movable member. In an embodiment, the nib segment is a conductor that is electrically coupled to the movable element. In another embodiment, the nib segment is configured to emit an electrical signal, the signal strength of a certain frequency group of the electrical signal being related to the impedance value of the force sensing capacitor.

在一實施例中,該發信器更包含一彈性元件與一殼體,該彈 性元件用於供該可動元件與該殼體之間的彈力,使得該可動元件受到彈力時,移動到該行程的前端。 In an embodiment, the transmitter further includes a resilient member and a housing, the bullet The sexual element is used for the elastic force between the movable element and the housing, so that when the movable element is subjected to the elastic force, it moves to the front end of the stroke.

在一實施例中,該絕緣物質為一絕緣膜,該導體包含一可壓縮導體與一導體基座。在另一實施例中,該絕緣物質為一可壓縮絕緣材料。 In one embodiment, the insulating material is an insulating film comprising a compressible conductor and a conductor pedestal. In another embodiment, the insulating material is a compressible insulating material.

在一實施例中,該絕緣物質與該導體的接觸面包含下列其中之一:單一斜面、多個突起面、圓錐斜面、與單一突起面。在另一實施例中,該導體與該絕緣物質的接觸面包含下列其中之一:單一斜面、多個突起面、圓錐斜面、與單一突起面。 In one embodiment, the contact surface of the insulating material with the conductor comprises one of: a single bevel, a plurality of raised faces, a tapered bevel, and a single raised face. In another embodiment, the contact surface of the conductor with the insulating material comprises one of: a single bevel, a plurality of raised faces, a tapered bevel, and a single raised face.

在一實施例中,該絕緣物質與該導體位於該殼體的一內腔室當中。在另一實施例中,該內腔室為圓柱狀。 In one embodiment, the insulating material and the conductor are located in an inner chamber of the housing. In another embodiment, the inner chamber is cylindrical.

在一實施例中,該可動元件包含一前端可動元件與一後端可動元件,其中該前端可動元件與該筆尖段接觸並且電性耦合。 In one embodiment, the movable element includes a front end movable element and a rear end movable element, wherein the front end movable element is in contact with and electrically coupled to the nib section.

在一實施例中,該發信器更包含一電路板,其中該電路板透過一基底導線與該導體電性耦合,該電路板透過一可動元件導線與該可動元件電性耦合。在另一實施例中,該可動元件導線連接到該彈性元件。 In one embodiment, the transmitter further includes a circuit board, wherein the circuit board is electrically coupled to the conductor through a base wire, and the circuit board is electrically coupled to the movable element through a movable component wire. In another embodiment, the movable element wire is connected to the elastic element.

在一實施例中,該彈性元件並不環繞該可動元件。在另一實施例中,該基底導線並不環繞該導體。 In an embodiment, the resilient element does not surround the movable element. In another embodiment, the substrate lead does not surround the conductor.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種電路開關,包含互相平行且依序排列的一第一電路板、一第二電路板、與一第三電路板;以及一雙斜面裝置,其中該第一電路板的一第一端與該第三電路板的一第一端分別抵住該雙斜面裝置的兩個斜面,該第二電路板的一第一端並未與該雙斜面裝置接觸,該第二第路板的該第一端包含一電路,該電路上下的一第二點 與一第三點分別與該第一電路板的一第一點與該第三電路板的一第四點短路且電性耦合。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a circuit switch comprising a first circuit board, a second circuit board, and a third circuit board arranged in parallel and sequentially, and a double bevel device, wherein the first a first end of the circuit board and a first end of the third circuit board respectively abut the two inclined surfaces of the double bevel device, and a first end of the second circuit board is not in contact with the double bevel device, The first end of the second circuit board includes a circuit, and a second point above and below the circuit And a third point is short-circuited and electrically coupled to a first point of the first circuit board and a fourth point of the third circuit board.

在一實施例中,當該雙斜面裝置朝向該第二電路板的方向移動時,該第一電路板與該第三電路板受到該雙斜面裝置的壓迫而分別向上下彎折,使得該第一點與該第二點開路且電性不耦合以及該第三點與第四點開路且電性不耦合。 In an embodiment, when the double bevel device moves toward the second circuit board, the first circuit board and the third circuit board are pressed by the double bevel device to be bent up and down respectively, so that the first circuit board One point is open to the second point and is electrically uncoupled and the third point and the fourth point are open and electrically uncoupled.

在一實施例中,該第一點並聯至一第一連接埠與高電位,該第四點連接至低電位,當該第一點與第二點短路且第三點與第四點短路時,該第一連接埠為低電位,當該第一點與第二點開路或第三點與第四點開路時,該第一連接埠為高電位。 In one embodiment, the first point is connected in parallel to a first connection 埠 and a high potential, the fourth point is connected to a low potential, when the first point is shorted to the second point and the third point is shorted to the fourth point The first connection port is low, and when the first point and the second point are open or the third point and the fourth point are open, the first connection port is high.

在一實施例中,該雙斜面裝置連接至一發信器的一筆尖段。 In one embodiment, the double bevel device is coupled to a sharp segment of a transmitter.

在一實施例中,該電路位於該第二電路板的該第一端邊緣。 In an embodiment, the circuit is located at the first end edge of the second circuit board.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種電路開關,包含互相平行且依序排列的一第一電路板、一第二電路板、與一第三電路板;以及一雙斜面裝置,其中該第一電路板的一第一端與該第三電路板的一第一端分別抵住該雙斜面裝置的兩個斜面,該第二電路板的一第一端並未與該雙斜面裝置接觸,該第二第路板的該第一端包含一電路,該電路上的一第二點與該第一電路板的一第一點短路且電性耦合。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a circuit switch comprising a first circuit board, a second circuit board, and a third circuit board arranged in parallel and sequentially, and a double bevel device, wherein the first a first end of the circuit board and a first end of the third circuit board respectively abut the two inclined surfaces of the double bevel device, and a first end of the second circuit board is not in contact with the double bevel device, The first end of the second circuit board includes a circuit, and a second point on the circuit is shorted and electrically coupled to a first point of the first circuit board.

在一實施例中,當該雙斜面裝置朝向該第二電路板的方向移動時,該第一電路板與該第三電路板受到該雙斜面裝置的壓迫而分別向上下彎折,使得該第一點與該第二點開路且電性不耦合。 In an embodiment, when the double bevel device moves toward the second circuit board, the first circuit board and the third circuit board are pressed by the double bevel device to be bent up and down respectively, so that the first circuit board One point is open to the second point and is not electrically coupled.

在一實施例中,該第一點並聯至一第一連接埠與高電位,該 第二點連接至低電位,當該第一點與第二點短路時,該第一連接埠為低電位,當該第一點與第二點開路開路時,該第一連接埠為高電位。 In an embodiment, the first point is connected in parallel to a first connection port and a high potential, The second point is connected to a low potential. When the first point is short-circuited with the second point, the first connection is low, and when the first point and the second point are open, the first connection is high. .

在一實施例中,該雙斜面裝置連接至一發信器的一筆尖段。 In one embodiment, the double bevel device is coupled to a sharp segment of a transmitter.

在一實施例中,該電路位於該第二電路板的該第一端邊緣。 In an embodiment, the circuit is located at the first end edge of the second circuit board.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種觸控筆,包含:一控制單元、一筆尖段、與一電路開關,該電路開關包含互相平行且依序排列的一第一電路板、一第二電路板、與一第三電路板;以及連接至該筆尖段的一雙斜面裝置,其中該第一電路板的一第一端與該第三電路板的一第一端分別抵住該雙斜面裝置的兩個斜面,該第二電路板的一第一端並未與該雙斜面裝置接觸,該第二第路板的該第一端包含一電路,該電路上下的一第二點與一第三點分別與該第一電路板的一第一點與該第三電路板的一第四點短路且電性耦合,該第一點並聯至該控制單元的一第一連接埠與高電位,該第四點連接至低電位,該第一連接埠為低電位。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a stylus comprising: a control unit, a tip segment, and a circuit switch, the circuit switch including a first circuit board and a second circuit that are parallel to each other and sequentially arranged And a third circuit board; and a pair of beveling devices connected to the pen tip segment, wherein a first end of the first circuit board and a first end of the third circuit board respectively abut the double bevel device The two bevels, a first end of the second circuit board is not in contact with the double bevel device, the first end of the second circuit board includes a circuit, and a second point and a second The three points are short-circuited and electrically coupled to a first point of the first circuit board and a fourth point of the third circuit board, and the first point is connected in parallel to a first connection 该 and a high potential of the control unit. The fourth point is connected to a low potential, and the first connection 埠 is low.

在一實施例中,當該雙斜面裝置朝向該第二電路板的方向移動時,該第一電路板與該第三電路板受到該雙斜面裝置的壓迫而分別向上下彎折,使得該第一點與該第二點開路且電性不耦合以及該第三點與第四點開路且電性不耦合,該第一連接埠為高電位。 In an embodiment, when the double bevel device moves toward the second circuit board, the first circuit board and the third circuit board are pressed by the double bevel device to be bent up and down respectively, so that the first circuit board One point is open and electrically uncoupled from the second point, and the third point and the fourth point are open and electrically uncoupled, and the first connection 埠 is high.

在一實施例中,當該第一連接埠從低電位變成高電位時,該控制單元被喚醒。 In an embodiment, the control unit is woken up when the first port is changed from a low level to a high level.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種觸控筆,包含:一控制單元、一筆尖段、與一電路開關,該電路開關包含互相平行且依序排列的一第一電路板、一第二電路板、與一第三電路板;以及連接至該筆尖段的一 雙斜面裝置,其中該第一電路板的一第一端與該第三電路板的一第一端分別抵住該雙斜面裝置的兩個斜面,該第二電路板的一第一端並未與該雙斜面裝置接觸,該第二第路板的該第一端包含一電路,該電路的一第二點與該第一電路板的一第一點短路且電性耦合,該第一點並聯至該控制單元的一第一連接埠與高電位,該第二點連接至低電位,該第一連接埠為低電位。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a stylus comprising: a control unit, a tip segment, and a circuit switch, the circuit switch including a first circuit board and a second circuit that are parallel to each other and sequentially arranged a board, and a third circuit board; and a connection to the nib section The double bevel device, wherein a first end of the first circuit board and a first end of the third circuit board respectively abut the two inclined surfaces of the double bevel device, and a first end of the second circuit board is not In contact with the double bevel device, the first end of the second circuit board includes a circuit, and a second point of the circuit is short-circuited and electrically coupled to a first point of the first circuit board, the first point A first connection 并联 connected to the control unit is connected to a high potential, and the second point is connected to a low potential, and the first connection 埠 is at a low potential.

在一實施例中,當該雙斜面裝置朝向該第二電路板的方向移動時,該第一電路板與該第三電路板受到該雙斜面裝置的壓迫而分別向上下彎折,使得該第一點與該第二點開路且電性不耦合,該第一連接埠為高電位。 In an embodiment, when the double bevel device moves toward the second circuit board, the first circuit board and the third circuit board are pressed by the double bevel device to be bent up and down respectively, so that the first circuit board One point is open to the second point and is electrically uncoupled, and the first connection 埠 is high.

在一實施例中,當該第一連接埠從低電位變成高電位時,該控制單元被喚醒。 In an embodiment, the control unit is woken up when the first port is changed from a low level to a high level.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種控制發信器的發信方法,包含:於一第一時段內發出一第一時段電信號;以及於一第二時段內發出一第二時段電信號,其中該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號所包含的信號頻率群組不同。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for controlling a sender of a transmitter, comprising: transmitting a first period electrical signal during a first time period; and transmitting a second time period electrical signal during a second time period, The first time period electrical signal is different from the signal frequency group included in the second time period electrical signal.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種發信器,用於於一第一時段內發出一第一時段電信號;以及於一第二時段內發出一第二時段電信號,其中該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號所包含的信號頻率群組不同。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter for emitting a first time period electrical signal during a first time period and a second time period electrical signal for a second time period, wherein the first time period The electrical signal is different from the signal frequency group included in the second time electrical signal.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種觸控系統,該觸控系統包含:一發信器、一觸控面板、與連接該觸控面板的一觸控處理裝置,用於根據一第一時段電信號與一第二時段電信號偵測該發信器,其中該發信 器,用於於一第一時段內發出該第一時段電信號;以及於一第二時段內發出該第二時段電信號,其中該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號所包含的信號頻率群組不同。 A touch control system includes: a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel, according to a first time period. The signal is detected by the electrical signal and a second time period electrical signal, wherein the signal is sent And transmitting the first time period electrical signal in a first time period; and transmitting the second time period electrical signal in a second time period, wherein the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal are included The signal frequency group is different.

在一實施例中,上述的一個信號頻率群組包含一個或多個頻率的信號。 In an embodiment, the one signal frequency group described above includes signals of one or more frequencies.

在一實施例中,該第一時段是在該發信器偵測到一燈塔信號之後。在另一實施例中,該燈塔信號的偵測時段與該第一時段之間有一第一延遲時間。 In an embodiment, the first time period is after the transmitter detects a beacon signal. In another embodiment, there is a first delay time between the detection period of the beacon signal and the first period.

在一實施例中,該第一時段與該第二時段之間有一第二延遲時間。 In an embodiment, there is a second delay time between the first time period and the second time period.

在一實施例中,該第二時段之後有一第三延遲時間。 In an embodiment, there is a third delay time after the second time period.

在一實施例中,於該發信器偵測到該燈塔信號之前,偵測一干擾信號。在另一實施例中,該干擾信號包含與該第一時段電信號及該第二時段電信號當中具有同調頻率的信號。 In an embodiment, an interference signal is detected before the transmitter detects the beacon signal. In another embodiment, the interference signal includes a signal having a coherent frequency with the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal.

請參考上述的表一,在一實施例中,當該發信器的一筆尖段未接觸物體時,令該發信器的一第一信號源與一第二信號源同時發出相同的信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 1 above, in an embodiment, when a tip segment of the transmitter does not contact an object, a first signal source of the transmitter and a second signal source simultaneously emit the same signal frequency. Group.

請參考上述的表一,在一實施例中,當該筆尖段未接觸物體且該發信器的一第一開關開路時,令該第一信號源與該第二信號源同時發出相同的一第一信號頻率群組,當該筆尖段未接觸物體且該第一開關短路時,令該第一信號源與該第二信號源於該第一時段同時發出相同的一第二信號頻率群組,其中該第一信號頻率群組不同於該第二信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 1 above, in an embodiment, when the pen tip segment does not contact the object and a first switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal source and the second signal source simultaneously issue the same one. a first signal frequency group, when the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the first switch is shorted, the first signal source and the second signal source simultaneously emit the same second signal frequency group in the first time period The first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.

請參考上述的表一,在一實施例中,當該筆尖段未接觸物體且該發信器的一第二開關開路時,令該第一信號源與該第二信號源同時發出相同的該第一信號頻率群組,當該筆尖段未接觸物體且該第二開關短路時,令該第一信號源與該第二信號源於該第二時段同時發出相同的一第三信號頻率群組,其中該第一信號頻率群組不同於該第三信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 1 above, in an embodiment, when the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and a second switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal source and the second signal source are simultaneously issued the same a first signal frequency group, when the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the second switch is shorted, the first signal source and the second signal source simultaneously emit the same third signal frequency group in the second time period The first signal frequency group is different from the third signal frequency group.

請參考上述的表二,在一實施例中,當該筆尖段接觸物體時,令該發信器的一第一信號源與一第二信號源分別在該第二時段與該第一時段發出不同的信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 2 above, in an embodiment, when the pen tip segment contacts an object, a first signal source and a second signal source of the transmitter are respectively sent in the second time period and the first time period. Different signal frequency groups.

請參考上述的表二,在一實施例中,當該筆尖段接觸物體且該發信器的一第一開關開路時,令該第二信號源於該第一時段發出一第一信號頻率群組,當該筆尖段接觸物體且該第一開關短路時,令該第二信號源於該第一時段發出一第二信號頻率群組,其中該第一信號頻率群組不同於該第二信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 2 above, in an embodiment, when the pen tip segment contacts the object and a first switch of the transmitter is open, the second signal source sends a first signal frequency group in the first time period. When the pen tip segment contacts the object and the first switch is shorted, the second signal source sends a second signal frequency group in the first time period, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal Frequency group.

請參考上述的表二,在一實施例中,當該筆尖段接觸物體且該發信器的一第二開關開路時,令該第一信號源於該第二時段發出一第三信號頻率群組,當該筆尖段接觸物體且該第二開關短路時,令該第一信號源於該第二時段發出該第二信號頻率群組,其中該第三信號頻率群組不同於該第二信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 2 above, in an embodiment, when the pen tip segment contacts the object and a second switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal source sends a third signal frequency group in the second time period. a group, when the pen tip segment contacts an object and the second switch is shorted, causing the first signal source to emit the second signal frequency group in the second time period, wherein the third signal frequency group is different from the second signal Frequency group.

在一實施例中,該第一信號源與該第二信號源分別於第二時段與第一時段所發出的一第一信號強度M1與一第二信號強度M2之一比例值相應於該發信器的一受力。 In an embodiment, the first signal source and the second signal source respectively have a ratio of a first signal strength M1 and a second signal strength M2 emitted by the second period to the first period corresponding to the A force on the letter.

在一實施例中,該發信方法更包含於一第零時段內,令一環 狀電極發出一第零時段電信號,其中該第零時段是在該發信器偵測到一燈塔信號之後。在另一實施例中,該燈塔信號的偵測時段與該第零時段之間有一第零延遲時間。 In an embodiment, the signaling method is further included in a zero period, so that a ring The electrode emits a zero-th period electrical signal, wherein the zeroth period is after the transmitter detects a beacon signal. In another embodiment, there is a zeroth delay between the detection period of the beacon signal and the zeroth period.

在一實施例當中,令該環狀電極於該第一時段與該第二時段內,不發出電信號。 In one embodiment, the ring electrode is caused to emit no electrical signal during the first time period and the second time period.

在一實施例中,該第零時段電信號與該第一時段電信號及該第二時段電信號所包含的信號頻率群組不同。 In an embodiment, the zeroth time period electrical signal is different from the signal frequency group included in the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種控制發信器的發信方法,包含:於一第一時段內發出一第一時段電信號;以及於一第二時段內發出一第二時段電信號,其中該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號所包含的信號頻率群組相同。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for controlling a sender of a transmitter, comprising: transmitting a first period electrical signal during a first time period; and transmitting a second time period electrical signal during a second time period, The first time period electrical signal is the same as the signal frequency group included in the second time period electrical signal.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種發信器,用於於一第一時段內發出一第一時段電信號;以及於一第二時段內發出一第二時段電信號,其中該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號所包含的信號頻率群組相同。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter for emitting a first time period electrical signal during a first time period and a second time period electrical signal for a second time period, wherein the first time period The electrical signal is the same as the signal frequency group included in the second time electrical signal.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種觸控系統,該觸控系統包含:一發信器、一觸控面板、與連接該觸控面板的一觸控處理裝置,用於根據一第一時段電信號與一第二時段電信號偵測該發信器,其中該發信器用於於一第一時段內發出該第一時段電信號;以及於一第二時段內發出該第二時段電信號,其中該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號所包含的信號頻率群組相同。 A touch control system includes: a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel, according to a first time period. And detecting, by the electrical signal, a second time period electrical signal, wherein the transmitter is configured to emit the first time period electrical signal in a first time period; and output the second time period electrical signal in a second time period And wherein the first time period electrical signal is the same as the signal frequency group included in the second time period electrical signal.

在一實施例中,上述的一個信號頻率群組包含一個或多個頻 率的信號。 In an embodiment, one of the above signal frequency groups includes one or more frequencies Rate signal.

在一實施例中,該第一時段是在該發信器偵測到一燈塔信號之後。在另一實施例中,該燈塔信號的偵測時段與該第一時段之間有一第一延遲時間。 In an embodiment, the first time period is after the transmitter detects a beacon signal. In another embodiment, there is a first delay time between the detection period of the beacon signal and the first period.

在一實施例中,該第一時段與該第二時段之間有一第二延遲時間。 In an embodiment, there is a second delay time between the first time period and the second time period.

在一實施例中,該第二時段之後有一第三延遲時間。 In an embodiment, there is a third delay time after the second time period.

在一實施例中,於該發信器偵測到該燈塔信號之前,偵測一干擾信號。在另一實施例中,該干擾信號包含與該第一時段電信號及該第二時段電信號當中具有同調頻率的信號。 In an embodiment, an interference signal is detected before the transmitter detects the beacon signal. In another embodiment, the interference signal includes a signal having a coherent frequency with the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal.

請參考上述的表三,在一實施例中,當該發信器的一筆尖段未接觸物體時,令該發信器的一第一信號源與一第二信號源同時發出相同的信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 3 above, in an embodiment, when a tip segment of the transmitter does not contact an object, a first signal source of the transmitter and a second signal source simultaneously emit the same signal frequency. Group.

請參考上述的表三,在一實施例中,當該筆尖段未接觸物體且該發信器的一第一開關開路時,令該第一信號源與該第二信號源同時發出相同的一第一信號頻率群組,當該筆尖段未接觸物體且該第一開關短路時,令該第一信號源與該第二信號源同時發出相同的一第二信號頻率群組,其中該第一信號頻率群組不同於該第二信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 3 above, in an embodiment, when the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and a first switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal source and the second signal source simultaneously issue the same one. a first signal frequency group, when the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the first switch is shorted, the first signal source and the second signal source simultaneously emit the same second signal frequency group, wherein the first signal frequency group The signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.

請參考上述的表三,在一實施例中,當該筆尖段未接觸物體且該發信器的一第二開關開路時,令該第一信號源與該第二信號源同時發出相同的該第一信號頻率群組,當該筆尖段未接觸物體且該第二開關短路時,令該第一信號源與該第二信號源同時發出相同的一第三信號頻率群 組,其中該第一信號頻率群組不同於該第三信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 3 above, in an embodiment, when the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and a second switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal source and the second signal source are simultaneously issued the same a first signal frequency group, when the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the second switch is shorted, the first signal source and the second signal source simultaneously emit the same third signal frequency group a group, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the third signal frequency group.

請參考上述的表四,在一實施例中,當該筆尖段接觸物體時,令該發信器的一第一信號源與一第二信號源分別在該第二時段與該第一時段發出相同的信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 4 above, in an embodiment, when the pen tip segment contacts an object, a first signal source and a second signal source of the transmitter are respectively sent in the second time period and the first time period. The same signal frequency group.

請參考上述的表四,在一實施例中,當該筆尖段接觸物體且該發信器的一第一開關開路時,令該第二信號源於該第一時段發出一第一信號頻率群組,當該筆尖段接觸物體且該第一開關短路時,令該第二信號源於該第一時段發出一第二信號頻率群組,其中該第一信號頻率群組不同於該第二信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 4 above, in an embodiment, when the pen tip segment contacts the object and a first switch of the transmitter is open, the second signal source sends a first signal frequency group in the first time period. When the pen tip segment contacts the object and the first switch is shorted, the second signal source sends a second signal frequency group in the first time period, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal Frequency group.

請參考上述的表四,在一實施例中,當該筆尖段接觸物體且該發信器的一第二開關開路時,令該第一信號源於該第二時段發出一第三信號頻率群組,當該筆尖段接觸物體且該第二開關短路時,令該第一信號源於該第二時段發出該第二信號頻率群組,其中該第三信號頻率群組不同於該第二信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 4 above, in an embodiment, when the nib segment contacts the object and a second switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal source is caused to emit a third signal frequency group in the second period. a group, when the pen tip segment contacts an object and the second switch is shorted, causing the first signal source to emit the second signal frequency group in the second time period, wherein the third signal frequency group is different from the second signal Frequency group.

在一實施例中,該發信方法更包含於一第零時段內,令一環狀電極發出一第零時段電信號,其中該第零時段是在該發信器偵測到一燈塔信號之後。在另一實施例中,該燈塔信號的偵測時段與該第零時段之間有一第零延遲時間。 In an embodiment, the signaling method is further included in a zeroth period, wherein a ring electrode emits a zero-th period electrical signal, wherein the zero-th period is after the transmitter detects a beacon signal. . In another embodiment, there is a zeroth delay between the detection period of the beacon signal and the zeroth period.

在一實施例當中,令該環狀電極於該第一時段與該第二時段內,不發出電信號。 In one embodiment, the ring electrode is caused to emit no electrical signal during the first time period and the second time period.

在一實施例中,該第零時段電信號與該第一時段電信號及該第二時段電信號所包含的信號頻率群組相同。 In an embodiment, the zeroth time period electrical signal is the same as the signal frequency group included in the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal.

在一實施例中,該第一信號源與該第二信號源分別於第二時段與第一時段所發出的一第一信號強度M1與一第二信號強度M2之一比例值相應於該發信器的一受力。 In an embodiment, the first signal source and the second signal source respectively have a ratio of a first signal strength M1 and a second signal strength M2 emitted by the second period to the first period corresponding to the A force on the letter.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種偵測發信器的偵測方法,包含:於一第一時段內偵測該發信器所發出的一第一時段電信號;以及於一第二時段內偵測該發信器所發出一第二時段電信號,其中該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號所包含的信號頻率群組不同。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for detecting a transmitter, comprising: detecting a first time period electrical signal sent by the sender during a first time period; and The second time period electrical signal sent by the transmitter is detected, wherein the first time period electrical signal is different from the signal frequency group included in the second time period electrical signal.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種偵測發信器的觸控處理裝置,用於連接一觸控面板,該觸控面板包含複數個第一電極與複數個第二電極及其重疊處所形成的複數個感測點,該觸控處理裝置用於於一第一時段內偵測該發信器所發出的一第一時段電信號;以及於一第二時段內偵測該發信器所發出一第二時段電信號,其中該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號所包含的信號頻率群組不同。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for detecting a transmitter for connecting a touch panel, wherein the touch panel includes a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes and overlapping portions thereof. a plurality of sensing points, wherein the touch processing device is configured to detect a first time period electrical signal sent by the transmitter during a first time period; and detect the sender device in a second time period And generating a second time period electrical signal, wherein the first time period electrical signal is different from the signal frequency group included in the second time period electrical signal.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種觸控系統,該觸控系統包含:一發信器、一觸控面板、與連接該觸控面板的一觸控處理裝置,用於根據該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號偵測該發信器,其中該發信器用於於一第一時段內發出一第一時段電信號;以及於一第二時段內發出一第二時段電信號,其中該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號所包含的信號頻率群組不同。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch system including: a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel, according to the first time period. And detecting, by the electrical signal, the second time period electrical signal, wherein the transmitter is configured to emit a first time period electrical signal in a first time period; and to emit a second time period electrical signal in a second time period And wherein the first time period electrical signal is different from the signal frequency group included in the second time period electrical signal.

在一實施例中,上述的一個信號頻率群組包含一個或多個頻率的信號。 In an embodiment, the one signal frequency group described above includes signals of one or more frequencies.

在一實施例中,該第一時段是在該觸控面板發出一燈塔信號 之後。在另一實施例中,該燈塔信號的發出時段與該第一時段之間有一第一延遲時間。 In an embodiment, the first time period is that a lighthouse signal is emitted on the touch panel. after that. In another embodiment, there is a first delay time between the issue period of the beacon signal and the first time period.

在一實施例中,該第一時段與該第二時段之間有一第二延遲時間。 In an embodiment, there is a second delay time between the first time period and the second time period.

在一實施例中,該第二時段之後有一第三延遲時間。在一實施例中,該第二時段之後更包含其他種偵測步驟。 In an embodiment, there is a third delay time after the second time period. In an embodiment, the second period of time further includes other detecting steps.

在一實施例中,於發出到該燈塔信號之前,偵測一干擾信號。在另一實施例中,於該第一時段之後,偵測一干擾信號。在更一實施例中,於該第二時段之後,偵測一干擾信號。在另一實施例中,該干擾信號包含與該第一時段電信號及該第二時段電信號當中具有同調頻率的信號。 In one embodiment, an interference signal is detected prior to being sent to the beacon signal. In another embodiment, an interference signal is detected after the first time period. In a further embodiment, an interference signal is detected after the second time period. In another embodiment, the interference signal includes a signal having a coherent frequency with the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal.

請參考上述的表一,在一實施例中,當該發信器同時發出單一個信號頻率群組,判定該發信器的一筆尖段未接觸物體。 Referring to Table 1 above, in an embodiment, when the sender simultaneously issues a single signal frequency group, it is determined that a pointed segment of the transmitter is not in contact with the object.

請參考上述的表一,在一實施例中,當該發信器於該第一時段發出相同的一第一信號頻率群組時,判定該筆尖段未接觸物體且該發信器的一第一開關開路,當該發信器於該第一時段同時發出相同的一第二信號頻率群組時,判斷該筆尖段未接觸物體且該第一開關短路,其中該第一信號頻率群組不同於該第二信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 1 above, in an embodiment, when the sender sends the same first signal frequency group in the first time period, determining that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the transmitter is An open circuit, when the transmitter simultaneously sends the same second signal frequency group in the first time period, determining that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the first switch is shorted, wherein the first signal frequency group is different In the second signal frequency group.

請參考上述的表一,在一實施例中,當該發信器於該第二時段發出相同的一第一信號頻率群組時,判定該筆尖段未接觸物體且該發信器的一第二開關開路,當該發信器於該第二時段同時發出相同的一第三信號頻率群組時,判斷該筆尖段未接觸物體且該第二開關短路,其中該第一 信號頻率群組不同於該第三信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 1 above, in an embodiment, when the sender sends the same first signal frequency group in the second time period, determining that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the transmitter is The second switch is open, and when the transmitter simultaneously sends the same third signal frequency group in the second time period, determining that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the second switch is short-circuited, wherein the first switch The signal frequency group is different from the third signal frequency group.

請參考上述的表二,在一實施例中,當該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號包含不同的信號頻率群組時,判定該筆尖段接觸物體。 Referring to Table 2 above, in an embodiment, when the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal comprise different signal frequency groups, it is determined that the pen tip segment contacts the object.

請參考上述的表二,在一實施例中,當該發信器於該第一時段發出一第一信號頻率群組時,判定該筆尖段接觸物體且該發信器的一第一開關開路,當該發信器於該第一時段發出一第二信號頻率群組時,判定該筆尖段接觸物體且該發信器的一第一開關短路,其中該第一信號頻率群組不同於該第二信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 2 above, in an embodiment, when the sender sends a first signal frequency group in the first time period, determining that the pen tip segment contacts the object and a first switch of the transmitter is open When the transmitter sends a second signal frequency group in the first time period, determining that the pen tip segment contacts the object and a first switch of the transmitter is shorted, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the The second signal frequency group.

請參考上述的表二,在一實施例中,當該發信器於該第二時段發出一第三信號頻率群組時,判定該筆尖段接觸物體且該發信器的一第二開關開路,當該發信器於該第二時段發出該第二信號頻率群組時,判定該筆尖段接觸物體且該第二開關短路,其中該第三信號頻率群組不同於該第二信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 2 above, in an embodiment, when the sender sends a third signal frequency group in the second time period, it is determined that the pen tip segment contacts the object and a second switch of the transmitter is open. When the transmitter sends the second signal frequency group in the second time period, determining that the pen tip segment contacts the object and the second switch is shorted, wherein the third signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group group.

在一實施例中,更包含:分別計算該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號的一第一信號強度M1與一第二信號強度M2之一比例值;以及根據該比例值,計算該發信器的一受力。 In an embodiment, the method further includes: respectively calculating a ratio of a first signal strength M1 and a second signal strength M2 of the first period electrical signal and the second period electrical signal; and calculating according to the ratio value A force on the sender.

在一實施例中,更包含於一第零時段內,偵測該發信器所發出一第零時段電信號,其中該第零時段是在發出該燈塔信號之後。在另一實施例中,該燈塔信號的發出時段與該第零時段之間有一第零延遲時間。 In an embodiment, the method further includes detecting, during a zeroth period, a zero-th period electrical signal sent by the transmitter, wherein the zero-th period is after the beacon signal is sent. In another embodiment, there is a zeroth delay between the issue period of the beacon signal and the zeroth period.

在一實施例中,該第零時段電信號與該第一時段電信號及該第二時段電信號所包含的信號頻率群組不同。 In an embodiment, the zeroth time period electrical signal is different from the signal frequency group included in the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種偵測發信器的偵測方法, 包含:於一第一時段內偵測該發信器所發出的一第一時段電信號;以及於一第二時段內偵測該發信器所發出一第二時段電信號,其中該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號所包含的信號頻率群組相同。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for detecting a sender. The method includes: detecting a first time period electrical signal sent by the transmitter during a first time period; and detecting a second time period electrical signal sent by the sender in a second time period, wherein the first The time period electrical signal is the same as the signal frequency group included in the second time period electrical signal.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種偵測發信器的觸控處理裝置,用於連接一觸控面板,該觸控面板包含複數個第一電極與複數個第二電極及其重疊處所形成的複數個感測點,該觸控處理裝置用於於一第一時段內偵測該發信器所發出的一第一時段電信號;以及於一第二時段內偵測該發信器所發出一第二時段電信號,其中該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號所包含的信號頻率群組相同。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for detecting a transmitter for connecting a touch panel, wherein the touch panel includes a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes and overlapping portions thereof. a plurality of sensing points, wherein the touch processing device is configured to detect a first time period electrical signal sent by the transmitter during a first time period; and detect the sender device in a second time period And generating a second time period electrical signal, wherein the first time period electrical signal is the same as the signal frequency group included in the second time period electrical signal.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種觸控系統,該觸控系統包含:一發信器、一觸控面板、與連接該觸控面板的一觸控處理裝置,其中該觸控面板包含複數個第一電極與複數個第二電極及其重疊處所形成的複數個感測點,該觸控處理裝置用於於一第一時段內偵測該發信器所發出的一第一時段電信號;以及於一第二時段內偵測該發信器所發出一第二時段電信號,其中該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號所包含的信號頻率群組相同。 A touch control system includes: a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel, wherein the touch panel includes a plurality of touch panels a plurality of sensing points formed by the first electrode and the plurality of second electrodes and the overlapping portion thereof, wherein the touch processing device is configured to detect a first time period electrical signal sent by the transmitter during a first time period And detecting, during a second time period, a second time period electrical signal sent by the transmitter, wherein the first time period electrical signal is the same as the signal frequency group included in the second time period electrical signal.

在一實施例中,上述的一個信號頻率群組包含一個或多個頻率的信號。 In an embodiment, the one signal frequency group described above includes signals of one or more frequencies.

在一實施例中,該第一時段是在該觸控面板發出一燈塔信號之後。在另一實施例中,該燈塔信號的發出時段與該第一時段之間有一第一延遲時間。 In an embodiment, the first time period is after the touch panel emits a beacon signal. In another embodiment, there is a first delay time between the issue period of the beacon signal and the first time period.

在一實施例中,該第一時段與該第二時段之間有一第二延遲 時間。 In an embodiment, there is a second delay between the first time period and the second time period time.

在一實施例中,該第二時段之後有一第三延遲時間。在一實施例中,該第二時段之後更包含其他種偵測步驟。 In an embodiment, there is a third delay time after the second time period. In an embodiment, the second period of time further includes other detecting steps.

在一實施例中,於發出到該燈塔信號之前,偵測一干擾信號。在另一實施例中,於該第一時段之後,偵測一干擾信號。在另一實施例中,於該第二時段之後,偵測一干擾信號。在另一實施例中,該干擾信號包含與該第一時段電信號及該第二時段電信號當中具有同調頻率的信號。 In one embodiment, an interference signal is detected prior to being sent to the beacon signal. In another embodiment, an interference signal is detected after the first time period. In another embodiment, an interference signal is detected after the second time period. In another embodiment, the interference signal includes a signal having a coherent frequency with the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal.

請參考上述的表三,在一實施例中,當該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號具有相同的單一個信號頻率群組時,判定該發信器的一筆尖段未接觸物體。 Referring to Table 3 above, in an embodiment, when the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal have the same single signal frequency group, determining that the pointer of the transmitter is not in contact with the object .

請參考上述的表三,在一實施例中,當該發信器發出一第一信號頻率群組時,判定該筆尖段未接觸物體且該發信器的一第一開關開路,當該發信器發出一第二信號頻率群組時,判定該筆尖段未接觸物體且該發信器的該第一開關短路,其中該第一信號頻率群組不同於該第二信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 3 above, in an embodiment, when the sender sends a first signal frequency group, it is determined that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and a first switch of the transmitter is open, when the transmitter When the controller sends a second signal frequency group, it is determined that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the first switch of the transmitter is shorted, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.

請參考上述的表三,在一實施例中,當該發信器發出一第一信號頻率群組時,判定該筆尖段未接觸物體且該發信器的一第二開關開路,當該發信器發出一第三信號頻率群組時,判定該筆尖段未接觸物體且該發信器的該第二開關短路,其中該第一信號頻率群組不同於該第三信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 3 above, in an embodiment, when the sender sends a first signal frequency group, it is determined that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and a second switch of the transmitter is open, when the transmitter When the signal is sent to a third signal frequency group, it is determined that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the second switch of the transmitter is shorted, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the third signal frequency group.

請參考上述的表四,在一實施例中,當該第一時段電信號與 該第二時段電信號具有相同的單一個信號頻率群組時,且該第一時段電信號的一第一信號強度M1與該第二時段電信號的一第二信號強度M2的一比例值不在一第一範圍內時,判定該發信器的一筆尖段接觸物體。 Please refer to Table 4 above. In an embodiment, when the first period electrical signal is When the second period electrical signal has the same single signal frequency group, and a ratio of a first signal strength M1 of the first period electrical signal to a second signal strength M2 of the second period electrical signal is not When within a first range, it is determined that a sharp segment of the transmitter contacts the object.

請參考上述的表四,在一實施例中,當該發信器於該第一時段發出一第一信號頻率群組且該比例值不在該第一範圍內時,判定該筆尖段接觸物體且該發信器的一第一開關開路,當該發信器於該第一時段發出一第二信號頻率群組且該比例值不在該第一範圍內時,判定該筆尖段接觸物體且該發信器的該第一開關短路,其中該第一信號頻率群組不同於該第二信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 4 above, in an embodiment, when the sender sends a first signal frequency group in the first time period and the ratio value is not in the first range, determining that the pen tip segment contacts the object and a first switch of the transmitter is open, and when the transmitter sends a second signal frequency group in the first time period and the ratio value is not in the first range, determining that the pen tip segment contacts the object and the hair is The first switch of the signal is shorted, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.

請參考上述的表四,在一實施例中,當該發信器於該第二時段發出一第三信號頻率群組且該比例值不在該第一範圍內時,判定該筆尖段接觸物體且該發信器的一第二開關開路,當該發信器於該第二時段發出一第二信號頻率群組且該比例值不在該第一範圍內時,判定該筆尖段接觸物體且該發信器的該第二開關短路,其中該第三信號頻率群組不同於該第二信號頻率群組。 Referring to Table 4 above, in an embodiment, when the sender sends a third signal frequency group in the second time period and the ratio value is not in the first range, determining that the pen tip segment contacts the object and A second switch of the transmitter is open, and when the transmitter sends a second signal frequency group in the second period and the ratio is not within the first range, determining that the nib segment contacts the object and the The second switch of the signal is shorted, wherein the third signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.

在一實施例中,更包含:分別計算該第一時段電信號與該第二時段電信號的一第一信號強度M1與一第二信號強度M2之一比例值;以及根據該比例值,計算該發信器的一受力。 In an embodiment, the method further includes: respectively calculating a ratio of a first signal strength M1 and a second signal strength M2 of the first period electrical signal and the second period electrical signal; and calculating according to the ratio value A force on the sender.

在一實施例中,更包含於一第零時段內,偵測該發信器所發出一第零時段電信號,其中該第零時段是在發出該燈塔信號之後。在另一實施例中,該燈塔信號的發出時段與該第零時段之間有一第零延遲時間。 In an embodiment, the method further includes detecting, during a zeroth period, a zero-th period electrical signal sent by the transmitter, wherein the zero-th period is after the beacon signal is sent. In another embodiment, there is a zeroth delay between the issue period of the beacon signal and the zeroth period.

在一實施例中,該第零時段電信號與該第一時段電信號及該 第二時段電信號所包含的信號頻率群組相同。 In an embodiment, the zeroth time period electrical signal and the first time period electrical signal and the The second period electrical signal contains the same signal frequency group.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種發信器,包含:一筆尖段;以及環繞該筆尖段的一環狀電極,該筆尖段與該環狀電極的電性不耦合。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter comprising: a tip segment; and a ring-shaped electrode surrounding the pen tip segment, the tip segment being electrically uncoupled from the ring electrode.

在一實施例中,該環狀電極包含多個不相連的電極。 In an embodiment, the annular electrode comprises a plurality of unconnected electrodes.

在一實施例中,在一第零時段,該環狀電極與該筆尖段同時發出電信號。在另一實施例中,於一第一時段,該筆尖段發出電信號,但該環狀電極不發出電信號。在另一實施例中,該第一時段於該第零時段之後。 In an embodiment, the annular electrode simultaneously emits an electrical signal with the nib segment during a zeroth period. In another embodiment, the pen tip segment emits an electrical signal during a first time period, but the ring electrode does not emit an electrical signal. In another embodiment, the first time period is after the zeroth time period.

在一實施例中,該環狀電極與該筆尖段所發出的電信號包含相同一組的信號頻率群組。在另一實施例中,該環狀電極與該筆尖段分別發出不同的信號頻率群組。 In one embodiment, the ring electrode and the electrical signal emitted by the nib segment comprise the same set of signal frequency groups. In another embodiment, the ring electrode and the tip segment respectively emit different groups of signal frequencies.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種發信器位置的偵測方法,其中該發信器包含一筆尖段以及環繞該筆尖段的一環狀電極,該筆尖段與該環狀電極的電性不耦合,該偵測方法包含:於一第零時段偵測該環狀電極與該筆尖段所同時發出的電信號;以及於一第一時段偵測該筆尖段所發出的電信號。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for detecting a position of a transmitter, wherein the transmitter includes a tip segment and a ring-shaped electrode surrounding the pen tip segment, and the pen tip segment and the ring electrode are electrically connected. Uncoupling, the detecting method includes: detecting an electrical signal simultaneously emitted by the ring electrode and the pen tip segment during a zeroth period; and detecting an electrical signal emitted by the pen tip segment during a first time period.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種偵測發信器位置的觸控處理裝置,其中該發信器包含一筆尖段以及環繞該筆尖段的一環狀電極,該筆尖段與該環狀電極的電性不耦合,該觸控處理裝置連接至一觸控面板,該觸控面板包含複數個第一電極與複數個第二電極及其重疊處所形成的複數個感測點,該觸控處理裝置用於於一第零時段偵測該環狀電極與該筆尖段所同時發出的電信號;以及於一第一時段偵測該筆尖段所發出的電信號。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for detecting a position of a transmitter, wherein the transmitter includes a pointed segment and a ring-shaped electrode surrounding the pen tip segment, the pen tip segment and the ring-shaped electrode The touch processing device is connected to a touch panel, and the touch panel includes a plurality of sensing points formed by the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes and the overlapping portions thereof. The device is configured to detect an electrical signal emitted by the ring electrode and the pen tip segment during a zero period; and detect an electrical signal emitted by the pen tip segment during a first time period.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種觸控系統,包含一發信器、一觸控面板、與連接至該觸控面板的一觸控處理裝置,其中該發信器包含一筆尖段以及環繞該筆尖段的一環狀電極,該筆尖段與該環狀電極的電性不耦合,該觸控面板包含複數個第一電極與複數個第二電極及其重疊處所形成的複數個感測點,該觸控處理裝置用於於一第零時段偵測該環狀電極與該筆尖段所同時發出的電信號;以及於一第一時段偵測該筆尖段所發出的電信號。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch control system including a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel, wherein the transmitter includes a pointed segment and a surround An annular electrode of the pen tip segment, the pen tip segment is electrically uncoupled from the ring electrode, and the touch panel comprises a plurality of sensing points formed by the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes and overlapping portions thereof The touch processing device is configured to detect an electrical signal simultaneously emitted by the ring electrode and the pen tip segment during a zeroth period; and detect an electrical signal emitted by the pen tip segment during a first time period.

在一實施例中,該環狀電極與該筆尖段所發出的電信號包含相同一組的信號頻率群組。在另一實施例中,該環狀電極與該筆尖段分別發出不同的信號頻率群組。 In one embodiment, the ring electrode and the electrical signal emitted by the nib segment comprise the same set of signal frequency groups. In another embodiment, the ring electrode and the tip segment respectively emit different groups of signal frequencies.

在一實施例中,該第一時段於該第零時段之後。 In an embodiment, the first time period is after the zeroth time period.

在一實施例中,更包含根據該第零時段所偵測的電信號,計算該發信器的一第一重心位置。在另一實施例中,更包含根據該第一時段所偵測的電信號,計算該發信器的一第二重心位置。 In an embodiment, the method further includes calculating a first center of gravity position of the transmitter according to the electrical signal detected during the zeroth period. In another embodiment, the method further includes calculating a second center of gravity position of the transmitter according to the electrical signal detected during the first time period.

在一實施例中,根據該第一重心位置與該第二重心位置,計算該發信器接觸一觸控面板的一表面位置,其中該表面位置為該發信器的筆尖段軸心與該觸控面板的表面層交會的位置。 In an embodiment, calculating, according to the first center of gravity position and the second center of gravity position, a surface position of the transmitter contacting a touch panel, wherein the surface position is a tip end of the transmitter and the axis The position where the surface layer of the touch panel meets.

在一實施例中,根據該第一重心位置與該第二重心位置,計算該發信器接觸一觸控面板的一顯示位置,其中該顯示位置為該發信器的筆尖段軸心與該觸控面板的顯示層交會的位置。 In an embodiment, calculating, according to the first center of gravity position and the second center of gravity position, a display position of the sender contacting a touch panel, wherein the display position is a tip end of the transmitter and the axis The position where the display layer of the touch panel meets.

在一實施例中,根據該第一重心位置與該第二重心位置,計算該發信器接觸一觸控面板的一傾斜角。 In an embodiment, an inclination angle of the transmitter contacting a touch panel is calculated according to the first center of gravity position and the second center of gravity position.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種計算發信器接觸一觸控面板的一表面位置的方法,該方法包含:接收該發信器的一第一重心位置,該第一重心位置是根據該發信器的一環狀電極與一筆尖段所發出的電信號所計算出來;接收該發信器的一第二重心位置,該第二重心位置是根據該筆尖段所發出的電信號所計算出來;以及根據該第一重心位置與該第二重心位置,計算該表面位置,其中該表面位置為該發信器的筆尖段軸心與該觸控面板的表面層交會的位置。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for calculating a surface position of a transmitter contacting a touch panel, the method comprising: receiving a first center of gravity position of the transmitter, the first center of gravity position being according to the A ring electrode of the transmitter is calculated from an electrical signal emitted by a tip segment; receiving a second center of gravity position of the transmitter, the second center of gravity position being calculated based on an electrical signal emitted by the tip segment And calculating the surface position according to the first center of gravity position and the second center of gravity position, wherein the surface position is a position where the center of the tip portion of the transmitter intersects with the surface layer of the touch panel.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種計算發信器接觸一觸控面板的一顯示位置的方法,該方法包含:接收該發信器的一第一重心位置,該第一重心位置是根據該發信器的一環狀電極與一筆尖段所發出的電信號所計算出來;接收該發信器的一第二重心位置,該第二重心位置是根據該筆尖段所發出的電信號所計算出來;以及根據該第一重心位置與該第二重心位置,計算該顯示位置,其中該顯示位置為該發信器的筆尖段軸心與該觸控面板的顯示層交會的位置。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for calculating a display position of a sender contacting a touch panel, the method comprising: receiving a first center of gravity position of the transmitter, the first center of gravity position being according to the A ring electrode of the transmitter is calculated from an electrical signal emitted by a tip segment; receiving a second center of gravity position of the transmitter, the second center of gravity position being calculated based on an electrical signal emitted by the tip segment And displaying the display position according to the first center of gravity position and the second center of gravity position, wherein the display position is a position where the tip axis of the sender intersects with the display layer of the touch panel.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種計算發信器接觸一觸控面板的一傾斜角的方法,該方法包含:接收該發信器的一第一重心位置,該第一重心位置是根據該發信器的一環狀電極與一筆尖段所發出的電信號所計算出來;接收該發信器的一第二重心位置,該第二重心位置是根據該筆尖段所發出的電信號所計算出來;以及根據該第一重心位置與該第二重心位置,計算該傾斜角。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for calculating a tilt angle of a transmitter contacting a touch panel, the method comprising: receiving a first center of gravity position of the transmitter, the first center of gravity position being according to the A ring electrode of the transmitter is calculated from an electrical signal emitted by a tip segment; receiving a second center of gravity position of the transmitter, the second center of gravity position being calculated based on an electrical signal emitted by the tip segment Coming out; and calculating the tilt angle according to the first center of gravity position and the second center of gravity position.

在一實施例中,更包含於一第零時段計算該第一重心位置。在另一實施例中,更包含於一第一時段計算該第二重心位置。在一實施例 中,該第一時段於該第零時段之後。在一實施例中,該環狀電極與該筆尖段分別發出不同的信號頻率群組。 In an embodiment, the first center of gravity position is further calculated during a zeroth time period. In another embodiment, the second center of gravity position is further calculated in a first time period. In an embodiment The first time period is after the zeroth time period. In an embodiment, the ring electrode and the pen tip segment respectively emit different groups of signal frequencies.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種顯示方法,包含:接收一發信器的一位置;接收該發信器的一傾斜角;以及根據該位置與該傾斜角決定一顯示範圍。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a display method comprising: receiving a position of a transmitter; receiving a tilt angle of the transmitter; and determining a display range based on the position and the tilt angle.

在一實施例中,該位置包含下列其中之一:一第一重心位置;一第二重心位置;一表面位置;以及一顯示位置,其中該第一重心位置是根據該發信器的一環狀電極與一筆尖段所發出的電信號所計算出來,該第二重心位置是根據該筆尖段所發出的電信號所計算出來,該表面位置為該發信器的筆尖段軸心與一觸控面板的表面層交會的位置,該顯示位置為該發信器的筆尖段軸心與該觸控面板的顯示層交會的位置。在一實施例中,該環狀電極與該筆尖段分別發出不同的信號頻率群組。 In one embodiment, the location comprises one of: a first center of gravity position; a second center of gravity position; a surface position; and a display position, wherein the first center of gravity position is based on a portion of the transmitter The electrode is calculated from an electrical signal emitted by a sharp segment, and the second center of gravity is calculated based on an electrical signal emitted by the tip segment, the surface position being the axis of the pen tip of the transmitter and a touch The position where the surface layer of the control panel meets, and the display position is the position where the axis of the pen tip segment of the sender intersects with the display layer of the touch panel. In an embodiment, the ring electrode and the pen tip segment respectively emit different groups of signal frequencies.

在一實施例中,該顯示範圍包含一橢圓形。在另一實施例中,該位置位於下列其中之一:該橢圓形的中心;橢圓形的焦點之一;以及該橢圓形的雙焦點之連線與該橢圓形的交會點之一。在一實施例中,該橢圓形的雙焦點之連線方向相對應於該傾斜角的方向。 In an embodiment, the display range comprises an ellipse. In another embodiment, the location is located in one of: the center of the ellipse; one of the focal points of the ellipse; and one of the intersection of the elliptical bifocal line and the ellipse. In an embodiment, the elliptical bifocal connection direction corresponds to the direction of the tilt angle.

在一實施例中,該顯示範圍包含一淚滴形。在另一實施例中,該位置位於下列其中之一:該淚滴形的中心;該淚滴形的頂點;以及該淚滴形的端點。在一實施例中,該淚滴形方向相對應於該傾斜角的方向。 In an embodiment, the display range comprises a teardrop shape. In another embodiment, the location is in one of: the center of the teardrop shape; the apex of the teardrop shape; and the endpoint of the teardrop shape. In an embodiment, the teardrop shape direction corresponds to the direction of the tilt angle.

在一實施例中,該顯示範圍的方向相對應於該傾斜角的方向。在另一實施例中,該顯示範圍的大小相對應於該傾斜角的大小。在更一實施例中,該顯示範圍的顏色相對應於下列其中之一:該傾斜角的大小; 以及該傾斜角的方向。 In an embodiment, the direction of the display range corresponds to the direction of the tilt angle. In another embodiment, the size of the display range corresponds to the magnitude of the tilt angle. In a further embodiment, the color of the display range corresponds to one of: the size of the tilt angle; And the direction of the tilt angle.

在一實施例中,更包含接收該發信器的一受力,該顯示範圍的大小相對應於該受力的大小。 In an embodiment, the method further includes receiving a force of the transmitter, and the size of the display range corresponds to the magnitude of the force.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種發信器的發信方法,包含:在該發信器的一力感測器未感測到力的時候,發出具有第一信號強度的一第一電信號;以及在該力感測器感測到力的時候,發出具有第二信號強度的一第二電信號,其中該第一信號強度大於該第二信號強度。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for transmitting a transmitter, comprising: emitting a first power having a first signal strength when a force sensor of the transmitter does not sense a force a signal; and when the force sensor senses a force, emitting a second electrical signal having a second signal strength, wherein the first signal strength is greater than the second signal strength.

在一實施例中,該力感測器包含該發信器的一筆尖段。 In an embodiment, the force sensor includes a sharp segment of the transmitter.

在一實施例中,該發信器更包含一環狀電極,其中該第一電信號是由該筆尖段與該環狀電極所發出,該第二電信號是由該筆尖段所發出。 In one embodiment, the transmitter further includes a ring-shaped electrode, wherein the first electrical signal is emitted by the pen tip segment and the ring-shaped electrode, and the second electrical signal is emitted by the pen tip segment.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種發信器,包含:一力感測器;以及一控制模組,用於:在該力感測器未感測到力的時候,令該發信器發出具有第一信號強度的一第一電信號;以及在該力感測器感測到力的時候,令該發信器發出具有第二信號強度的一第二電信號,其中該第一信號強度大於該第二信號強度。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter comprising: a force sensor; and a control module for: when the force sensor does not sense the force, the transmitter is Generating a first electrical signal having a first signal strength; and causing the transmitter to emit a second electrical signal having a second signal strength, wherein the first signal is generated when the force sensor senses a force The intensity is greater than the second signal strength.

請參考第三十圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器110內部的一方塊示意圖。在發信器110當中,包含一第一感測器3010、一第二感測器3020、一第三感測器3030、與連接至上述各個感測器的一處理模組3090。發信器110還可以包含一筆尖段230與環繞筆尖段的環狀電極550。在一實施例中,上述的第一感測器3010可以用來量測該筆尖段230所受的壓力值,並且將其轉換成數位感測值,傳送給該處理模組3090。該第二感測器3020 與第三感測器3030也可以將其數位感測值傳送給該處理模組3090。該處理模組3090將發出各個電信號至該筆尖段與/或環狀電極,以表示出各個感測器的數位感測值的至少一部分或全部。 Please refer to FIG. 30, which is a block diagram of the inside of a transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the invention. The transmitter 110 includes a first sensor 3010, a second sensor 3020, a third sensor 3030, and a processing module 3090 connected to each of the sensors. The transmitter 110 can also include a pointed segment 230 and a ring-shaped electrode 550 surrounding the tip segment. In one embodiment, the first sensor 3010 can be used to measure the pressure value of the pen tip segment 230 and convert it into a digital sense value for transmission to the processing module 3090. The second sensor 3020 The digital sensor 3030 can also transmit its digital sensed value to the processing module 3090. The processing module 3090 will emit respective electrical signals to the nib segment and/or the ring electrode to represent at least a portion or all of the digital sensed values of the respective sensors.

請參照第九A圖至第九I圖與第三十圖所示,本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種發信器,包含:一第一感測器;以及連接至該感測器的一處理模組,其中該處理模組用於在一第一時段內發出一第一電信號,其中該第一電信號用於表示該第一感測器的數位感測值的至少一部份。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter comprising: a first sensor; and a sensor connected to the sensor. a processing module, wherein the processing module is configured to emit a first electrical signal during a first time period, wherein the first electrical signal is used to represent at least a portion of the digital sensed value of the first sensor .

在一實施例中,該數位感測值為該第一感測器感測該發信器的一筆尖段所受壓力的壓力數位值。在另一實施例中,該處理模組係透過該筆尖段發出該第一電信號。 In one embodiment, the digital sense value is a pressure digital value at which the first sensor senses a pressure applied to a tip segment of the transmitter. In another embodiment, the processing module transmits the first electrical signal through the nib segment.

在一實施例中,該第一電信號包含傳送與未傳送兩種狀態。 In an embodiment, the first electrical signal includes both transmitted and untransmitted states.

在一實施例中,該第一電信號用於表示該數位感測值以N進位制表示的一第一位數,N大於或等於2。在另一實施例中,該第一電信號包含至少N-1個狀態值。在另一實施例中,該第一電信號更包含其狀態值的冗餘碼、糾錯碼、檢查碼的其中之一或其任意組合。 In an embodiment, the first electrical signal is used to indicate a first digit of the digital sensed value expressed in N-digits, and N is greater than or equal to two. In another embodiment, the first electrical signal comprises at least N-1 state values. In another embodiment, the first electrical signal further comprises one of a redundancy code, an error correction code, a check code of its state value, or any combination thereof.

在一實施例中,該第一電信號的傳送時間長度相應於該第一位數的值與一單位時間長度。 In an embodiment, the transmission time length of the first electrical signal corresponds to the value of the first digit and a unit time length.

在一實施例中,該第一電信號的脈衝重複頻率相應於該第一位數的值。 In an embodiment, the pulse repetition frequency of the first electrical signal corresponds to the value of the first number of bits.

在一實施例中,該處理模組用於在一第二時段內發出一第二電信號,該第二電信號用於表示該數位感測值以M進位制表示的一第二位數,M大於或等於2。在另一實施例中,M不等於N。在另一實施例中,該第 二電信號包含至少M-1個狀態值。其中,該第二電信號更包含其狀態值的冗餘碼、糾錯碼、檢查碼的其中之一或其任意組合。 In one embodiment, the processing module is configured to emit a second electrical signal for indicating a second digit of the digital sensing value expressed by the M-digit system during a second time period. M is greater than or equal to 2. In another embodiment, M is not equal to N. In another embodiment, the first The two electrical signals contain at least M-1 state values. The second electrical signal further includes one of a redundancy code, an error correction code, and an inspection code of its state value, or any combination thereof.

在一實施例中,該第二電信號的傳送時間長度相應於該第二位數的值與一單位時間長度,該第一時段與該第二時段之間為不傳送電信號的一時段。 In an embodiment, the transmission time length of the second electrical signal corresponds to a value of the second digit and a unit time length, and a period of time during which the electrical signal is not transmitted between the first period and the second period.

在一實施例中,該第二電信號的脈衝重複頻率相應於該第二位數的值。在另一實施例中,該第一時段的長度等於該第二時段的長度。 In an embodiment, the pulse repetition frequency of the second electrical signal corresponds to the value of the second number of bits. In another embodiment, the length of the first time period is equal to the length of the second time period.

在一實施例中,該發信器更包含一第二感測器,其中該處理模組用於在一第三時段內發出一第三電信號,該第三電信號用於表示該第二感測器的數位感測值。在另一實施例中,該發信器更包含一第三感測器,該第三電信號更用於表示該第三感測器的數位感測值。在另一實施例中,該第三時段位於該發信器接收一燈塔信號之後,該第一時段位於該第三時段之後。在另一實施例中,該發信器更包含包圍該筆尖段的一環狀電極,該第三電信號係透過該筆尖段或該環狀電極或其組合發出。 In an embodiment, the transmitter further includes a second sensor, wherein the processing module is configured to emit a third electrical signal for indicating the second time in a third time period. The digital sensed value of the sensor. In another embodiment, the transmitter further includes a third sensor, and the third electrical signal is further used to represent the digital sensed value of the third sensor. In another embodiment, the third time period is after the transmitter receives a lighthouse signal, and the first time period is after the third time period. In another embodiment, the transmitter further includes a ring-shaped electrode surrounding the pen tip segment, the third electrical signal being emitted through the pen tip segment or the ring-shaped electrode or a combination thereof.

請參考第三十一圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器的控制方法的一流程示意圖。此控制方法可以適用於第三十圖所示的發信器110。需要特別注意的是,步驟3110、3120與3130之間不具有先後順序的關係,可以依照任何順序執行這些步驟。 Please refer to the thirty-first figure, which is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling a transmitter according to an embodiment of the invention. This control method can be applied to the transmitter 110 shown in FIG. It is important to note that steps 3110, 3120 and 3130 do not have a sequential relationship and these steps can be performed in any order.

請參照第九A圖至第九I圖、第三十圖、與第三十一圖所示,本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種發信器的控制方法,該發信器包含一第一感測器,該控制方法包含在一第一時段內發出一第一電信號,其中該第一電信號用於表示該第一感測器的數位感測值的至少一部份。 Referring to FIGS. 9A to IXI, 30th, and 31st, one of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for controlling a transmitter, the transmitter including a A sensor, the control method comprising transmitting a first electrical signal during a first time period, wherein the first electrical signal is used to represent at least a portion of a digital sensed value of the first sensor.

在一實施例中,該控制方法更包含利用該第一感測器感測該發信器的一筆尖段所受壓力的壓力數位值,以得到該第一感測器的數位感測值。在另一實施例中,該控制方法更包含透過該筆尖段發出該第一電信號。 In an embodiment, the control method further comprises: using the first sensor to sense a pressure digital value of a pressure applied to a tip of the transmitter to obtain a digital sensed value of the first sensor. In another embodiment, the control method further includes transmitting the first electrical signal through the tip segment.

在一實施例中,該第一電信號包含傳送與未傳送兩種狀態。 In an embodiment, the first electrical signal includes both transmitted and untransmitted states.

在一實施例中,該第一電信號用於表示該數位感測值以N進位制表示的一第一位數,N大於或等於2。在另一實施例中,該第一電信號包含至少N-1個狀態值。在另一實施例中,該第一電信號更包含其狀態值的冗餘碼、糾錯碼、檢查碼的其中之一或其任意組合。 In an embodiment, the first electrical signal is used to indicate a first digit of the digital sensed value expressed in N-digits, and N is greater than or equal to two. In another embodiment, the first electrical signal comprises at least N-1 state values. In another embodiment, the first electrical signal further comprises one of a redundancy code, an error correction code, a check code of its state value, or any combination thereof.

在一實施例中,該第一電信號的傳送時間長度相應於該第一位數的值與一單位時間長度。 In an embodiment, the transmission time length of the first electrical signal corresponds to the value of the first digit and a unit time length.

在一實施例中,該第一電信號的脈衝重複頻率相應於該第一位數的值。 In an embodiment, the pulse repetition frequency of the first electrical signal corresponds to the value of the first number of bits.

在一實施例中,該控制方法更包含在一第二時段內發出一第二電信號,該第二電信號用於表示該數位感測值以M進位制表示的一第二位數,M大於或等於2。在另一實施例中,M不等於N。在另一實施例中,該第二電信號包含至少M-1個狀態值。其中,該第二電信號更包含其狀態值的冗餘碼、糾錯碼、檢查碼的其中之一或其任意組合。 In an embodiment, the control method further includes transmitting a second electrical signal for indicating a second digit of the digital sensing value expressed by the M-digit in a second period of time, M Greater than or equal to 2. In another embodiment, M is not equal to N. In another embodiment, the second electrical signal comprises at least M-1 state values. The second electrical signal further includes one of a redundancy code, an error correction code, and an inspection code of its state value, or any combination thereof.

在一實施例中,該第二電信號的傳送時間長度相應於該第二位數的值與一單位時間長度,該第一時段與該第二時段之間為不傳送電信號的一時段。 In an embodiment, the transmission time length of the second electrical signal corresponds to a value of the second digit and a unit time length, and a period of time during which the electrical signal is not transmitted between the first period and the second period.

在一實施例中,該第二電信號的脈衝重複頻率相應於該第二 位數的值。在另一實施例中,該第一時段的長度等於該第二時段的長度。 In an embodiment, the pulse repetition frequency of the second electrical signal corresponds to the second The value of the number of digits. In another embodiment, the length of the first time period is equal to the length of the second time period.

在一實施例中,該發信器更包含一第二感測器,其中該控制方法更包含在一第三時段內發出一第三電信號,該第三電信號用於表示該第二感測器的數位感測值。在另一實施例中,該發信器更包含一第三感測器,該第三電信號更用於表示該第三感測器的數位感測值。在另一實施例中,該第三時段位於該發信器接收一燈塔信號之後,該第一時段位於該第三時段之後。在另一實施例中,該發信器更包含包圍該筆尖段的一環狀電極,該第三數位電信號係透過該筆尖段或該環狀電極或其組合發出。 In an embodiment, the transmitter further includes a second sensor, wherein the control method further comprises emitting a third electrical signal for indicating the second sense during a third time period. The digital sensed value of the detector. In another embodiment, the transmitter further includes a third sensor, and the third electrical signal is further used to represent the digital sensed value of the third sensor. In another embodiment, the third time period is after the transmitter receives a lighthouse signal, and the first time period is after the third time period. In another embodiment, the transmitter further includes a ring-shaped electrode surrounding the pen tip segment, the third digit electrical signal being transmitted through the pen tip segment or the ring electrode or a combination thereof.

請參考第三十二圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一觸控處理裝置的一方塊示意圖。該觸控處理裝置可以是第一圖所示的觸控處理裝置130,用於連接至觸控面板120的複數條第一電極121與複數條第二電極122,用於偵測靠近或接觸該觸控面板120的一發信器110的感測器狀態。該觸控處理裝置包含一信號偵測模組與一處理模組。 Please refer to FIG. 32, which is a block diagram of a touch processing device according to an embodiment of the invention. The touch processing device 130 can be connected to the plurality of first electrodes 121 and the plurality of second electrodes 122 of the touch panel 120 for detecting proximity or contact with the touch processing device 130. The sensor state of a transmitter 110 of the touch panel 120. The touch processing device includes a signal detection module and a processing module.

請參照第九A圖至第九F圖與第三十二圖所示,本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種觸控處理裝置,連接到一觸控面板的複數條第一電極與複數條第二電極,用於偵測靠近或接觸該觸控面板的一發信器的感測器狀態,包含:一信號偵測模組,用於在一第一時段內,偵測該複數個第一電極與該複數個第二電極其中一條電極所接收到的一第一電信號;以及一處理模組,用於接收來自該信號偵測模組的該第一電信號,並且根據該第一電信號決定一第一數位值,以表示該發信器的一第一感測器的數位感測值的至少一部分。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device, which is connected to a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of strips of a touch panel. The second electrode is configured to detect a sensor state of a transmitter that is adjacent to or in contact with the touch panel, and includes: a signal detecting module, configured to detect the plurality of the first time period a first electrical signal received by an electrode and one of the plurality of second electrodes; and a processing module for receiving the first electrical signal from the signal detecting module, and according to the first The electrical signal determines a first digit value to represent at least a portion of the digital sensed value of a first sensor of the transmitter.

在一實施例中,該觸控處理裝置更包含一燈塔信號傳送模 組,用於透過該複數個第一電極與該複數個第二電極傳送一燈塔信號。在另一實施例中,該燈塔信號的傳送時間早於該第一時段。 In an embodiment, the touch processing device further includes a lighthouse signal transmission mode And a group for transmitting a lighthouse signal through the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes. In another embodiment, the beacon signal is transmitted earlier than the first time period.

在一實施例中,該處理模組所決定的該第一數位值用於表示該第一感測器的數位感測值以N進位制表示的一第一位數,N大於或等於2。在另一實施例中,該多個第一狀態值包含至少N-1個狀態值。在另一實施例中,該多個第一狀態值還包含冗餘碼、糾錯碼、檢查碼的其中之一或其任意組合。 In an embodiment, the first digit value determined by the processing module is used to indicate a first digit of the digitized sensing value of the first sensor expressed by the N-digit system, and N is greater than or equal to 2. In another embodiment, the plurality of first state values comprise at least N-1 state values. In another embodiment, the plurality of first state values further comprise one of a redundancy code, an error correction code, a check code, or any combination thereof.

在一實施例中,該第一電信號的傳送時間長度相應於該第一位數的值與一單位時間長度。 In an embodiment, the transmission time length of the first electrical signal corresponds to the value of the first digit and a unit time length.

在一實施例中,該第一電信號的脈衝重複頻率相應於該第一位數的值。 In an embodiment, the pulse repetition frequency of the first electrical signal corresponds to the value of the first number of bits.

在一實施例中,該信號偵測模組更用於在一第二時段內,偵測該複數個第一電極與該複數個第二電極其中一條電極所接收到的一第二電信號;以及該處理模組更用於接收來自該信號偵測模組的該第二電信號,並且根據該第二電信號決定一第二數位值,以表示該發信器的該第一感測器的數位感測值以M進位制表示的一第二位數,M大於或等於2。在另一實施例中,M不等於N。在另一實施例中,該多個第二狀態值包含至少M-1個狀態值。在另一實施例中,該多個第二狀態值還包含冗餘碼、糾錯碼、檢查碼的其中之一或其任意組合。 In an embodiment, the signal detecting module is further configured to detect a second electrical signal received by the plurality of first electrodes and one of the plurality of second electrodes in a second time period; And the processing module is further configured to receive the second electrical signal from the signal detecting module, and determine a second digit value according to the second electrical signal to indicate the first sensor of the transmitter The digital sensed value is a second digit represented by the M carry, and M is greater than or equal to 2. In another embodiment, M is not equal to N. In another embodiment, the plurality of second state values includes at least M-1 state values. In another embodiment, the plurality of second state values further comprise one of a redundancy code, an error correction code, a check code, or any combination thereof.

在一實施例中,該第二電信號的傳送時間長度相應於該第二位數的值與一單位時間長度,該第一時段與該第二時段之間為不傳送電信號的一時段。 In an embodiment, the transmission time length of the second electrical signal corresponds to a value of the second digit and a unit time length, and a period of time during which the electrical signal is not transmitted between the first period and the second period.

在一實施例中,該第二電信號的脈衝重複頻率相應於該第二位數的值。在另一實施例中,該第一時段的長度等於該第二時段的長度。 In an embodiment, the pulse repetition frequency of the second electrical signal corresponds to the value of the second number of bits. In another embodiment, the length of the first time period is equal to the length of the second time period.

在一實施例中,該信號偵測模組更用於在一第三時段內,偵測該複數個第一電極與該複數個第二電極其中一條電極所接收到的一第三電信號;以及該處理模組更用於接收來自該信號偵測模組的該第三電信號,並且根據該第三電信號決定一第三數位值,以表示該發信器的一第二感測器的數位感測值。在另一實施例中,該第三數位值更用於表示該發信器的一第三感測器的數位感測值。 In an embodiment, the signal detecting module is further configured to detect a third electrical signal received by the plurality of first electrodes and one of the plurality of second electrodes in a third time period; And the processing module is further configured to receive the third electrical signal from the signal detecting module, and determine a third digit value according to the third electrical signal to indicate a second sensor of the transmitter Digital sensed value. In another embodiment, the third digit value is further used to represent a digital sensed value of a third sensor of the transmitter.

在一實施例中,該信號偵測模組包含一濾波器用於濾除非所欲接收頻率的雜訊;一積分器用於對濾波後的信號進行取樣;以及一比較器用於比較取樣後的信號是否超過一預設值,當超過時,則表示偵測到該發信器所傳送的電信號。在另一實施例中,該積分器包含雙斜率積分器。 In an embodiment, the signal detection module includes a filter for filtering noise according to a desired frequency; an integrator for sampling the filtered signal; and a comparator for comparing whether the sampled signal is compared If it exceeds a preset value, when it exceeds, it means that the electrical signal transmitted by the sender is detected. In another embodiment, the integrator comprises a dual slope integrator.

在一實施例中,該信號偵測模組包含一解調變器,用於將取樣信號和所欲接收的頻率信號相乘後進行加總,當總分大於一預設值時,當超過時,則表示偵測到該發信器所傳送的電信號。 In an embodiment, the signal detection module includes a demodulator for multiplying the sampled signal by the frequency signal to be received and summing, when the total score is greater than a preset value, when When it is, it indicates that the electrical signal transmitted by the sender is detected.

請參考第三十三圖所示,其為根據本發明一實施例的一發信器狀態的偵測方法的一流程示意圖。此偵測方法可以適用於第三十二圖所示的觸控處理裝置。需要特別注意的是,除了有特別說明其因果關係之外,可以依照任何順序執行這些步驟。 Please refer to the thirty-third figure, which is a schematic flowchart of a method for detecting a state of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the invention. The detection method can be applied to the touch processing device shown in FIG. It is important to note that these steps can be performed in any order, except as specifically stated for their causal relationship.

請參照第九A圖至第九F圖、第三十二圖與第三十三圖所示,本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種發信器狀態的偵測方法,包含:在一第一時段內,偵測一觸控面板的複數個第一電極與複數個第二電極其中 一條電極所接收到的一第一電信號;以及根據該第一電信號決定一第一數位值,以表示該發信器的一第一感測器的數位感測值的至少一部分。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for detecting the status of a sender, including: in the first to fifth ninth to ninth, third, and thirty-third. Detecting a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes of a touch panel during a period of time a first electrical signal received by an electrode; and a first digital value determined based on the first electrical signal to represent at least a portion of a digital sensed value of a first sensor of the transmitter.

在一實施例中,該偵測方法更包含透過該複數個第一電極與該複數個第二電極傳送一燈塔信號。在另一實施例中,該燈塔信號的傳送時間早於該第一時段。 In one embodiment, the detecting method further includes transmitting a beacon signal through the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes. In another embodiment, the beacon signal is transmitted earlier than the first time period.

在一實施例中,該第一數位值用於表示該第一感測器的數位感測值以N進位制表示的一第一位數,N大於或等於2。在另一實施例中,該多個第一狀態值包含至少N-1個狀態值。在另一實施例中,該多個第一狀態值還包含冗餘碼、糾錯碼、檢查碼的其中之一或其任意組合。 In an embodiment, the first digit value is used to indicate a first digit of the digital sensor of the first sensor expressed by the N-digit system, and N is greater than or equal to 2. In another embodiment, the plurality of first state values comprise at least N-1 state values. In another embodiment, the plurality of first state values further comprise one of a redundancy code, an error correction code, a check code, or any combination thereof.

在一實施例中,該第一電信號的傳送時間長度相應於該第一位數的值與一單位時間長度。 In an embodiment, the transmission time length of the first electrical signal corresponds to the value of the first digit and a unit time length.

在一實施例中,該第一電信號的脈衝重複頻率相應於該第一位數的值。 In an embodiment, the pulse repetition frequency of the first electrical signal corresponds to the value of the first number of bits.

在一實施例中,該偵測方法更包含在一第二時段內,偵測該複數個第一電極與該複數個第二電極其中一條電極所接收到的一第二電信號;以及根據該第二電信號決定一第二數位值,以表示該發信器的該第一感測器的數位感測值以M進位制表示的一第二位數,M大於或等於2。在另一實施例中,M不等於N。在另一實施例中,該多個第二狀態值包含至少M-1個狀態值。在另一實施例中,該多個第二狀態值還包含冗餘碼、糾錯碼、檢查碼的其中之一或其任意組合。 In an embodiment, the detecting method further includes detecting a second electrical signal received by the plurality of first electrodes and one of the plurality of second electrodes in a second time period; The second electrical signal determines a second digit value to indicate a second digit of the digital sensed value of the first sensor of the transmitter in M-cuff, M being greater than or equal to two. In another embodiment, M is not equal to N. In another embodiment, the plurality of second state values includes at least M-1 state values. In another embodiment, the plurality of second state values further comprise one of a redundancy code, an error correction code, a check code, or any combination thereof.

在一實施例中,該第二電信號的傳送時間長度相應於該第二位數的值與一單位時間長度,該第一時段與該第二時段之間為不傳送電信 號的一時段。 In an embodiment, the transmission time length of the second electrical signal corresponds to the value of the second digit and a unit time length, and the first period and the second period are not transmitting telecommunications. A period of time.

在一實施例中,該第二電信號的脈衝重複頻率相應於該第二位數的值。在另一實施例中,該第一時段的長度等於該第二時段的長度。 In an embodiment, the pulse repetition frequency of the second electrical signal corresponds to the value of the second number of bits. In another embodiment, the length of the first time period is equal to the length of the second time period.

在一實施例中,該偵測方法更包含在一第三時段內,偵測該複數個第一電極與該複數個第二電極其中一條電極所接收到的一第三電信號;以及根據該第三電信號決定一第三數位值,以表示該發信器的一第二感測器的數位感測值。在另一實施例中,該第三數位值更用於表示該發信器的一第三感測器的數位感測值。 In an embodiment, the detecting method further includes detecting a third electrical signal received by the plurality of first electrodes and one of the plurality of second electrodes in a third time period; The third electrical signal determines a third digit value to represent a digital sensed value of a second sensor of the transmitter. In another embodiment, the third digit value is further used to represent a digital sensed value of a third sensor of the transmitter.

在一實施例中,該偵測步驟更包含一濾波步驟用於濾除非所欲接收頻率的雜訊;一積分步驟用於對濾波後的信號進行取樣;以及一比較步驟用於比較取樣後的信號是否超過一預設值,當超過時,則表示偵測到該發信器所傳送的電信號。在另一實施例中,該積分步驟包含使用雙斜率積分器。 In an embodiment, the detecting step further comprises a filtering step for filtering noise of the desired frequency; an integrating step for sampling the filtered signal; and a comparing step for comparing the sampled Whether the signal exceeds a preset value, when it exceeds, it indicates that the electrical signal transmitted by the sender is detected. In another embodiment, the integrating step includes using a dual slope integrator.

在一實施例中,該偵測步驟包含將取樣信號和所欲接收的頻率信號相乘後進行加總,當總分大於一預設值時,當超過時,則表示偵測到該發信器所傳送的電信號。 In an embodiment, the detecting step comprises multiplying the sampling signal by the frequency signal to be received, and summing, when the total score is greater than a preset value, when it is exceeded, indicating that the sending is detected. The electrical signal transmitted by the device.

請參照第一圖、第九A圖至第九I圖、第三十圖與第三十二圖所示,本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種觸控系統,包含一發信器;一觸控面板;以及連接至該觸控面板的複數條第一電極與複數條第二電極的一觸控處理裝置。該發信器包含:一第一感測器;以及連接至該感測器的一發信器處理模組,其中該發信器處理模組用於在一第一時段內發出一第一電信號,其中該第一電信號用於表示該第一感測器的數位感測值的至少一 部份。該觸控處理裝置包含:一信號偵測模組,用於在該第一時段內,偵測該複數個第一電極與該複數個第二電極其中一條電極所接收到的該第一電信號;以及一觸控處理裝置處理模組,用於接收來自該信號偵測模組的該第一電信號,並且根據該第一電信號決定一第一數位值,以表示該第一感測器的數位感測值的至少一部分。 Please refer to the first figure, the ninth to ninth to the ninth, the thirtyth and the thirty-second, one of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch system, including a transmitter; a touch panel; and a touch processing device connected to the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes of the touch panel. The transmitter includes: a first sensor; and a transmitter processing module connected to the sensor, wherein the transmitter processing module is configured to emit a first power in a first time period a signal, wherein the first electrical signal is used to represent at least one of digital sensed values of the first sensor Part. The touch processing device includes: a signal detecting module, configured to detect the first electrical signal received by the plurality of first electrodes and one of the plurality of second electrodes during the first time period And a touch processing device processing module, configured to receive the first electrical signal from the signal detecting module, and determine a first digital value according to the first electrical signal to indicate the first sensor At least a portion of the digital sensed value.

請參照第一圖與第三十四A圖至第三十四B圖所示,本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一發信器,用於接收來自一觸控面板的一燈塔信號,並且相應地發出具有一第一頻率的一電信號至該觸控面板,以令該連接至該觸控面板的一觸控處理裝置得知該發信器相對於該觸控面板的一位置,其中當該發信器判斷具有一第一燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號受到干擾時,轉而接收具有一第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號,並且相應地發出具有該第一頻率的該電信號至該觸控面板。 Referring to FIG. 1 and FIG. 34A to FIG. 34B, one of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter for receiving a beacon signal from a touch panel, and Correspondingly, an electrical signal having a first frequency is emitted to the touch panel, so that a touch processing device connected to the touch panel knows a position of the transmitter relative to the touch panel, wherein When the transmitter determines that the beacon signal having a first beacon signal frequency is interfered, receiving the beacon signal having a second beacon signal frequency, and correspondingly transmitting the electrical signal having the first frequency to The touch panel.

在一實施例中,當該發信器判斷具有該第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號受到干擾時,轉而接收具有一特定燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號,並且相應地發出具有一第二頻率的該電信號至該觸控面板。 In an embodiment, when the sender determines that the beacon signal having the second beacon signal frequency is interfered, it in turn receives the beacon signal having a specific beacon signal frequency and accordingly emits a second frequency The electrical signal to the touch panel.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種發信器的控制方法,包含:接收來自一觸控面板的一燈塔信號;以及相應地發出具有一第一頻率的一電信號至該觸控面板,以令該連接至該觸控面板的一觸控處理裝置得知該發信器相對於該觸控面板的一位置,其中當該發信器判斷具有一第一燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號受到干擾時,轉而接收具有一第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號,並且相應地發出具有該第一頻率的該電信號至該觸控面板。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for controlling a transmitter, comprising: receiving a beacon signal from a touch panel; and correspondingly emitting an electrical signal having a first frequency to the touch panel, Having the touch processing device connected to the touch panel know a position of the transmitter relative to the touch panel, wherein the transmitter determines that the beacon signal having a first beacon signal frequency is interfered In response, the beacon signal having a second beacon signal frequency is received, and the electrical signal having the first frequency is correspondingly emitted to the touch panel.

在一實施例中,該控制方法更包含:當判斷具有該第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號受到干擾時,轉而接收具有一特定燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號;以及相應地發出具有一第二頻率的該電信號至該觸控面板。 In an embodiment, the control method further comprises: when it is determined that the beacon signal having the second beacon signal frequency is interfered, receiving the beacon signal having a specific beacon signal frequency; and correspondingly issuing The electrical signal of the two frequencies is applied to the touch panel.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一觸控處理裝置,用於連接至一觸控面板以發出具有一第一燈塔信號頻率的一燈塔信號至一發信器,並且透過該觸控面板接收該發信器所發出的具有一第一頻率的一電信號,以得知該發信器相對於該觸控面板的一位置,其中當該觸控處理裝置判斷具有該第一頻率的該電信號受到干擾時,更發出具有一特定燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號,並且相應地接收具有一第二頻率的該電信號。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for connecting to a touch panel to emit a beacon signal having a first beacon signal frequency to a transmitter, and receiving the same through the touch panel. An electrical signal sent by the transmitter having a first frequency to know a position of the transmitter relative to the touch panel, wherein the touch processing device determines the electrical signal having the first frequency When disturbed, the beacon signal having a particular beacon signal frequency is emitted and the electrical signal having a second frequency is received accordingly.

在一實施例中,當該觸控處理裝置接收不到具有該第一頻率的該電信號時,轉而發出具有一第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號至該發信器。 In one embodiment, when the touch processing device does not receive the electrical signal having the first frequency, the beacon signal having a second beacon signal frequency is instead sent to the transmitter.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一觸控處理裝置的控制方法,包含:透過一觸控面板以發出具有一第一燈塔信號頻率的一燈塔信號至一發信器;以及透過該觸控面板接收該發信器所發出的具有一第一頻率的一電信號,以得知該發信器相對於該觸控面板的一位置,其中當該觸控處理裝置判斷具有該第一頻率的該電信號受到干擾時,更發出具有一特定燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號,並且相應地接收具有一第二頻率的該電信號。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a control method for a touch processing device, including: transmitting a beacon signal having a first beacon signal frequency to a transmitter through a touch panel; and transmitting the touch panel through the touch panel Receiving an electrical signal sent by the transmitter with a first frequency to know a position of the transmitter relative to the touch panel, wherein when the touch processing device determines that the first frequency is When the electrical signal is disturbed, the beacon signal having a particular beacon signal frequency is emitted, and the electrical signal having a second frequency is correspondingly received.

在一實施例中,該控制方法更包含:當接收不到具有該第一頻率的該電信號時,轉而發出具有一第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號至該發信器。 In an embodiment, the controlling method further comprises: when the electrical signal having the first frequency is not received, the beacon signal having a second beacon signal frequency is sent to the transmitter.

請參照第一圖與第三十四A圖至第三十四D圖所示,本發明 的特徵之一,在於提供一發信器,用於接收來自一觸控面板的一燈塔信號,並且相應地發出具有一電信號至該觸控面板,以令該連接至該觸控面板的一觸控處理裝置得知該發信器相對於該觸控面板的一位置,其中該發信器更用於主動掃描該燈塔信號與該電信號的可能受干擾頻率,並且依照一次序選擇該燈塔信號與該電信號的一組未受干擾頻率。 Please refer to the first figure and the thirty-fourth to thirty-fourth D diagrams, the present invention One of the features is that a transmitter is provided for receiving a beacon signal from a touch panel, and correspondingly emitting an electrical signal to the touch panel to connect the touch panel to the touch panel. The touch processing device knows a position of the transmitter relative to the touch panel, wherein the transmitter is further configured to actively scan the beacon signal and a possible interfered frequency of the electrical signal, and select the lighthouse according to an order A set of undisturbed frequencies of the signal and the electrical signal.

在一實施例中,該發信器更用於發送主動掃描所得的受干擾頻率的干擾信號。 In an embodiment, the transmitter is further configured to transmit an interference signal of the interfered frequency obtained by the active scanning.

在一實施例中,當該發信器判斷具有一第一燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號受到干擾時,轉而接收具有一第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號,並且相應地發出具有該第一頻率的該電信號至該觸控面板。在另一實施例中,當該發信器判斷具有該第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號受到干擾時,轉而接收具有一特定燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號,並且相應地發出具有一第二頻率的該電信號至該觸控面板。 In an embodiment, when the transmitter determines that the beacon signal having a first beacon signal frequency is interfered, the beacon signal having a second beacon signal frequency is received, and the first is issued accordingly. The electrical signal of the frequency is to the touch panel. In another embodiment, when the sender determines that the beacon signal having the second beacon signal frequency is interfered, it in turn receives the beacon signal having a particular beacon signal frequency and accordingly emits a second The electrical signal of the frequency is to the touch panel.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種發信器的控制方法,包含:接收來自一觸控面板的一燈塔信號;相應地發出具有一電信號至該觸控面板,以令該連接至該觸控面板的一觸控處理裝置得知該發信器相對於該觸控面板的一位置;以及主動掃描該燈塔信號與該電信號的可能受干擾頻率,並且依照一次序選擇該燈塔信號與該電信號的一組未受干擾頻率。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for controlling a transmitter, comprising: receiving a beacon signal from a touch panel; and correspondingly emitting an electrical signal to the touch panel to enable the connection to the touch a touch processing device of the control panel knows a position of the transmitter relative to the touch panel; and actively scanning the beacon signal and a possible interfered frequency of the electrical signal, and selecting the beacon signal according to an order A set of undisturbed frequencies of electrical signals.

在一實施例中,該控制方法更包含發送主動掃描所得的受干擾頻率的干擾信號。 In an embodiment, the control method further comprises transmitting an interference signal of the interfered frequency obtained by the active scanning.

在一實施例中,該控制方法更包含:當判斷具有一第一燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號受到干擾時,轉而接收具有一第二燈塔信號頻率的 該燈塔信號,並且相應地發出具有該第一頻率的該電信號至該觸控面板。在另一實施例中,該控制方法更包含:當判斷具有該第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號受到干擾時,轉而接收具有一特定燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號,並且相應地發出具有一第二頻率的該電信號至該觸控面板。 In an embodiment, the control method further includes: when it is determined that the beacon signal having a first beacon signal frequency is interfered, receiving the signal having a second beacon signal instead The beacon signal, and correspondingly emitting the electrical signal having the first frequency to the touch panel. In another embodiment, the control method further comprises: when it is determined that the beacon signal having the second beacon signal frequency is interfered, receiving the beacon signal having a specific beacon signal frequency, and correspondingly emitting one The electrical signal of the second frequency is applied to the touch panel.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一觸控處理裝置,用於連接至一觸控面板以發出一燈塔信號至一發信器,並且透過該觸控面板接收該發信器所發出的一電信號,以得知該發信器相對於該觸控面板的一位置,其中該觸控處理裝置更用於主動掃描該燈塔信號與該電信號的可能受干擾頻率,並且依照一次序選擇該燈塔信號與該電信號的一組未受干擾頻率。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for connecting to a touch panel to emit a lighthouse signal to a transmitter, and receiving a power generated by the transmitter through the touch panel. a signal for knowing a position of the transmitter relative to the touch panel, wherein the touch processing device is further configured to actively scan the beacon signal and a possible interfered frequency of the electrical signal, and select the lighthouse according to an order A set of undisturbed frequencies of the signal and the electrical signal.

在一實施例中,該觸控處理裝置更用於發送主動掃描所得的受干擾頻率的干擾信號。 In an embodiment, the touch processing device is further configured to send an interference signal of the interfered frequency obtained by the active scanning.

在一實施例中,當該觸控處理裝置判斷具有一第一頻率的該電信號受到干擾時,更發出具有一特定燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號,並且相應地接收具有一第二頻率的該電信號。在另一實施例中,當該觸控處理裝置接收不到具有該第一頻率的該電信號時,轉而發出具有一第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號至該發信器。 In an embodiment, when the touch processing device determines that the electrical signal having a first frequency is interfered, the beacon signal having a specific beacon signal frequency is further emitted, and the second frequency is correspondingly received. electric signal. In another embodiment, when the touch processing device does not receive the electrical signal having the first frequency, the beacon signal having a second beacon signal frequency is instead sent to the transmitter.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一觸控處理裝置的控制方法,包含:透過一觸控面板以發出一燈塔信號至一發信器;透過該觸控面板接收該發信器所發出的一電信號,以得知該發信器相對於該觸控面板的一位置;以及主動掃描該燈塔信號與該電信號的可能受干擾頻率,並且依照一次序選擇該燈塔信號與該電信號的一組未受干擾頻率。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a control method for a touch processing device, comprising: transmitting a lighthouse signal to a transmitter through a touch panel; and receiving a signal sent by the transmitter through the touch panel An electrical signal to know a position of the transmitter relative to the touch panel; and actively scanning the beacon signal and a possible interfered frequency of the electrical signal, and selecting the beacon signal and one of the electrical signals in an order The group is not disturbed by the frequency.

在一實施例中,該控制方法更包含發送主動掃描所得的受干 擾頻率的干擾信號。 In an embodiment, the control method further comprises sending the active scan to obtain the dry Disturbing frequency interference signal.

在一實施例中,該控制方法更包含當判斷具有一第一頻率的該電信號受到干擾時,更發出具有一特定燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號,並且相應地接收具有一第二頻率的該電信號。在另一實施例中,該控制方法更包含當接收不到具有該第一頻率的該電信號時,轉而發出具有一第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號至該發信器。 In an embodiment, the control method further includes: when determining that the electrical signal having a first frequency is interfered, emitting the beacon signal having a specific beacon signal frequency, and correspondingly receiving the second frequency electric signal. In another embodiment, the control method further includes, when the electrical signal having the first frequency is not received, transmitting the beacon signal having a second beacon signal frequency to the transmitter.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一觸控系統,包含一發信器;一觸控面板;以及連接到該觸控面板的一觸控處理裝置,其中該發信器用於接收來自該觸控面板的一燈塔信號,並且相應地發出具有一第一頻率的一電信號至該觸控面板,以令該觸控處理裝置得知該發信器相對於該觸控面板的一位置,其中當該發信器判斷具有一第一燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號受到干擾時,轉而接收具有一第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號,並且相應地發出具有該第一頻率的該電信號至該觸控面板。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch system including a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel, wherein the transmitter is configured to receive the touch a lighthouse signal of the panel, and correspondingly emitting an electrical signal having a first frequency to the touch panel, so that the touch processing device knows a position of the transmitter relative to the touch panel, wherein When the transmitter determines that the beacon signal having a first beacon signal frequency is interfered, it receives the beacon signal having a second beacon signal frequency, and correspondingly sends the electrical signal having the first frequency to the Touch panel.

在一實施例中,當該發信器判斷具有該第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號受到干擾時,轉而接收具有一特定燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號,並且相應地發出具有一第二頻率的該電信號至該觸控面板。 In an embodiment, when the sender determines that the beacon signal having the second beacon signal frequency is interfered, it in turn receives the beacon signal having a specific beacon signal frequency and accordingly emits a second frequency The electrical signal to the touch panel.

在一實施例中,當該觸控處理裝置判斷具有該第一頻率的該電信號受到干擾時,更發出具有一特定燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號,並且相應地接收具有一第二頻率的該電信號。在另一實施例中,當該觸控處理裝置接收不到具有該第一頻率的該電信號時,轉而發出具有一第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號至該發信器。 In an embodiment, when the touch processing device determines that the electrical signal having the first frequency is interfered, the beacon signal having a specific beacon signal frequency is further emitted, and the second frequency is correspondingly received. electric signal. In another embodiment, when the touch processing device does not receive the electrical signal having the first frequency, the beacon signal having a second beacon signal frequency is instead sent to the transmitter.

在一實施例中,該觸控處理裝置更用於主動掃描該燈塔信號 與該電信號的可能受干擾頻率,並且依照一次序選擇該燈塔信號與該電信號的一組未受干擾頻率。在另一實施例中,該觸控處理裝置更用於發送主動掃描所得的受干擾頻率的干擾信號。 In an embodiment, the touch processing device is further configured to actively scan the beacon signal. The beacon signal and a set of undisturbed frequencies of the electrical signal are selected in accordance with an orderly possible interference frequency of the electrical signal. In another embodiment, the touch processing device is further configured to send an interference signal of the interfered frequency obtained by the active scanning.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一觸控系統,包含一發信器;一觸控面板;以及連接到該觸控面板的一觸控處理裝置,用於發出具有一第一燈塔信號頻率的一燈塔信號至該發信器,並且透過該觸控面板接收該發信器所發出的具有一第一頻率的一電信號,以得知該發信器相對於該觸控面板的一位置,其中當該觸控處理裝置判斷具有該第一頻率的該電信號受到干擾時,更發出具有一特定燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號,並且相應地接收具有一第二頻率的該電信號。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch system including a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel for emitting a signal having a first beacon signal. Receiving a beacon signal to the transmitter, and receiving an electrical signal sent by the transmitter with a first frequency through the touch panel to learn a position of the transmitter relative to the touch panel, When the touch processing device determines that the electrical signal having the first frequency is interfered, the beacon signal having a specific beacon signal frequency is further emitted, and the electrical signal having a second frequency is correspondingly received.

在一實施例中,當該觸控處理裝置接收不到具有該第一頻率的該電信號時,轉而發出具有一第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號至該發信器。 In one embodiment, when the touch processing device does not receive the electrical signal having the first frequency, the beacon signal having a second beacon signal frequency is instead sent to the transmitter.

在一實施例中,當該發信器判斷具有該第一燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號受到干擾時,轉而接收具有一第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號,並且相應地發出具有該第一頻率的該電信號至該觸控面板。在另一實施例中,當該發信器判斷具有該第二燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號受到干擾時,轉而接收具有該特定燈塔信號頻率的該燈塔信號,並且相應地發出具有該第二頻率的該電信號至該觸控面板。 In an embodiment, when the sender determines that the beacon signal having the first beacon signal frequency is interfered, the beacon signal having a second beacon signal frequency is received, and the first is issued accordingly. The electrical signal of the frequency is to the touch panel. In another embodiment, when the sender determines that the beacon signal having the second beacon signal frequency is interfered, the beacon signal having the frequency of the particular beacon signal is received instead, and the second is correspondingly issued The electrical signal of the frequency is to the touch panel.

在一實施例中,該發信器更用於主動掃描該燈塔信號與該電信號的可能受干擾頻率,並且依照一次序選擇該燈塔信號與該電信號的一組未受干擾頻率。 In an embodiment, the transmitter is further configured to actively scan the beacon signal and a possible interfered frequency of the electrical signal, and select the beacon signal and a set of undisturbed frequencies of the electrical signal in an order.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一觸控系統,包含一發信器;一觸控面板;以及連接到該觸控面板的一觸控處理裝置,其中該發信器用於接收來自該觸控面板的一燈塔信號,並且相應地發出具有一電信號至該觸控面板,以令該連接至該觸控面板的一觸控處理裝置得知該發信器相對於該觸控面板的一位置,其中該發信器更用於主動掃描該燈塔信號與該電信號的可能受干擾頻率,並且依照一次序選擇該燈塔信號與該電信號的一組未受干擾頻率,其中該觸控處理裝置更用於主動掃描該燈塔信號與該電信號的可能受干擾頻率,並且依照該次序選擇該燈塔信號與該電信號的一組未受干擾頻率。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch system including a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel, wherein the transmitter is configured to receive the touch a beacon signal of the panel, and correspondingly emitting an electrical signal to the touch panel, so that a touch processing device connected to the touch panel knows a position of the transmitter relative to the touch panel The transmitter is further configured to actively scan the beacon signal and a possible interfered frequency of the electrical signal, and select the beacon signal and a set of undisturbed frequencies of the electrical signal according to an order, wherein the touch processing device Further for actively scanning the beacon signal and a possible interfered frequency of the electrical signal, and selecting the beacon signal and a set of undisturbed frequencies of the electrical signal in accordance with the order.

在一實施例中,該觸控處理裝置更用於發送主動掃描所得的受干擾頻率的干擾信號。 In an embodiment, the touch processing device is further configured to send an interference signal of the interfered frequency obtained by the active scanning.

在一實施例中,該發信器更用於發送主動掃描所得的受干擾頻率的干擾信號。 In an embodiment, the transmitter is further configured to transmit an interference signal of the interfered frequency obtained by the active scanning.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種觸控處理裝置,用於連接至一觸控面板的多條第一電極與多條第二電極,根據該多條第一電極與多條第二電極所接收的一發信器所發出的電信號的信號強度,選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極的至少一條電極所接收的電信號;以及根據該至少一條電極所接收的電信號,計算該電信號內含的一比例值。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for connecting to a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes of a touch panel, according to the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes Receiving a signal strength of an electrical signal emitted by a transmitter, selecting an electrical signal received by the plurality of first electrodes and at least one electrode of the plurality of second electrodes; and receiving an electrical signal according to the at least one electrode Calculate a proportional value contained in the electrical signal.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種觸控系統,包含一觸控面板與連接至一觸控面板的多條第一電極與多條第二電極的一觸控處理裝置。該觸控處理裝置根據該多條第一電極與多條第二電極所接收的一發信器所發出的電信號的信號強度,選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極的 至少一條電極所接收的電信號;以及根據該至少一條電極所接收的電信號,計算該電信號內含的一比例值。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch control system including a touch panel and a touch processing device connected to a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes of a touch panel. The touch processing device selects the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes according to signal strengths of electrical signals emitted by a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes An electrical signal received by the at least one electrode; and a proportional value included in the electrical signal is calculated based on the electrical signal received by the at least one electrode.

本發明的特徵之一,在於提供一種觸控處理裝置的控制方法,該觸控處理裝置用於連接至一觸控面板的多條第一電極與多條第二電極,該控制方法包含:根據該多條第一電極與多條第二電極所接收的一發信器所發出的電信號的信號強度,選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極的至少一條電極所接收的電信號;以及根據該至少一條電極所接收的電信號,計算該電信號內含的一比例值。 One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch control device for controlling a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes of a touch panel. The control method includes: The signal strength of the electrical signal emitted by the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes received by the plurality of second electrodes is selected to be received by the plurality of first electrodes and the at least one electrode of the plurality of second electrodes And calculating a proportional value included in the electrical signal based on the electrical signal received by the at least one electrode.

在一實施例中,該至少一條電極所接收的電信號的信號強度大於其他電極所接收的電信號的信號強度。 In an embodiment, the signal strength of the electrical signal received by the at least one electrode is greater than the signal strength of the electrical signal received by the other electrodes.

在一實施例中,當該觸控處理裝置選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極中的複數條電極時,該觸控處理裝置更用於加總該複數條電極的電信號強度,並且計算該加總後的該電信號內含的一比例值。在另一實施例中,該複數條電極包含一條該第一電極與一條該第二電極。 In one embodiment, when the touch processing device selects the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of electrodes of the plurality of second electrodes, the touch processing device is further configured to add the electrical signals of the plurality of electrodes Intensity, and calculating a proportional value contained in the summed electrical signal. In another embodiment, the plurality of electrodes comprise a first electrode and a second electrode.

在一實施例中,該觸控處理裝置更用於調升該至少一條電極的接收增益值,以及根據該至少一條電極經調升接收增益值後的電信號,計算該電信號內含的一比例值。 In one embodiment, the touch processing device is further configured to increase a receiving gain value of the at least one electrode, and calculate an electric signal included in the electrical signal according to the electrical signal after the at least one electrode is adjusted to receive the gain value. Proportional value.

在一實施例中,當該觸控處理裝置選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極中的複數條電極時,該觸控處理裝置更用於調升該複數條電極的接收增益值,以及根據該複數條電極經調升接收增益值後的電信號,計算該電信號內含的一比例值。 In one embodiment, when the touch processing device selects the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of electrodes of the plurality of second electrodes, the touch processing device is further configured to increase the receiving gain of the plurality of electrodes And calculating a ratio value included in the electrical signal according to the electrical signal after the plurality of electrodes are adjusted to receive the gain value.

在一實施例中,該觸控處理裝置更用於根據該多條第一電極 與該多條第二電極所接收的電信號,計算該發信器的一位置;以及根據該位置來選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極的至少一條電極所接收的電信號。 In an embodiment, the touch processing device is further configured to use the plurality of first electrodes Calculating a position of the transmitter with the electrical signals received by the plurality of second electrodes; and selecting an electrical signal received by the plurality of first electrodes and at least one of the plurality of second electrodes according to the position .

在一實施例中,該觸控處理裝置更用於根據該位置所在的三種區域來選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極的至少一條電極所接收的電信號,其中該三種區域包含:一第一種區域,該位置位於某一條該第一電極與某一條該第二電極的交會處附近;一第二種區域,該位置位於某兩條該第一電極與某兩條該第二電極的中間;以及一第三種區域,該位置並非位於該第一種區域或該第二種區域內。在另一實施例中,位於該第三種區域的該位置位於某一條該第一電極或某一條該第二電極之上或附近。在另一實施例中,當該位置位於該第一種區域時,該觸控處理裝置更用於選擇該條第一電極與/或該第二電極;當該位置位於該第二種區域時,該觸控處理裝置更用於選擇該兩條第一電極與/或該兩條第二電極;以及當該位置位於該第三種區域時,該觸控處理裝置更用於選擇該位置所在的該第一電極或該第二電極。 In an embodiment, the touch processing device is further configured to select an electrical signal received by the plurality of first electrodes and at least one electrode of the plurality of second electrodes according to the three regions in which the location is located, wherein the three regions The method includes: a first region located near a intersection of the first electrode and a certain second electrode; and a second region located at a certain two of the first electrode and the two The middle of the second electrode; and a third region that is not located in the first region or the second region. In another embodiment, the location at the third region is above or adjacent to a certain one of the first electrodes or a plurality of the second electrodes. In another embodiment, the touch processing device is further configured to select the first electrode and/or the second electrode when the location is in the first region; when the location is in the second region The touch processing device is further configured to select the two first electrodes and/or the two second electrodes; and when the location is in the third region, the touch processing device is further configured to select the location The first electrode or the second electrode.

以上僅為本發明的各種實施例與圖例,用於說明本發明的特徵與各種可能的變化,除了特別說明之外,不應用於限定本發明。 The above are only the various embodiments and the drawings of the present invention, and are intended to illustrate the features and various possible variations of the present invention, and are not intended to limit the invention.

Claims (21)

一種觸控處理裝置,用於連接至一觸控面板的多條第一電極與多條第二電極,根據該多條第一電極與多條第二電極所接收的一發信器所發出的電信號的信號強度,選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極的至少一條電極所接收的電信號;以及根據該至少一條電極所接收的電信號,計算該電信號內含的一比例值。 a touch processing device, configured to be connected to a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes of a touch panel, according to a transmitter received by the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes a signal strength of the electrical signal, selecting an electrical signal received by the plurality of first electrodes and at least one electrode of the plurality of second electrodes; and calculating an electrical signal included in the electrical signal according to the electrical signal received by the at least one electrode Proportional value. 如申請專利範圍第1項的觸控處理裝置,其中該至少一條電極所接收的電信號的信號強度大於其他電極所接收的電信號的信號強度。 The touch processing device of claim 1, wherein the signal strength of the electrical signal received by the at least one electrode is greater than the signal strength of the electrical signal received by the other electrodes. 如申請專利範圍第1項的觸控處理裝置,其中當該觸控處理裝置選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極中的複數條電極時,該觸控處理裝置更用於加總該複數條電極的電信號強度,並且計算該加總後的該電信號內含的一比例值。 The touch processing device of claim 1 , wherein when the touch processing device selects the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of electrodes of the plurality of second electrodes, the touch processing device is further used for adding The electrical signal strength of the plurality of electrodes is calculated, and a proportional value included in the summed electrical signal is calculated. 如申請專利範圍第3項的觸控處理裝置,其中該複數條電極包含一條該第一電極與一條該第二電極。 The touch processing device of claim 3, wherein the plurality of electrodes comprise a first electrode and a second electrode. 如申請專利範圍第1項的觸控處理裝置,其中該觸控處理裝置更用於調升該至少一條電極的接收增益值,以及根據該至少一條電極經調升接收增益值後的電信號,計算該電信號內含的一比例值。 The touch processing device of claim 1, wherein the touch processing device is further configured to increase a receiving gain value of the at least one electrode, and an electrical signal after the at least one electrode is adjusted to receive a gain value, Calculate a proportional value contained in the electrical signal. 如申請專利範圍第1項的觸控處理裝置,其中當該觸控處理裝置選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極中的複數條電極時,該觸控處理裝置更用於調升該複數條電極的接收增益值,以及根據該複數條電極經調升接收增益值後的電信號,計算該電信號內含的一比例值。 The touch processing device of claim 1, wherein the touch processing device is further used for adjusting when the touch processing device selects the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of electrodes of the plurality of second electrodes And increasing a receiving gain value of the plurality of electrodes, and calculating a proportional value included in the electrical signal according to the electrical signal obtained by adjusting the gain value of the plurality of electrodes. 如申請專利範圍第1項的觸控處理裝置,其中該觸控處理裝置更用於根據該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極所接收的電信號,計算該發信器的一位置;以及根據該位置來選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極的至少一條電極所接收的電信號。 The touch processing device of claim 1, wherein the touch processing device is further configured to calculate a position of the transmitter according to the electrical signals received by the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes And selecting an electrical signal received by the plurality of first electrodes and at least one of the plurality of second electrodes according to the position. 如申請專利範圍第7項的觸控處理裝置,其中該觸控處理裝置更用於根據該位置所在的三種區域來選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極的至少一條電極所接收的電信號,其中該三種區域包含:一第一種區域,該位置位於某一條該第一電極與某一條該第二電極的交會處附近的一第一範圍內;一第二種區域,該位置位於某兩條該第一電極與某兩條該第二電極的一中間範圍內;以及一第三種區域,該位置並非位於該第一種區域或該第二種區域內。 The touch processing device of claim 7, wherein the touch processing device is further configured to select the plurality of first electrodes and the at least one electrode of the plurality of second electrodes to receive according to the three regions in which the position is located. Electrical signal, wherein the three regions comprise: a first region located in a first range near a intersection of the first electrode and a certain one of the second electrodes; and a second region, the second region The position is located in an intermediate range between a certain two of the first electrodes and the two of the second electrodes; and a third region that is not located in the first region or the second region. 如申請專利範圍第8項的觸控處理裝置,其中位於該第三種區域的該位置位於某一條該第一電極或某一條該第二電極之上或附近的一範圍內。 The touch processing device of claim 8, wherein the position in the third region is within a range of a certain one of the first electrodes or a certain one of the second electrodes. 如申請專利範圍第8項的觸控處理裝置,其中:當該位置位於該第一種區域時,該觸控處理裝置更用於選擇該條第一電極與/或該第二電極,當該位置位於該第二種區域時,該觸控處理裝置更用於選擇該兩條第一電極與/或該兩條第二電極,以及當該位置位於該第三種區域時,該觸控處理裝置更用於選擇該位置所在的該第一電極或該第二電極。 The touch processing device of claim 8, wherein the touch processing device is further configured to select the first electrode and/or the second electrode when the location is in the first region, when When the location is in the second area, the touch processing device is further configured to select the two first electrodes and/or the two second electrodes, and when the location is in the third area, the touch processing The device is further configured to select the first electrode or the second electrode where the location is located. 一種觸控處理裝置的控制方法,該觸控處理裝置用於連接至一觸控面板的多條第一電極與多條第二電極,該控制方法包含:根據該多條第一電極與多條第二電極所接收的一發信器所發出的電信號的信號強度,選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極的至少一條電極所接收的電信號;以及根據該至少一條電極所接收的電信號,計算該電信號內含的一比例值。 A touch processing device is configured to be connected to a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes of a touch panel, the control method comprising: according to the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of a signal strength of an electrical signal emitted by a transmitter received by the second electrode, selecting an electrical signal received by the plurality of first electrodes and at least one electrode of the plurality of second electrodes; and according to the at least one electrode The received electrical signal calculates a proportional value contained in the electrical signal. 如申請專利範圍第11項的控制方法,其中該至少一條電極所接收的電信號的信號強度大於其他電極所接收的電信號的信號強度。 The control method of claim 11, wherein the signal strength of the electrical signal received by the at least one electrode is greater than the signal strength of the electrical signal received by the other electrodes. 如申請專利範圍第11項的控制方法,其中當選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極中的複數條電極時,更包含:加總該複數條電極的電信號強度;且 計算該加總後的該電信號內含的一比例值。 The control method of claim 11, wherein when the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of the plurality of second electrodes are selected, the method further comprises: summing the electrical signal strengths of the plurality of electrodes; A proportional value included in the summed electrical signal is calculated. 如申請專利範圍第13項的控制方法,其中該複數條電極包含一條該第一電極與一條該第二電極。 The control method of claim 13, wherein the plurality of electrodes comprise a first electrode and a second electrode. 如申請專利範圍第11項的控制方法,更包含:調升該至少一條電極的接收增益值,以及根據該至少一條電極經調升接收增益值後的電信號,計算該電信號內含的一比例值。 The control method of claim 11, further comprising: increasing a receiving gain value of the at least one electrode, and calculating an electric signal included in the electrical signal according to the electrical signal after the at least one electrode is adjusted to receive the gain value Proportional value. 如申請專利範圍第11項的控制方法,其中當選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極中的複數條電極時,更包含:調升該複數條電極的接收增益值,以及根據該複數條電極經調升接收增益值後的電信號,計算該電信號內含的一比例值。 The control method of claim 11, wherein when the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of the plurality of second electrodes are selected, the method further includes: increasing a receiving gain value of the plurality of electrodes, and The plurality of electrodes are adjusted to receive an electrical signal after receiving the gain value, and a proportional value included in the electrical signal is calculated. 如申請專利範圍第11項的控制方法,更包含:根據該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極所接收的電信號,計算該發信器的一位置;以及根據該位置來選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極的至少一條電極所接收的電信號。 The control method of claim 11, further comprising: calculating a position of the transmitter according to the electrical signals received by the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes; and selecting the location according to the position An electrical signal received by the plurality of first electrodes and at least one of the plurality of second electrodes. 如申請專利範圍第17項的控制方法,更包含根據該位置所在的三種區域來選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極的至少一條電極所接收的電信號,其中該三種區域包含:一第一種區域,該位置位於某一條該第一電極與某一條該第二電極的交會處附近的一第一範圍內;一第二種區域,該位置位於某兩條該第一電極與某兩條該第二電極的一中間範圍內;以及一第三種區域,該位置並非位於該第一種區域或該第二種區域內。 The control method of claim 17 further includes: selecting, according to the three regions in which the location is located, an electrical signal received by the plurality of first electrodes and at least one electrode of the plurality of second electrodes, wherein the three regions comprise a first region located in a first range near a intersection of the first electrode and a certain one of the second electrodes; and a second region located at a certain two of the first electrodes And an intermediate region of the two of the second electrodes; and a third region that is not located in the first region or the second region. 如申請專利範圍第18項的控制方法,其中位於該第三種區域的該位置位於某一條該第一電極或某一條該第二電極之上或附近的一範圍內。 The control method of claim 18, wherein the position in the third region is within a range of a certain one of the first electrode or a certain one of the second electrodes. 如申請專利範圍第18項的控制方法,其中:當該位置位於該第一種區域時,選擇該條第一電極與/或該第二電極,當該位置位於該第二種區域時,選擇該兩條第一電極與/或該兩條第二電極,以及當該位置位於該第三種區域時,選擇該位置所在的該第一電極或該第二電極。 The control method of claim 18, wherein: when the location is in the first region, selecting the first electrode and/or the second electrode, when the location is in the second region, selecting The two first electrodes and/or the two second electrodes, and when the position is in the third region, select the first electrode or the second electrode where the position is located. 一種觸控系統,包含:一觸控面板,該觸控面板包含多條第一電極與多條第二電極;以及一觸控處理裝置,連接到該多條第一電極與多條第二電極,其中該觸控 處理裝置用於根據該多條第一電極與多條第二電極所接收的一發信器所發出的電信號的信號強度,選擇該多條第一電極與該多條第二電極的至少一條電極所接收的電信號;以及根據該至少一條電極所接收的電信號,計算該電信號內含的一比例值。 A touch control system includes: a touch panel including a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes; and a touch processing device connected to the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes Where the touch The processing device is configured to select at least one of the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes according to a signal strength of an electrical signal emitted by a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes received by a plurality of second electrodes An electrical signal received by the electrode; and calculating a proportional value contained in the electrical signal based on the electrical signal received by the at least one electrode.
TW104144639A 2014-05-13 2015-05-13 Touch sensitive processing apparatus and controlling method thereof and touch sensitive system TWI621035B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201461992340P 2014-05-13 2014-05-13
US201462055995P 2014-09-26 2014-09-26
US14/537,082 US9851816B2 (en) 2013-11-08 2014-11-10 Transmitter and controlling method thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201614436A TW201614436A (en) 2016-04-16
TWI621035B true TWI621035B (en) 2018-04-11

Family

ID=55220935

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104137094A TWI559178B (en) 2014-05-13 2015-05-13 Touch sensitive processing apparatus and detecting method thereof, and touch sensitive system
TW104115209A TWI552029B (en) 2013-11-08 2015-05-13 Transmitter and controlling method thereof
TW104144646A TWI579736B (en) 2014-05-13 2015-05-13 Transmitter, touch sensitive processing apparatus and controlling method thereof and touch sensitive system
TW104144639A TWI621035B (en) 2014-05-13 2015-05-13 Touch sensitive processing apparatus and controlling method thereof and touch sensitive system

Family Applications Before (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104137094A TWI559178B (en) 2014-05-13 2015-05-13 Touch sensitive processing apparatus and detecting method thereof, and touch sensitive system
TW104115209A TWI552029B (en) 2013-11-08 2015-05-13 Transmitter and controlling method thereof
TW104144646A TWI579736B (en) 2014-05-13 2015-05-13 Transmitter, touch sensitive processing apparatus and controlling method thereof and touch sensitive system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN105892774B (en)
TW (4) TWI559178B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI663508B (en) * 2018-04-26 2019-06-21 大陸商北京集創北方科技股份有限公司 Algorithm for reducing power consumption in sleep mode of touch and display drive integration system and touch display panel using the method to realize a touch display function

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112416149B (en) * 2016-03-08 2024-08-20 禾瑞亚科技股份有限公司 Touch control device and control method for detecting tilt angle of touch pen
EP3242190B1 (en) * 2016-05-06 2019-11-06 Advanced Silicon SA System, method and computer program for detecting an object approaching and touching a capacitive touch device
TWI612446B (en) * 2016-05-10 2018-01-21 義隆電子股份有限公司 Touching system, stylus, and detecting method for the stylus
CN107357472A (en) * 2016-05-10 2017-11-17 义隆电子股份有限公司 Touch system, touch pen and detection method thereof
TWI636383B (en) * 2016-10-17 2018-09-21 禾瑞亞科技股份有限公司 Stylus and its tip structure
US10073548B2 (en) * 2016-11-08 2018-09-11 Wacom Co., Ltd. Stylus having variable transmit signal strength, and sensor for detecting such stylus
TWI598776B (en) * 2016-11-10 2017-09-11 翰碩電子股份有限公司 Capacitive stylus and tilt angle detecting mrthod thereof
TWI738498B (en) * 2017-11-28 2021-09-01 禾瑞亞科技股份有限公司 Touch sensitive processing apparatus, method and system for detecting electronic board eraser
TWI658357B (en) * 2018-03-19 2019-05-01 幸芯科技有限公司 Active touch control system with power saving mechanism and signal sending method
TWI778485B (en) * 2019-12-30 2022-09-21 禾瑞亞科技股份有限公司 Transmitter, touch sensitive processing apparatus and processing method thereof and electronic system
US12050745B2 (en) 2022-07-20 2024-07-30 Novatek Microelectronics Corp. Control method for controller of interface device with multiple sensing functions

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040095333A1 (en) * 2002-08-29 2004-05-20 N-Trig Ltd. Transparent digitiser
TW201339904A (en) * 2012-03-26 2013-10-01 Samsung Display Co Ltd Stylus, pressure detecting system and driving method thereof

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4143462B2 (en) * 2003-04-09 2008-09-03 シャープ株式会社 Pen input display device
US7315300B2 (en) * 2003-12-31 2008-01-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Touch sensitive device employing impulse reconstruction
US7881802B2 (en) * 2004-08-09 2011-02-01 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Telemetry switchover state machine with firmware priority control
US8482545B2 (en) * 2008-10-02 2013-07-09 Wacom Co., Ltd. Combination touch and transducer input system and method
CN103645813A (en) * 2009-12-24 2014-03-19 义隆电子股份有限公司 Stylus and method for initiatively transmitting signal of stylus
TW201128508A (en) * 2010-02-09 2011-08-16 Waltop Int Corp Electromagnetic inductive system with multi-signals and processing method for multi-signal
TW201145108A (en) * 2010-06-15 2011-12-16 Zeitec Semiconductor Co Ltd Apparatus and method for coded touch sensing
US9329703B2 (en) * 2011-06-22 2016-05-03 Apple Inc. Intelligent stylus
TWI457794B (en) * 2012-03-28 2014-10-21 Wistron Corp Touch stylus capable of detecting pressure on a tip and related optical system
KR101441396B1 (en) * 2012-08-13 2014-09-17 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Input System and Method for Detecting Touch Using the Same

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040095333A1 (en) * 2002-08-29 2004-05-20 N-Trig Ltd. Transparent digitiser
TW201339904A (en) * 2012-03-26 2013-10-01 Samsung Display Co Ltd Stylus, pressure detecting system and driving method thereof

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI663508B (en) * 2018-04-26 2019-06-21 大陸商北京集創北方科技股份有限公司 Algorithm for reducing power consumption in sleep mode of touch and display drive integration system and touch display panel using the method to realize a touch display function

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI559178B (en) 2016-11-21
TW201614437A (en) 2016-04-16
CN105892774A (en) 2016-08-24
CN105892774B (en) 2019-05-31
TW201608424A (en) 2016-03-01
TW201543283A (en) 2015-11-16
TW201614436A (en) 2016-04-16
TWI552029B (en) 2016-10-01
TWI579736B (en) 2017-04-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI621035B (en) Touch sensitive processing apparatus and controlling method thereof and touch sensitive system
TWI578194B (en) Force sensor
CN105404436A (en) Touch processing apparatus and detecting method, and touch system
TWI581132B (en) Transmitter and transmitting method thereof
TWI775237B (en) Stylus and operating method thereof for transmitting electrical signals carrying pressure information
TWI775242B (en) Touch sensitive processing apparatus and method thereof and system for receiving electrical signals carrying pressure information
TWI775236B (en) Touch sensitive processing apparatus and method thereof and system for receiving electrical signals carrying pressure information
TWI809219B (en) Stylus and operating method thereof for transmitting electrical signals carrying pressure information
TW202244704A (en) Controller of stylus for transmitting electrical signals carrying pressure information
TW202331478A (en) Stylus and method for transmitting electrical signals carrying pressure information